Cessna 152 POH - args.com.br

For Flight Training Reference Only

INFORMATIQN

MANUAL

1980 MODEL

152

NOTICE

AT THE TIME OF ISSUANCE, THIS INFOR

MATION MANUAL WAS AN EXACT DUPLI

CATE OF THE OFFICIAL PILOT'S OPERAT

ING HANDBOOK AND FAA APPROVED

AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL AND IS TO BE

USED FOR GENERAL PURPOSES ONLY.

IT WILL NOT BE KEPT CURRENT AND,

THEREFORE, CANNOT BE USED AS A

SUBSTITUTE FOR THE OFFICIAL PILOT'S

OPERATING HANDBOOK AND FAA

APPROVED AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

INTENDED FOR OPERATION OF THE AIR

PLANE.

CESSNA AIRCRAFT COMPANY

1 JULY 1979


J

-

•

NOTICE

AT THE TIME OF ISSUANCE. THIS INFQR·

MATION MANUAL WAS AN EXACT DUPLI

CATE OF THE OFFICIAl PllOT'S OPERAT

ING HANOBOOK ANO FAA APPRQVED

AIAPLANE FUGHT MANUALAND 15 TO BE

USED FOR GENERAl PURPOSES ONl Y.

Il WILL NOT BE KEPT CURRENT ANO,

THEREFORE, CANNOT BE USED AS A

SUBSTITUTE FQR THE QFFICIAl PllQT'S

OPERATING HANOBOOK ANO FAA

APPRQVED AIRPLANE FUGHT MANUAL

INTENDEO FQR OPERATION OF THE AIR

PLANE .

CUSNA II.IRCRAFT COM PANY 1 JUlY 1979

•

INFORMATION MANUAL


1980 MODEL 152


M.mb.r of GAMA WICHITA, KANSAS, USA

1 July 1979

D1170-13-RPC-1OOOO-12/79

iii


-

INFORMATION MANUAL

I CE5SNA AIRCRAFT COMPANY I 1980 MODEl 152

CESSN'" AIRCRAFT CpMPANY f) IO . ...... GUA WICH1TA, KANSAS. USA

IJWY 1m ."'0-11-0.0_10000-"'" '"

PERFORMANCE- CESSNA

SPECIFICATIONS MODEL 152

PERFORMANCE - SPECIFICATIONS

*SPEED:

Maximum at Sea Level

Cruise, 75% Power at 8000 Ft

CRUISE: Recommended lean mixture with fuel allowance for

engine start, taxi, takeoff, climb and 45 minutes

reserve.

75% Power at 8000 Ft Range

24.5 Gallons Usable Fuel Time

75% Power at 8000 Ft . ' Range37.5 Gallons Usable Fuel Time

Maximum Range at 10,000 Ft Range


Maximum Range at 10,000 Ft Range


RATE OF CLIMB AT SEA LEVEL

SERVICE CEILING

TAKEOFF PERFORMANCE:

Ground Roll

Total Distance Over 50-Ft Obstacle

LANDING PERFORMANCE:

Ground Roll

Total Distance Over 50-Ft Obstacle

STALL SPEED (CAS):

Flaps Up, Power Off

Flaps Down, Power Off

MAXIMUM WEIGHT:

Ramp

Takeoff or Landing

STANDARD EMPTY WEIGHT:

152

152 II

MAXIMUM USEFUL LOAD:

152

152 II

BAGGAGE ALLOWANCE

WING LOADING: Pounds/Sq Ft

POWER LOADING: Pounds/HP

FUEL CAPACITY: Total

Standard Tanks

Long Range Tanks

OIL CAPACITY

ENGINE: Avco Lycoming

110 BHP at 2550 RPM

PROPELLER: Fixed Pitch, Diameter

110 KNOTS

107 KNOTS

320 NM

3.1 HRS

545 NM

5.2 HRS

415 NM

5.2 HRS

690 NM

8.7 HRS

715 FPM

14,700 FT

725 FT

1340 FT

475 FT

1200 FT

48 KNOTS

43 KNOTS

1675 LBS

1670 LBS

1109 LBS

1142 LBS

566 LBS

533 LBS

120 LBS

10.5

15.2

26 GAL.

39 GAL.

6 QTS

O-235-L2C

69 IN.

r

n

n—

n

n"Speed performance is shown for an airplane equipped with optional speed fairings,

which increas-3 the speeds by approximately 2 knots. There is a corresponding difference

in range, while all other performance figures are unchanged when speed fairings are

installed.

1 July 1979

nFor Flight Training Reference Only

PI':RI"ORMI\NCZ· SPEClFICI\T10NS

CESSNA MODE!. 1112

PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS

' Sf1:I:D: , U~K~

",. ""<JT'IJ , .. , .. "'" _"N ,,- ", li"" ~". ~". ,,- UHfUj; .n.~ .. "5 "' .. n_ U Ilns Han .. _"N n_ .., HR~ ,. '" ". .. IO ...... ..,.

~n ,_n ,"n =n

.~= ~ KNO'I'lI

,~~

,~~

"". W:l8 ,,.~ L.I<!:I

~~,

w~,

"" Ull>

'" " . • 011.1.. 'III GAI.. .= Q .... 1.2C .,.

'S_ po.,_ ...... lo allO_n , ...... 1 ... 1 .... oqulppod w,.,. op~""""_ , ...... p. ,.~"'" 'n ....... ",. '»00II. ~1 'PP"""",."ll ~ 1_ •. n.. ... ,., .... _pOn<I'n •• 'n ... """ ,~ nlI, •. ,."". _Il O",, "'''Q.mom"" f;JY'" "'" y, .. ".." ... ,. ... " .poood '."'n, ..... ..... 110<1. •

" I J uly .1179

-

TABLE OF CONTENTS CESSNA _

MODEL 152

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION

GENERAL 1

LIMITATIONS 2

EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 3

NORMAL PROCEDURES 4

PERFORMANCE 5

WEIGHT & BALANCE/

EQUIPMENT LIST 6

AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS

DESCRIPTIONS 7

AIRPLANE HANDLING,

SERVICE & MAINTENANCE 8

SUPPLEMENTS

(Optional Systems Description

& Operating Procedures) 9

n

iv 1 July 1979


TABI.E OF CONTENTe CESSNA MOOEI. I~

T ABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTlON

GENERAl. ............................ 1

lIMITATIONS ......................... 2

EMERGENCY PROCEDURES ............ 3

NORMAL PROCEDURES ............... 4

PERFORMANCE. ............. ...... ... 5

WEIGHT & BALANCE/ EQU IPMENT lIST ........ . .... .. .. 6

AIRPlANE & SYSTEM5 DESCRII'TlONS ................... 7

AIRPlANE HANDlING, 5ERVICE & MAINTENANCE ........ 8

SU PPlEMENTS (Optional Systerns Description & Operating Procedures) . .. ....... 9

I July IV19

-

-

CESSNA SECTION 1

MODEL 152 GENERAL

SECTION 1

GENERAL

TABLE OF CONTENTSPage

Three View 1-2

Introduction 1-3

Descriptive Data 1-3

Engine 1-3

Propeller 1-3

Fuel 1-3

Oil 1-4

Maximum Certificated Weights 1-5

Standard Airplane Weights 1-5

Cabin And Entry Dimensions 1-5

Baggage Space Dimensions 1-5

Specific Loadings 1-5

Symbols, Abbreviations And Terminology 1-5

General Airspeed Terminology And Symbols 1-5

Meteorological Terminology 1-6

Engine Power Terminology 1-7

Airplane Performance And Flight Planning Terminology . . . 1-7

Weight And Balance Terminology 1-7

1 July 1979 1-1


CESSNA MOO&L 11102

SECTION 1 GENERAL

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION 1 G&N&RAL

T",..., Vi.w 1_2 II!~uclion I.;) o...crlpllve D.", I.;)

En .. l.... 1-3 PropeUer 1-3 ,.".1 I.;) 0,1 1-4 Mo.un""" C."Uiea~ Wel&"huo I~ Slanda.-d Ah'plane We l .. bl$ . I~ CablI! Anel Enl')' Olmenslon. . I~ Sa&",..p Space 0I"'8nslon. I~ S~!fIo t.oadln,.. l-b

Symbnlo. Abbr."lalloD. Anel Terminolol()' . . . l-b Gon ... 1 Aln:p.od Terrnino!oKY And BYllIbo!' I~ MeIOKl't>lolllc&! TorminololD' 1-6 &nl(ln. Pow~r Tennlno!o&"l' . }_7 Alrpl&lIo Pcrfo",,,nce And FU,h l Plann In, Tennlnolnc 1·7 We1lhl And Sal.n"" T.nnlnology . 1_7

I July 1m I _I

SECTION 1

GENERAL

CESSNA

MODEL 152

3. Wheel base length is 58".

4. Propeller ground clearance is 12'

5. Wing area is 159 1/2 square feet.

1. Wing span shown with conical camber wing

tips and strobe lights installed. If standard

wing tips without strobe lights are installed,

wing span is 32' - 8 1/2".

2. Maximum height shown with nose gear

depressed, all tires and nose strut prop

erly inflated and flashing beacon installed.

Minimum turning radius [sfcpivot point to

outboard wing tip) is 24' - 8".

Figure 1-1. Three View

n

n

n

1-2 1 July 1979

n

n

n

H

n

n


SECTION I GENERAI.

. ' -, .... ,

~-~~~

h-

u --/

, V

CESSNA MODEL 1M!

.""" , ..... ------... ---_. --------.... _ ... ". • ------_ .. _----------• --_ ... -• --_., .. • -_.".,,,--• ----- • _ .... .... .. r

I • -,-, ,

f------n-. -----'

1'!8"'" 1·1. Three V!ew

I Ju!y 111711

CESSNA SECTION i

MODEL 152 GENERAL

INTRODUCTION

This handbook contains 9 sections, and includes the material require!

to be furnished to the pilot by CAR Part 3. It also contains supplementa

data supplied by Cessna Aircraft Company.

Section 1 provides basic data and information of general interest. I

also contains definitions or explanations of symbols, abbreviations, am

terminology commonly used.

DESCRIPTIVE DATA

ENGINE

Number of Engines: 1.

Engine Manufacturer: Avco Lycoming.

Engine Model Number: O-235-L2C.

Engine Type: Normally-aspirated, direct-drive, air-cooled, horizontally

opposed, carburetor equipped, four-cylinder engine with 233.3 cu. in

displacement.

Horsepower Rating and Engine Speed: HO rated BHP at 2550 RPM.

PROPELLER

Propeller Manufacturer: McCauley Accessory Division.

Propeller Model Number: 1A103/TCM6958.

Number of Biades: 2.

Propeller Diameter, Maximum: 69 inches.

Minimum: 67.5 inches.

Propeller Type: Fixed pitch.

FUEL

Approved Fuel Grades (and Colors):

100LL Grade Aviation Fuel (Blue).

100 (Formerly 100/130) Grade Aviation Fuel (Green).

NOTE

Isopropyl alcohol or ethylene glycol monomethyl ether

may be added to the fuel supply. Additive concentrations

shall not exceed 1% for isopropyl alcohol or .15% for

ethylene glycol monomethyl ether. Refer to Section 8 for

additional information.

1 July 1979 1-E


-

CESSNA MOD~L 1$11

INTRODUCTION

S&CTION 1 GEN&RAL

T"il " ... <1_ """IaIII.; ...,UO"O .... <1 in"i .. d.u III .......... i.l f'OoQ1l1,... Lo INI tun ... " .... Lo <bI pilol b)" CAR l'art 3. Il &la<> a>nWn. IJUppl .... ""1I. <lall. ""ppli ..... b), Ce ..... Alrera./I Compen)'.

Secdoa I prov .......... Ie cl ..... ancIlnfonn~ion or ,CI ... nJ 'aUo,...L I .Iso contalnl deflnlllolll o. npllOaUo"" 01 .)'mbol •. abb"",i.Uons.lD< U1rmlnololO' oomlllo..l, UM.

DES CRIPTIVE D.t.TA ENGI NE

Numbe. of E .. ,l.an: I. E .. Ii .... MIO .. ,I.C'u" .... , Avoo L)'comin,. E"Ii .... Model Numbe.: O .. !35 .. UC .. Enflnl Type: Normall)' .... pl •• Ioed. di_' .. dttve .• i . .. _led. bori"'''laliy

oppoH<!. c •• burelO. &qulpped. 10ur .. oyUnd.r .n(lne ... lIb ~.3 cu.ln dllph.c."' .... L

Ho'_powl. R.Ung .nd I::nglnl Sp_: I LO ule<! 8HP.L ~ lU'M ..

PROPEll ER

PropeUer M.n"I""'" .. r: Mc:Caule)' "'""""aory Dlvilion. Propello. Modo! NumlNlr: IA I03ITCM8~8. Numbe' ot BiAdeI: 2. Pro~U.r DllmOIe •. Mulmum: 8~ IlIcll ••.

Minlmum: 87.5111,,11 ••. 1'",,,,,lIe. 'l'ype; "''':ed pllell.

FUEl

Approved P'uel O....s.. (ID~ Colora): 1000L Gracle A vl.1101I ""tl (BI".). 100 (1"0""'1'1)' ID" 130) Gride AvllUoli Fuol 10 .... 01.

Non lsopropyl ~Icobol 01 e<byl."t alycol moaODU"lllyl .!.ber m.y be added Lo me tuel IUppLy. AddltLveoonoen,,"lIons .... 11 ncM nCMd l' tor lsopropyl Iloolloi or 1.5% lo • • <bl'bo"'lfIl'<'O! monoml"')'. e.l>e. Itotf.r Lo SecUcn 8 lo. Idd,tLonai ln/cnn"dcD.

I July IlI'7V

n

n

n

SECTION 1 CESSNA

GENERAL MODEL 152

Fuel Capacity:

Standard Tanks:

Total Capacity: 26 gallons.

Total Capacity Each Tank: 13 gallons.

Total Usable: 24.5 gallons.

Long Range Tanks:

Total Capacity: 39 gallons.

Total Capacity Each Tank: 19.5 gallons.

Total Usable: 37.5 gallons.

NOTE

Due to cross-feeding between fuel tanks, the tanks should —

be re-topped after each refueling to assure maximum

capacity.

OIL _

Oil Grade (Specification):

MIL-L-6082 Aviation Grade Straight Mineral Oil: Use to replenish

supply during first 25 hours and at the first 25-hour oil change.

Continue to use until a total of 50 hours has accumulated or oil

consumption has stabilized.

NOTE

The airplane was delivered from the factory with a corro

sion preventive aircraft engine oil. This oil should be

drained after the first 25 hours of operation.

MIL-L-22851 Ashless Dispersant Oil: This oil must be used after first

50 hours or oil consumption has stabilized.

Recommended Viscosity for Temperature Range:

MIL-L-6082 Aviation Grade Straight Mineral Oil:

SAE 50 above 16°C (60°F).

SAE 40 between -1°C (30°F) and 32°C (90°F).


SAE 20 below -12°C (10°F).

MIL-L-22851 Ashless Dispersant Oil:

SAE 40 or SAE 50 above 16°C (60°F).


SAE 30 or SAE 40 between -18°C (0°F) and 21°C (70°F).

SAE 30 below -12°C (10°F).

Oil Capacity:

Sump: 6 Quarts. i

Total: 7 Quarts (if oil filter installed).

1-4 1 July 1979

n


SI>CTION I CI>SSNA OI>NI>ItAL MODI>L I~

Fu"l C"p..,l~, S ... nd.'" T~k",

Tola.! C.p""l~, 2$ ,.110"" To ... , C.paei'y E""h fank, 13 ,o.Uon •. fola.! U.olI"" 2t.li ,".llo"'.

Ulnll" IUngll TankO' Tola.! Co.pOCHy: 3W,alJ01l • . Tol.' C .. pocl~ Eocll T ..... ~: IW.~ lfaUo" •. Tolal Il •• b1.: 37.~ II".Uouo.

NOTE

0"0 IO orn ... I_Jn~bo.w""n I"el •• nk .. lh ..... k. ob<>uld bo .... "'p"*'" of", • ..,h !"&fuoUng '0 ...... '" mulm\Om o.p...,ily

011 Onod. (Spoolllco..lonl: MIJ..L·&oe:I Avi ... ion O.-..d. SIc&lr'" Min ..... ' 011, U ... '" .... ple"'.h

auppl.y dunnr ilI"$! ~ Il,,,, ... and .. !ho tlnt 2S--h"". oli ch .... "". ConII n". IO "H unUl .100ai 01 ~ ho,," h .. o.ceu",,,lal<d o' oli """tu"'pIlO" h ....... bU''''''''.

N~'

TIIO airp'on • ..... <iII"vo""" from Iholaetory whh • no,.". .10" p...,v.."Uv •• 1r<:rafI ""glno ou. ThIO 011 obouJd bo d,alo"" .n •• Ih. Il ... 1 I!:I h""ro of opo,allOo.

),IIL·L·Z2851 AIIhl ... Oiolpor .. ,,' Oll: 11>" oU mu" bo uoed .ne,Il ... , SO ho,,'" o' oU cono"m">!o,, b .. a •• bllI.ed.

~mm.ndOod VI..,..."y for Tempor.'" ,," RAngo: MIJ..J.AOeIl A,,'.Uoo O'ado a'ralr'" Mlner.l O":

SAE ~ .bov. 18' C ($0"1'). SAli: 40 bo'WH D ·l'C (3O'p)..,d:lrC (1iO'F). SAE:IO bolwHn · 18"C (001'") LIld 2, "C (7O"F). SAE eo bol""," ·lIl'C (IO'P").

MIL-L-2Ii8Ii' AUlo .. Otopenan' 011: SAli: 40 Or SAI!: &O oJ>ov. IS' C (M'p"). SAE 40 bOl,""" . ' oc (3O"1'") .... d a2"C (9(I"i>'). SAl: 30 o. SAE iO bolw"" ·18"C (001'") an'). SAE 30 bOlolO ·Irc ( 10' 1'").

01' C.P""'Y: S"",p: 6 Qu&J"t .. 10 •• 1: 7 Quo.r\o (U 011 mIO' ;o ... l1od).

,-, I July IV7I

-

CESSNA SECTION 1

MODEL 152 GENERAL

MAXIMUM CERTIFICATED WEIGHTS

Ramp: 1675 lbs.

Takeoff: 1670 lbs.

Landing: 1670 lbs.

Weight in Baggage Compartment:Baggage Area 1 (or passenger on child's seat)-Station 50 to 76: 120 lbs.

See note below.

Baggage Area 2 - Station 76 to 94: 40 lbs. See note below.

NOTE

The maximum combined weight capacity for baggage

areas 1 and 2 is 120 lbs;

STANDARD AIRPLANE WEIGHTS

Standard Empty Weight, 152: 1109 lbs.

152 II: 1142 lbs.

Maximum Useful Load, 152: 566 lbs.

152 II: 533 lbs.

CABIN AND ENTRY DIMENSIONS

Detailed dimensions of the cabin interior and entry door openings are

illustrated in Section 6.

BAGGAGE SPACE DIMENSIONS

Baggage area dimensions are illustrated in detail in Section 6.

SPECIFIC LOADINGS

Wing Loading: 10.5 lbs./sq. ft.

Power Loading: 15.2 lbs./hp.

SYMBOLS, ABBREVIATIONS AND

TERMINOLOGY

GENERAL AIRSPEED TERMINOLOGY AND SYMBOLS

KCAS Knots Calibrated Airspeed is indicated airspeed corrected

for position and instrument error and expressed in knots.

Knots calibrated airspeed is equal to KTAS in standard

atmosphere at sea level.

1 July 1979 1-5


-

u

CJ':SSN A MODEL It>Il

SECT10N l OE NERAL

MAXIMUM CERTIFICATED WEIGHTS

' ~:,:~:~;:,":'.< .• ", .• , ... ) "'""''.''' 1.1 1201bo.

."0"' .. ... ~ I~IL Seo BO," bolO""

"~" 'fU mudmum ""mblne<! welKM cap"'''Y lo. ~Of:II:'a.ge are .. I a nd e la 120 lbo.

STANDARO AIRPLANE WEIGHTS

Slandar<! l':mply Woli"h~ I~. 1101111>11. 1152 Il, 1142 lbo.

Mu'm"", U •• I.! Lc&d. 1M: ~ l .... It>Ill!: = Ibo.

CABIN AND ENTRY D1MENSIONS

DeI. !!e<! dimona lon" of Ibe c abln lol.nor.."d enl')' d<>ocoptning • • "" 11I.""ate<l In S"""OII 8 .

BAGGAGE SPACE OIMENSIONS

SPECIFIC LOAD INGS

Wl"5 ....... ," ... ,o.~ , .... / .... r~

Pow., Loodln~ 15.2.1 .... /hp.

SYMBOlS, ABBREVIATIONS ANO TERM IN OlOGY

GENERA L AIRSPEEO TERMINOLOGY ANO SYMBOlS

KCAS Kno" Call b ....... AI .. p_ 'o 'M'C" ~ OlUJ>H<' c<>._ !or _'1100 oOd I.Slrum. '" e .ror .od exp ...... e<! ID 1<0"" . KnO .. Calibro,"" .. lnpHd i. equa' to K'l"AS ID . '""dan;! OImQ"ph.", ., ... lovel.

'Ju!y 1979 ,.,

SECTION 1 CESSNA

GENERAL MODEL 152

KIAS Knots Indicated Airspeed is the speed shown on the

airspeed indicator and expressed in knots.

KTAS Knots True Airspeed is the airspeed expressed in knots

relative to undisturbed air which is KCAS corrected for

altitude and temperature.

VA Manuevering Speed is the maximum speed at which you

may use abrupt control travel.

Vpg Maximum Flap Extended Speed is the highest speed

permissible with wing flaps in a prescribed extended

position.

Vv Best Rate-of-Climb Speed is the speed which results in the

greatest gain in altitude in a given time.

METEOROLOGICAL TERMINOLOGY

~

Maximum Structural Cruising Speed is the speed that

should not be exceeded except in smooth air, then only with

caution.

VNE Never Exceed Speed is the speed limit that may not be

exceeded at any time.

Vg Stalling Speed or the minimum steady flight speed at

which the airplane is controllable.

V« Stalling Speed or the minimum steady flight speed at

which the airplane is controllable in the landing configu

ration at the most forward center of gravity.

V.. Best Angle-of-Climb Speed is the speed which results in

the greatest gain of altitude in a given horizontal distance.

"OAT Outside Air Temperature is the free air static temperature.

It is expressed in either degrees Celsius or degrees Fah

renheit.

Standard Standard Temperature is 15°C at sea level pressure alti-

Tempera- tude and decreases by 2°C for each 1000 feet of altitude. _

ture

Pressure Pressure Altitude is the altitude read from an altimeter

Altitude when the altimeter's barometric scale has been set to 29.92

inches of mercury (1013 mb).

1-6 1 July 1979 _


SEC1'TON I aENER~L

KTAB

KTAS

CEBBN~ MODEL .S2

teno .. Indi"" ..... ~Irspeed ,. u.. spood &Il"""" on 'ho ol ... peed ,ndleato, and ""p"'_ in kno ....

K"" ... Tnt • .0.1 .. 1'"" 'o ,~o .. I ... ~ uP ........ in knol. <'o'. "vo .., undLSlu,,*, ai, whlçh l. KCAS <:<>rncto<! lo, .""udo oM ,."']'>t'.'UnI.

Man u_v.rIDl! S~ l. t.h. m ... dm"m .pN<l.t ""hleh y"" may uN r.brupt ",,~Irol tnvel.

M".Id","", Fl op I!.donded SptOed I. th. blgh.", .pted pennl • • iblo .. !lh w lng nopo 'n o p .... ..,"'".., ". Iendo<! poo\l!on_

M""ln",m St,...Clurn entlomi Speed lo t.h. opeed u.., &IlQUI<I not be exe_ o<! ex ""p' In • mooth al,. u..n on I y .. , .... eauUon .

N • ••• S.<eed Spood lo "'. opted 11m" tn .. t may no, be . xe_od .. t any tlmo_

StalUnll: 8pMd o , tho mloimu'" .lo .... ,. m .. M op_ .. whieh u. •• ;""1",,. t. ç<>n'roU.bl •.

8t&1l1011: 8peed or "'O ",Inl","", . "'''''y fili'" opeod . , whleh tlt. ,,""pI .. n. I. ".,."",IIr.bl o In 'ho 10n,lIng ""nlll!"". "uloo .. t tbo mo.' fono.n! """"', of l!"",,"!ly-

Bo •• A"II_I·ClImb 8peed ,.Ut. opeod whlc:lt .... "1 •• lo "'.11:.-",.1 ~alo <>l.llil"dolo • giv"" hori"""'lai dI"ano<.

Beo' ~ .. of-Cllnlb S"",, ,. Iho oj>*<ld whlch " . u"o In 'h. g,..a", .. ga,o in alllludo In oll:iv,," ,Im~.

METEOROlO GICAL TERMINOlOGV

!ltandard To mpoO .... ·

'"O Pro ...... A IU'"de

,.

0" .. 1 .... AI.- TolApoOra ...... lo 'ho I .... al t .. oUo ",m p.o ... t" , oI ... OXP"_ 1.0 oiU.oc d'JeT'" C.I.! ... O, dO(IrMol'ol1· ",obol<.

Sland . .... T.mpo ......... ia I~'C a,..,a 1 .... 1 P'ti'u" "'U· l""", an4 40<: ....... ~y ","C lo. o""h "m feo' 01 a.lU'udo-

Pro"",,'" AIUlud. 'o 'h. a.lliLudo .. ad lrom "" ol,hn .. ~. IO"n~n th. "'tlm .. o'·. ~m .. rlc so .... h ... '-oD ... '" ~.92 ineheo of merrury (1013 m~).

l Suly 19'1Il

CESSNA SECTION 1

MODEL 152 GENERAL

ENGINE POWER TERMINOLOGY

BHP Brake Horsepower is the power developed by the engine.

RPM Revolutions Per Minute is engine speed.

Static Static RPM is engine speed attained during a full-throttle

RPM engine runup when the airplane is on the ground and

stationary.

AIRPLANE PERFORMANCE AND FLIGHT PLANNING

TERMINOLOGY

Demon- Demonstrated Crosswind Velocity is the velocity of the

strated crosswind component for which adequate control of the

Crosswind airplane during takeoff and landing was actually demon-

Velocity strated during certification tests. The value shown is not

considered to be limiting.

Usable Fuel Usable Fuel is the fuel available for flight planning.

Unusable Unusable Fuel is the quantity of fuel that can not be safely

Fuel used in flight.

GPH Gallons Per Hour is the amount of fuel (in gallons)

consumed per hour.

NMPG Nautical Miles Per Gallon is the distance (in nautical

miles) which can be expected per gallon of fuel consumed

at a specific engine power setting and/or flight configura

tion.

g g is acceleration due to gravity.

WEIGHT AND BALANCE TERMINOLOGY

Reference Reference Datum is an imaginary vertical plane from

Datum which all horizontal distances are measured for balance

purposes.

Station Station is a location along the airplane fuselage given in

terms of the distance from the reference datum.

Arm Arm is the horizontal distance from the reference datum to

the center of gravity (C.G.) of an item.

Moment Moment is the product of the weight of an item multiplied

1 July 1979 1.7


-

-

Cr:SSNA MODEI.I~

S.a,:CTION I O ENERAL

ENGINE PQWER TERMINOLOGY

BH'

n'M

8ta\1<> ~M

Br ...... Ho ___ l, Llle power dovolopfld by Ih"enel"a.

81&11 .. IU'M , •• ~lIh •• al'Md Gualn"" dI'M'. fuU·lII_tle o" s" .......... "" .. t..n Ihe &lrp, ..... la "" 1.110 cn"'nd ...,d .\ahOOe'l'.

_ AIRPLANE PERFORMANCE ANO FUGHT PLANNING TERMLNOlOGY

u

-

~_.

M"" C..,.. ... lnd Veloolly

U .. ble l''uel

UIIII..tII ..

"' .. Gl'H

NMI'G

nc",oaou..1ed C ..... wt .. d V~oc1l,. I. Il ... velocit)' olth. ~..,.. ... lncl oompOnenl 'o ... McII ..!.quale "",,1...,1 ollb. allllle"e duri", u.k1Ol'1 .... " landi .... w ... o.ctulll!y de",,,,,· .U"&Ied "urina OI" Uicalioa '.n ... Tbe val .... showlIl, nOI 00".''''' ..... IO 1>1 limlting.

UMbla ,. .. al II \~. f ... l &vallable fo. fiI&!>' pl.t.llnln • •

UnuMbI. Filali. U •• qu .... tity 01 f"cl th-.t"... nOt bo saf"ly u~." flillbt.

0 .. 11000 Per Ho ... \, tbe .. molino al fu el (In g:oJlon.) OI'>nsume<t per hOll.

Na .. llc&! MU .. P • • G..u"" ,. Iho dl.ta.m:" (io nautic&! mU •• ) .... hleh c ... , ba upvcl<Ki p .. r lI.'allun l't fuel ""n.u me<! ., ... "",,;Uc ."111"" pow~, _Uua; &Dd/ot fila;!>1 configu .... 1101>,

I" II" la """"le •• IIOII due IO IT&vlly

WEIGHT ANO BALANCE TERMINOLOGY

SI.aUon

""'omenl

I July IWII

RefeAOCI O.lIIm I. Ul Imt.(lury "'l'Ile&1 plUl& from wllicb .U Il'''':OO1>1a1 di.Ia ........... ",.aaund !or Il .. 1 ... ,,,, Pllrpo-

SI.aUon II • locall<>D 1l10"11.be Il1rpl&lll r" ... 11lp !Jiv ... n, lennl 01 .be dlll_ hom .be rtf~ ..... oe d.a..um.

A..." la 1111 b .. ri&:lnlal dlso.anoe from III. me ... """d.a..WI> IO U,. ce"la. of VtvUy (e Q .) 01 al> I~m.

Mome .. t l , III. P,"""UCl of III. W,"pl of .... 11_ muU.\plied

"

SECTION 1

GENERAL

CESSNA

MODEL 152

Center of

Gravity

(C.G.)

C.G.

Arm

C.G.

Limits

Standard

Empty

Weight

Basic Empty

Weight

Useful

Load

Maximum

Ramp

Weight

Maximum

Takeoff

Weight

Maximum

Landing

Weight

Tare

by its arm. (Moment divided by the constant 1000 is used in

this handbook to simplify balance calculations by reduc

ing the number of digits.)

Center of Gravity is the point at which an airplane, or

equipment, would balance if suspended. Its distance from

the reference datum is found by dividing the total moment

by the total weight of the airplane.

Center of Gravity Arm is the arm obtained by adding the

airplane's individual moments and dividing the sum by

the total weight.

Center of Gravity Limits are the extreme center of gravity

locations within which the airplane must be operated at a

given weight.

Standard Empty Weight is the weight of a standard air

plane, including unusable i'uel, full operating fluids and

full engine oil.

Basic Empty Weight is the standard empty weight plus the

weight of optional equipment.

Useful Load is the difference between ramp weight and the

basic empty weight.

Maximum Ramp Weight is the maximum weight approved

for ground maneuver. (It includes the weight of start, taxi

and runup fuel.)

Maximum Takeoff Weight is the maximum weight ap

proved for the start of the takeoff run.

Maximum Landing Weight is the maximum weight ap

proved for the landing touchdown.

Tare is the weight of chocks, blocks, stands, etc. used when

weighing an airplane, and is included in the scale read

ings. Tare is deducted from the scale reading to obtain the

actual (net) airplane weight.

n

1-81 July 1979

n

n

n


SECTION! GENERAL

C .. n ...... ol C.avII)' (c.c.)

00 Limite

St.andard Empty Wcia-Ilt

Ba.slc Emply W"!a-ht

Uselu!

"'"

Maximum T&l<..,1f

W·'II'" !II .. ",mum LaIIdillll" W ... III

,.,

CESSNA MOOl:LI!II!

by i .. ann (Momeflldlvlded. by Ul .. 004"' .... 1100.l1. "_In 11>1. h..,dbook lO almpllfy bal..,çe ca.loulatlOllt b)' .-.duc:,nll u.. ""m!>.. ol di.s'lL)

c.." ... 01 O .. vi\)' ,. \h. pOmI al whicb .... alr-pl ... e. o. equlpm""l. wouLd baL...,co If a,.51>""_. l'' dhl&llCG ltom tbe referenn<> ".,um 1$ loulld by dlvldinC \ho 100aI mOmtnl by Ih, lO-..J welcbl 01 !.be alrplan ...

Canla. 01 Onvlty Arm La 11>. ann nbl.lnod by addlnl" Ihe .1r-pLarHI'. ludlvldu .. 1 mom"nL. and dlvldlng Ih. aum by \.Ile 1O\lI.I we1l"hl.

Ce><ter or Or."lt)' Liml\ll. ""' IIL .... atrem" DeIIICt of I" .. "lil' loeatlo". _lIhln "'bicI! Ch .. &.lrp!..., .. lDu5l Il<> O~tatod at • Cl ... n weIC'".

Su.aliard i:mpt)' Wa~bl 'a !ho ".;Chl 01. IIlandard .. lI"pian ..... dudin« UDusabl. ru.,. ruu OPOTIIU"C fluid • ..,d luU w«in. oil.

Buie Empi)' Wellhl il \.Ile OI .... dard empi)' welgbl plua u.. w .. LlhI 01 op' lo"a1 oquip""'nL

U.lul '-" L.!.be dlfle~ bo'wotIn rllmp ..... Llbl."d \be buio emply wellhl.

MaxLmum Ramp Well"II1 18 III .. m ... lmum wollhlapproved Inr Cround m~n.u"er. (lt Ino1ud"'ll>e we1 lhl 01 8\1\11. \1\,..1 and runup fuel.l

Muh .. "m TaltltOl1 Wel.lfht 1.0 Che m ... i'I1Um welghl .. p. provad lor Ibe IUII1n!!he 1alr.e<>I! rull .

Maz10nllm LLodlna: W<tllbt LI !.b .. m .... lmum ... llhI "pP...,Ve<'l lor UI .. IUldl~ ""'ebdo .....

Tare ia UI ...... 11"111 01 ohocko., 1I1""lIa. I land.s."", . .. Md whcn w .. LlhlnC an .Irplane. &Dd 1.0 illChldR. w !.be ","alo I"t'ad . Inp. TI"" la <ieducted lrom \ba ..,al .. · ... "II.11O oI)U.ln Ibe ""'ual (nell alrpLan. wli",hL

l hL)' 1m

CESSNA SECTIOi 3

MODEL 152 LIMITATIONS

SECTION 2

LIMITATIONS


Introduction 2-3

Airspeed Limitations 2-3

Airspeed Indicator Markings 2-4

Power Plant Limitations 2-4

Power Plant Instrument Markings 2-5

Weight Limits 2-5

Center Of Gravity Limits 2-5

Maneuver Limits 2-6

Flight Load Factor Limits 2-6

Kinds Of Operation Limits 2-6

Fuel Limitations 2-7

Other Limitations 2-7

Flap Limitations 2-7

Placards 2-8

1 July 1979 2-1/(2-2 blank)


-

u

J

CI>SSNA MOOEL 1M!

SECTION 2 LlMITATIONS

TABlE OF CONTENTS

IDlrOduotlOQ •••••••. Atnpeed Um114U..". AlrBpeed SndS""IOT MaMn,. l'u .... r l'lanl Llmll.&t1on. . . PoWUT Piani IOMlrum ... 1 M&rl!inp Wel,ltl Wmj<t • • • • • • Cen"'r 01 0 • .,,11)' Limita . Manauver Limi" .... l''llpt Lo&<! 1"000lOr LlmlUl KlndB Of Ol>"r .\loo Llml t. Fu.1 Llmlt.o.Uon • .• Olber LimUation.

PlI.p Li",h .. I;"n. Placant.

I JUl y limi

•

• •

SECTlO, ~

LIM1TATIO."~

,.~

• ., '" ,. ,-, U

" W ,. ,. ,. ,-, ., ' o, ,.

:a.1/ ~-2 b1anlr.)

CESSNA

MODEL 152

SECTION 2

LIMITATIONS

INTRODUCTION

Section 2 includes operating limitations, instrument markings, and

basic placards necessary for the safe operation of the airplane, its engine,

standard systems and standard equipment. The limitations included in

this section and in Section 9 have been approved by the Federal Aviation

Administration. Observance of these operating limitations is required by

Federal Aviation Regulations.

NOTE

Refer to Section 9 of this Pilot's Operating Handbook for

amended operating limitations, operating procedures,

performance data and other necessary information for

airplanes equipped with specific options.

Your Cessna is certificated under FAA Type Certificate No. 3A19 as

Cessna Model No. 152.

AIRSPEED LIMITATIONS

Airspeed limitations and their operational significance are shown in

figure 2-1.

VNE

vN0

vA

VFE

SPEED

Never Exceed Speed

Maximum Structural

Cruising Speed

Maneuvering Speed:

1670 Pounds

1500 Pounds

1350 Pounds

Maximum Flap Extended

Speed

Maximum Window Open

Speed

KCAS

145

108

101

96

91

87

145

KIAS

149

111

104

98

93

85

149

REMARKS

Do not exceed this speed in

any operation.

Do not exceed this speed

except in smooth air, and

then only with caution.

Do not make full or abrupt

control movements above

this speed.

Do not exceed this speed

with flaps down.

Do not exceed this speed with

windows open.

Figure 2-1. Airspeed Limitations

1 July 1979 2-3

For Flight Training Reference Only-

CESSNA MCDEL 153

SECTION 2 LIMITATIONS

INTRODUCTION

Sect10n 'I,,"lud .. operatl"lllmlt. ... 'O"., ,,,,,,,,melll marlrln,s. and !>MIe plaeal"d ... _ • ...-y lor u.. """penIlOlloltha all"Jllan •• I"enetne • • 1.aDdard 0]'." .... and ,ta.ncIanI equipma,,<. 11>, lLmitatlon. Include<! III IMa ....,IIOll and in a.ctkm 'tla .... bw .. appro ... e<! by u.. Fede..!. Avi .. tIon AdmlnlaUaUon. Obeerv~ of theM oparatl"&" Umlu,.Ilou Is requi.n>d by " .... ..!. Avlallon Replallo"a.

NOTE

Ref.r te> SeeUon' ot lilla PUoI"a O"" .. Iin, H""dboolr. Ior ....... dod o""nlill&" 1Im1latlo .... 0po",U"1 p,.".,... ...... ""rfo'lIl&IIc. d&ta and <KlIer n __ ry InformaUo" fo. all"9l",," eq .. lpped wllh epeelflo opllolI"

Your ee.,,,a l, ~nln ... 1tOd Ulld.,.I'"AA Type C.nlflcar.e No. 3AI9 U (;eMna Moclei No. 1:11.

AIRSPEED UMITATIONS

AirapetKllinlita.llonl and Ulai. operallona! "Jnlficanca ..... !OhOWII in fl!l'u'" 2_1.

Sl'UO ~" KI ... S ~UI""~KS

'" _ [xc..., l:pooII ... ... 00 no' •• ..- "'~ _ '" ..... _.rio ..

,~ M •• "'""' .. S,,,,,,,,, .. ". ", 00 •• " •• ..- __ Cn.o,~", Spood ....... ' 1ft ...... "' ........

....... anIy wi'" _,Ion.

'. -_. leM_ '"

,. 00 "'" _. "'" .. l1li .....

,~- " " _uol_ .. _

,~- " " ~.-

' .. .... _ F .... h_ 110 ....... _ ..... ,.-- " " ...... ,----.... _-Opooo 00 ..... .._ ___ .... , .. '" --l'"lpnt 2·1. A.npNd L lmltatto",

I Jul)' 11179 ,.,

SECTION 2

LIMITATIONS

CESSNA

MODEL 152

AIRSPEED INDICATOR MARKINGS

Airspeed indicator markings and their color code significance are

shown in figure 2-2.

MARKING

White Arc

Green Arc

Yellow Arc

Red Line

KIAS VALUE

OR RANGE

35 - 85

40 - 111

111 - 149

149

SIGNIFICANCE

Full Flap Operating Range. Lower

limit is maximum weight Vg in

landing configuration. Upper limit

is maximum speed permissible with

flaps extended.

Normal Operating Range. Lower limit

is maximum weight Vg at most forward

C.G. with flaps retracted. Upper limit

is maximum structural cruising speed.

Operations must be conducted with

caution and only in smooth air.

Maximum speed for all operations.

Figure 2-2. Airspeed Indicator Markings

POWER PLANT LIMITATIONS

Engine Manufacturer: Avco Lycoming.

Engine Model Number: O-235-L2C.

Engine Operating Limits for Takeoff and Continuous Operations:

Maximum Power: 110 BHP rating.

Maximum Engine Speed: 2550 RPM.

NOTE

The static RPM range at full throttle (carburetor heat off

and mixture leaned to maximum RPM) is 2280 to 2380 RPM.

Maximum Oil Temperature: 245°F (118°C).

Oil Pressure, Minimum: 25 psi.

Maximum: 115 psi.

Propeller Manufacturer: McCauley Accessory Division.

Propeller Model Number: 1A103/TCM6958.

Propeller Diameter, Maximum: 69 inches.

Minimum: 67.5 inches.

2-4 1 July 1979

"

n

n

r

71


SECTlON 2 \..IMITAT10NS

CI>SSNA MODEL 1f1,2

AIR SPEED INDICATO R MARKINGS

Al.ap"<! iDd.i~.lOr markil1p ....,d 1.IIel. eolO' oode .1",lli~a,..,. a .. N10WD In 111(\1 .... 1-1

W.~!UHG KIAS V ... LIiE Oft ft ... HGE SIGHI~'C"'NCI:

WII" .... '" ~ .. F" FIoo> 0"..""", ft .... -limi,,, ""'. ,"""" wolG/1' Vs" io _'''II conl ..... 500. 1I_ lim i. " ............ _ ... mil!li:llo wTlh 1101>1 .. _

G· ........ .j(\. ! Il _ ... ,-.. ,,-. Lo..- Il'''', io ..... ,....., ....... ' Va" motI_ c'G ... III lIapo _. ~ M ... it io _.:..-. ........... """"" __

V .. _ ..... 111 ·148 Opo< __ bo _U<lwolh ... ............. Iy II> _ aIr

~,- ,. .... _.-;1 1.,.. ... _-

l'I",,,,, i·L ... I .... peed IndIcato. Markln,.

POWER PLANT LlMITATIONS

Enll'lne Manufactu ... : "'v,,", [.ycomlne:. Enllna M<><lwl Numbwr: O·~·L.2C. Engln~ Operaling Iolmll' to. Tak",,{f U1d Con';nuou. O"",'&\lon&:

Mn[mum Power: 110 BHP .alinlr. Mnlmum Engln8 Bpe-ed.; 2:;5() RPM.

Tt.. .talle RI'M ""p a' full th ..... <I. (carburelOr but oIf "",cl ",,,Uuno 1 • ....,1Ml1D mUllmum RPM) I._IO l::I8G nPM

Muim~m 0.1 T~",~ .. lu .. : 2e°F (llIl"C). Ol! P .... uu ..... Mln!wum: 25 paio

Muimum. 115 p.i. PropeUe' Manufr.c.urer MoCauley Ac«ssory Dlvl.lon. PropeUe' Model Number lA l03/TCM(l9.",8. Propel1er Dlamete •. M."lmum: 6IIlnches

M!nlmum: 1!7.~ Inchu,

,., I July 1979

-

-

CESSNA

MODEL 152

SECTION 2

LIMITATIONS

POWER PLANT INSTRUMENT MARKINGS

Power plant instrument markings and their color code significance

are shown in figure 2-3.

INSTRUMENT

Tachometer:

Sea Level

4000 Feet

8000 Feet

Oil Temperature

Oil Pressure

Fuel Quantity

Suction

RED LINE

MINIMUM

LIMIT

25 psi

E

(0.75 Gal. Unusable

Each Tank)

GREEN ARC

NORMAL

OPERATING

1900 - 2350 RPM

1900 - 2450 RPM

1900 - 2550 RPM

100° - 245°F

60 - 90 psi

4.5 - 5.4 in. Hg

RED LINE

MAXIMUM

LIMIT

2550 RPM

245° F

115 psi

- —

Figure 2-3. Power Plant Instrument Markings

WEIGHT LIMITS

Maximum Ramp Weight: 1675 lbs.

Maximum Takeoff Weight: 1670 lbs.

Maximum Landing Weight: 1670 lbs.

Maximum Weight in Baggage Compartment:

Baggage Area 1 (or passenger on child's seat) - Station 50 to 76: 120 lbs.

See note below.

Baggage Area 2 - Station 76 to 94: 40 lbs. See note below.

NOTE

The maximum combined weight capacity for baggage

areas 1 and 2 is 120 lbs.

CENTER OF GRAVITY LIMITS

Center of Gravity Range:

Forward: 31.0 inches aft of datum at 1350 lbs. or less, with straight line

variation to 32.65 inches aft of datum at 1670 lbs.

1 July 1979 2-5


CESSNA MODELI~

SECTION ~ l.lMITATIONS

POWER PLANT INSTRUMENT MARKINGS

""we. plani 1ll.lU',u"enl mulLl.D,I. &Dd lI>el. ooLor oode slenlflo ... "" ..... 1.0 .... in IiIlUf'I 2,3.

AlO LINI GftlEN AAe AtO UNt

IHSTRUMtNT MINIMUoM NOAIIolAL IIolAXIMUM L.M1T OPlAATING llMIT

T_, .... ~~ ,~ ~"~ -,. -- 1100 • ~51) R,... ~--,. 1100 _ ~ ft""

~,- 100", ~5", .~,

~- ~ .. ~ ~ .. 115 ...

, ... tII.oPouw , --- ---1O,1~a..,~

Etd>T .. k) - 4 .~·U"'- ... ---

~'lloluf'l a·3. powe . l'I .. nllll.llru,ruml Marklnp

WEIG HT UMITS

Mulmum Il .. mp W.l r hl, UI7S Ib • . Muunurn T .. k."rr W.lgh!.! 1S70 Ib •. Mulmum Lt.ndillg W~i lhl' 1870 III •. Mailmo.uu Welrhl ia B.rr~e Comp.t1&neo>l.

IIq,"pArn 1 (or p ... enp'O>lIeh!ld''''''I) · SIalloaOOw71l: 120 Ib •. s. .. note belew.

1I&g~ A ..... 2· SUllon 7e IO i4: -ti) lb • . s... noloe belo .. .

N"" Th. m .. x lmum eombl ned w.l,hl oo.pachy fo. b .. " .. ,o ...... I .nd t l, 111:0 Ib •.

CENTER OF GRAVITY UMITS

Cea ... of O,... .. \ly R .... 'e! Forw .. nl' 31.0 !nelle. II/t of d.l .. m I., 13l5(l111&. or lesa. wlll> ..... 1"" li"'"

uri.llo .. IO :Ia.Mllle"' ... " or deWm I., 1e'70 III&.

I Jul)' 1979

■SECTION 2 CESSNA

LIMITATIONS MODEL 152

KINDS OF OPERATION LIMITS

The airplane is equipped for day VFR and may be equipped for night

VFR and/or IFR operations. FAR Part 91 establishes the minimum

required instrumentation and equipment for these operations. The refer-

2-6 1 July 1979

r

Aft: 36.5 inches aft of datum at all weights. _

Reference Datum: Front face of firewall.

MANEUVER LIMITS

This airplane is certificated in the utility category and is designed for

limited aerobatic flight. In the acquisition of various certificates such as

commercial pilot and flight instructor, certain maneuvers are required.

All of these maneuvers are permitted in this airplane.

No aerobatic maneuvers are approved except those listed below:

MANEUVER RECOMMENDED ENTRY SPEED*

Chandelles 95 knots

Lazy Eights 95 knots

Steep Turns 95 knots

Spins Use Slow Deceleration

Stalls (Except Whip Stalls) Use Slow Deceleration

"Higher speeds can be used if abrupt use of the controls is avoided.

The baggage compartment and/or child's seat must not be occupied

during aerobatics.

Aerobatics that may impose high loads should not be attempted. The

important thing to bear in mind in flight maneuvers is that the airplane is

clean in aerodynamic design and will build up speed quickly with me nose

down. Proper Speed control is an essential requirement for execution of

any maneuver, and care should always be exercised to avoid excessive —

speed which in turn can impose excessive loads. In the execution of all

maneuvers, avoid abrupt use of controls.

FLIGHT LOAD FACTOR LIMITS

Flight Load Factors:

*Flaps Up: +4.4g, -1.76g

*Flaps Down: +3.5g _

"The design load factors are 150% of the above, and in all cases, the

structure meets or exceeds design loads.

~


SECT10N 2 L1M1TATlON8

lI.h: 36.$ 11101108 atr. 0 1 datum at ali ... III'U. Relot."". Datum: """'nt lace olllrewaU.

MANEUVER LlMITS

CESSNA MODEL 152

Tbil .. lrpl&lle 18 ... rtll!calOd la 1.IIe uUUIy caw.soI"Y anello. d .. lsnod lor UmL1ed .. ""baUe fillbL III \ILe .equtslUoa 01 vtonous""rtlllca_ sucb ... """,me .. <:IaI pllot &lId n1lht t"tuue<or .... rt.o.ln m ...... v .... are .-.qulred.. Ali 01 tbeu """ .... ve .. are parmlllOd Ln 1.111.1 .. Irpl ..... .

~UVER

Cbandel1" .

RECOMlolZNDIlD BNTRT 8PEE!)'

.•..•. l1li knnta t.o.zy Elgbu ... . · . . • . . • .l1li luwU S_pTUms ... . • • • • . . • .l1li kn<IU Spino. .. .. . · ti .. Stow Doc~!~ .. at.ion SUlbl tE:.c.pl Wblp 810.11.) · tI'Ie 81e .. Deceleratle"

'HlIb~r apeo<ll C&lI be uMd il .. brupl UN olth. conlrole le avolded.

Tho ball:lI:"II:O oomp"r"ll"l"Lent .... dloT clltld·, fJe" mU8' noi be """,upled durl"« ~hIIl\o • .

A.mballc. \haI m"-,ll Il,,_v IIllb lealll .bould "CI be .. ucmpted Tbc imp"rU.nlth'nlllCl bear 1rL mlnd in nlrhl manouvors ISlbat Ibo alrplA"e 18 ele..., ll'I aarodynlJJl io design and wl11 bulld up _peed /[ulclrly wltl>lhe n020 down. Prepor apoed 'lOntrel le An •• nnll .. 1 "''1ul ... u''e''l fOT ex"",u!ion o • .. ny m&n~ver. and Cat •• bn"ld .1w.ya b. n,..,I •• d I<> .vuld u~ ... iv • • peed wblch In tUnl CAn [mpa .. uce"'ve lo .. d •. In Ihv ulICul,ou 01.11 man.uv .... avold abrupl " •• 01 oont...,ll.

FLlGHT LOAD FACTO A LlMITS

Fl llI:h.!.o1l.(! 1"acle...: °1"1 .. ps Up: ,(.4R .• 1.70R 'l'1ep. Down: '3.&8

'T"- de&LplO&d lo.clCl .. are l~ 01 Ihe abov .. an" ln eli ~ ..... th • • 'rucl"re _eia or excee40 dellgn load.t .

KINDS OF OPERATION UMITS

TIIe IIJ rp\ane \.I tqUlpJMd lord&y VI'"R and m&y be equipped. fo. alibI VFfI &lIdie. 1m oper"",,"L 1"AR l'tori Q\ uw.blisblll \be nUnlm"", R<I"lrtod 1...unrum.nlAllon and equlp"'t n, fo. \beN epet .. tlon,. n ·e reler·

I Jul7 IliJ711

-

CESSNA SECTION 2


ence to types of flight operations on the operating limitations placard

reflects equipment installed at the time of Airworthiness Certificate

issuance.

Flight into known icing conditions is prohibited.

FUEL LIMITATIONS

2 Standard Tanks: 13 U.S. gallons each.

Total Fuel: 26 U.S. gallons.

Usable Fuel (all flight conditions): 24.5 U.S. gallons.

Unusable Fuel: 1.5 U.S. gallons.

2 Long Range Tanks: 19.5 U.S. gallons each.

Total Fuel: 39 U.S. gallons.

Usable Fuel (all flight conditions): 37.5 U.S. gallons.

Unusable Fuel: 1.5 U.S. gallons.

NOTE

Due to cross-feeding between fuel tanks, the tanks should

be re-topped after each refueling to assure maximum

capacity.

Takeoffs have not been demonstrated with less than 2 gallons of total fuel

(1 gallon per tank).

Fuel remaining in the tank after the fuel quantity indicator reads empty

(red line) cannot be safely used in flight.

Approved Fuel Grades (and Colors):

100LL Grade Aviation Fuel (Blue).

100 (Formerly 100/130) Grade Aviation Fuel (Green).

OTHER LIMITATIONS

FLAP LIMITATIONS

Approved Takeoff Range: 0° to 10°.

Approved Landing Range: 0° to 30°.

1 July 1979 2-7


-

CESSNA MODEL 162

8ECTION 2 L1MITATIONS

.n~ 111 lyP'" 01 fIi,M oper.li03t O" ili, opera,;", limi .... ';""" plte.n! ",nOClt oqulpmenl Ineu.lIed at Ule lime or Alrwon/lln ..... Cenlflealo Inu ... oe.

FUEL LlMITATIONS 2 Sta.Ddard T&.I>lI.a: 13 U .8 . ,al1ono eacl>.

Tou.l Fuel: • U .8 . pllon • . Usa\>I, ""tl (ali mpt colldl1io".~ :K..! U.S. lallo ..... Unuaohlt ""ti: l''' U .S. '&110 ....

2 Lonll' R.ur.p T&tlka: lUi U .S . fI'aI1o" ..... h . Tolal "".1: 39 U .8 . ... 11".,., Uoablo Jl'ue1 (aU ni,,,, _ .. d,Uon.l< 3'1.' lUI. gallol>ll. Unusa\>l. ru.l: 1.$ U.S . lfoIlon •.

Due \O croH·letdlnl ber ...... tu.L ta.DQ. Ulel&nb ohould be ",.",pp...:! tll'\et .ae~ . ... ",.linl 10 .... u"' maJL:l mu m c.paIIl ty

Taktoll. have noi _n d.mo"'lra\e<l ",llh 1 ... \11"" 2 ,allo". 01 1<>",lluel (1 gaHnn per .... nkJ.

F""I ",malnllli In \he 1&IIk "''''' UI. luel qullnllly Indi"""" ~e empI)' (~lIno) Cannot be ulely ueed In fiI"'t.

Approved ""'el Or"" •• (""d CoLo •• ): lOOt.L G."". Avl,UolI h.l (Sl ue). 100 (l'onno.ly 100/130) Or&olt /wl.lioll Tutl (0,,"11).

OTHER LlMITATIONS

FLAP LLMLTATLONS

Approv!ld Tueoff Reale: O' \O lO". Approved 1.-cllI'l n.nre: O" \O 30".

1 July 1!mI

SECTION 2

LIMITATIONS

CESSNA

MODEL 152

"

PLACARDS

The following information must be displayed in the form of composite

or individual placards.

1. In full view of the pilot: (The "DAY-NIGHT-VFR-IFR" entry,

shown on the example below, will vary as the airplane is

equipped).

The markings and placards installed in this airplane contain

operating limitations which must be complied with when operat

ing this airplane in the Utility Category. Other operating limita

tions which must be complied with when operating this airplane

in this category are contained in the Pilot's Operating Handbook

and FAA Approved Airplane Flight Manual.

NO ACROBATIC MANEUVERS APPROVED EXCEPT THOSE

LISTED BELOW

Maneuver

Rec. Entry

Speed Maneuver

Rec. Entry

Speed

Chandelles 95 KIAS

Lazy 8's 95 KIAS

Steep Turns 95 KIAS

Spins Slow Decel.

Stalls (Ex

cept Whip

Stalls) Slow Decel.

Intentional spins prohibited with flaps extended.

Flight into known icing conditions prohibited.

This airplane is certified for the following flight operations as of

date of original airworthiness certificate:

DAY—NIGHT—VFR—IFR

2. In the baggage compartment:

120 LBS. MAXIMUM BAGGAGE AND/OR AUXILIARY SEAT PAS

SENGER. FOR ADDITIONAL LOADING INSTRUCTIONS SEE

WEIGHT AND BALANCE DATA.

n

n

n

n

n

2-8 1 July 1979


SECTION 2 LIMIT ... TiONS

CESSNA MOOEL 152

PLACARDS

Tbe lo11ow1n,. lII/orDaIi .... mllil be dl.playod III Ihe /o.m O/ rom_,1e O' Indlvldu&l pl&O&l'd • .

lo In fuU v_ 0/ ..... plloc eTII. ··O ... Y·NIOHT·VPR·I!'R- .nlfy • • howo Oa \b. u&DIpl. belo ... will yr.t}' ......... airpL&n1 L. equippeod).

Th" m .... klllp &nd plo.canll ] ... t.lJ.lod III \bI • .uv!! .. ", conllr.m operall0l!" limlllr.do .. , _lI\oh mll~ be oomplled wltb who:u "IM''''~ IIIl!" thl. alrpL...,. In III. UtlllLy Caloe/rOry. Other Ope"'llnl!" limll&. tlon ... lIleh mUltbe compllod .1111 wllen opendlnr Ih'- .lrplaoe In lh1. ca"'gof}'.'" con .... 'nod In lhll>Jlot·. Opendlnr Han<lbook and ~'AA Apprnvod "'i.,.L"". Yhlll' Nanual.

NO ACROBATIC MANEUVERS M'PRQVEO EXCEPT THOSE LISTED 8ELOW

R.ec.. Enlry ,-Cbandollu ......... 96 KIA8 La~y 8· •............ 9G KIAS

Spl" •............ Slu .. u..:.l. Slall. (ElL'

Sl<.'ep Turno ........ ~ K IAS oepl Whlp sl.n.) ........... Slo .. ~l.

Inlenllonal .plnl prohlbUod .... !l1I n.p. ex.ondod. YlIghlln\.O know n IClng condllion. prohlblled.

1"11" "'.pl"n" ,. CI'U/,Ift! lor Ih. luUowing 111",111 OplTlhon, ... of d .. te .. / or,,,i,,"] .,rw .. rlbl,,~~~ c~rt,lic .. ""

DA Y- NIOIIT_ VI'"R- IPR

120 LBS. M ... XIMUM S"'OO"'GE "'NO/OR AUXIUARY SEAT P"'S· SENGER. !'"OR ... ODlTI ON ... I. LO ... 01NG IN!>1"IiUCT10NS SE.; WEIGHT "'NOB"'UNCE D ... T ....

,. l July 1979

-

CESSNA SECTION 2


3. Near fuel shutoff valve (standard tanks):

Near fuel

FUEL - 24.5 GALS - ON-OFF

shutoff valve (long range tanks):

FUEL- 37.5 GALS - ON-OFF

4. Near fuel tank filler cap (standard tanks):

FUEL

100LL/100 MIN. GRADE AVIATION GASOLINE

CAP. 13 U.S. GAL.

Near fuel tank filler cap (long range tanks):

FUEL

100LL/ 100 MIN. GRADE AVIATION GASOLINE

CAP. 19.5 U.S. GAL.

CAP 13.0 U.S. GAL. TO BOTTOM OF FILLER COLLAR

5. On the instrument panel near the altimeter:

SPIN RECOVERY

1. VERIFY AILERONS NEUTRAL AND THROTTLE CLOSED

2. APPLY FULL OPPOSITE RUDDER

3. MOVE CONTROL WHEEL BRISKLY FORWARD TO BREAKSTALL

4. NEUTRALIZE RUDDER AND RECOVER FROM DIVE

1 July 1979


--

CSSSNA MOO EL 162

SECTION 2 LIMITATIONS

FUEL· 24.S GALS _ ON-O""

l''\Jto:L· 31.5 GALS· ON-O F!"

4 Nn. fuol...,.1o: filler «p (lt&Qdo.rd ",,,10:1);

ro<e 100LLllIIO MIN . GRADi': AVIATION GASOLINE

CAP. 13 U.S. GAL.

'"'C 100LI../100 MIN. GRADE A VIATlON OASOUNE CAI', Ig.3 U. 5 . GAL.

CAP \3.0 U ,S, GAL. TO BO'ITOM OP' P'ILLER COLLAR

SPiN R&COVERY

1 VERI P'Y AlLERONS Nto:UTRAI.. ANO THR01TLE CLQSED It. APPI..Y l''ULL OPPOSITE RUOOi':R :l. MOV E CONTROI.. WHEEL 8fUSKLY l''Q1\WARD TO BREAK

5TALL 4. NEUTI1AL1ZE RUDDER ANO RECOVElt ntOM DIVE

I Jul)' 1m ,-,

SECTION 2

LIMITATIONS

CESSNA

MODEL 152

6. A calibration card is provided to indicate the accuracy of the

magnetic compass in 30° increments.

7. On oil filler cap:

8. On control lock:

"

n

p

CONTROL LOCK - REMOVE BEFORE STARTING ENGINE

9. Near airspeed indicator:

MANEUVER SPEED - 104 KIAS

n

n

2-101 July 1979


BECTION' LIMITATIONS

CESSNA MODEL ,1It

Il. A .,.Ubn .. ion """" I. p..,vldocl '" indio." Ib. a<:<lu"",y ot 1Il. mo.gnot!o ccmp&llll In:lO' In""""'."'"

7. OD 011 rtllo •• "P'

IL On """lJ'<>llool<:

CON'l'ROL I.OCK • REMOVl! BEPORE STARTING ENOINE

MANEUVER SPEED· 11>1 I(lA8

2·10 I JuIy 1m

--

CESSNA SECTION 3

MODEL 152 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

SECTION 3

EMERGENCY PROCEDURES


Introduction 3-3

Airspeeds For Emergency Operation 3-3

OPERATIONAL CHECKLISTS

Engine Failures 3-3

Engine Failure During Takeoff Run 3-3

Engine Failure Immediately After Takeoff 3-3

Engine Failure During Flight 3-4

Forced Landings 3-4

Emergency Landing Without Engine Power 3-4

Precautionary Landing With Engine Power 3-4

Ditching 3-4

Fires 3-5

During Start On Ground 3-5

Engine Fire In Flight 3-5

Electrical Fire In Flight 3-6

Cabin Fire 3-6

Wing Fire 3-7

Icing 3-7

Inadvertent Icing Encounter 3-7

Landing With A Flat Main Tire 3-8

Electrical Power Supply System Malfunctions 3-8

Ammeter Shows Excessive Rate Of Charge

(Full Scale Deflection) 3-8

Low-Voltage Light Illuminates During Flight

(Ammeter Indicates Discharge) 3-8

AMPLIFIED PROCEDURES

Engine Failure 3-9

Forced Landings 3-10

Landing Without Elevator Control 3-10

Fires 3-10

1 July 1979 3-1


~

-

CESSNA MOD&L la:!

SECTION 3 ~MEROENCY PROC~DUR~S

SECTION 3 EMERGENCY PROCEDURE5

TABlE OF CONTENTS

loU'Oduclion . . ......•.••..... A rrepeed.a "or ~m.r"lI."")' Opotr.Ii~.. ...... .

OPERATIONAL CIIECKLISTS

EI1I1'iP<> F ltJhu·., El1lrll1e ,. .. II"re Durin. TaltiOOll I\un ... Engln. ,.1tJ1"re Imm~I .. ~I)' Alle. T.keoff F.ngin. F .. i1u .... Durinlr FUlrbl ..... .

1'0reMi L&ndinl{ •.•• ••..•.•.. Emetjene)' L.&ndlnlr Wllboul Enlrlne Pow.r P~ .. ullon .. f)' L&n~lnl" Wlth El1l"lo. l'o ..... Dllehlnl" ....... .

!'"I ... ~ ........ . lJudnlf SI .. tI O" Ornund Enlfi,," Flno In FU,hl . Eleo!rl" .. 1 !'"Ire In FUl"b! Cablo Fire .. Wlnl" !'"Ire

Telnl! ..... . Inadnritlnl Idnl{ E"e""nl"

I...I.ndlng WUh A "1.1 M.ln TI.. . EI...,I.;e .. 1 l'owe. Suppl)' S)"I&m M.U"ncllonR

;"mme~r SII" .... Exc ... in 1\0.1& Of CII .... p (F"Ll Sc.l~ o.tl<lclion) •........

Lo",·Vol\.~ Lijlll IUumin"," Ounn/( Filrllt (/unmewr Il,<11<:.,,,. Ohlcll .... ' .) ..... .

EnguuI ".11" .. Vo reeod Lllnd"'If'

AMPLIP'IEO PflOCEDUflES

LandI"" W,Ib",.1 EI.~.l<Ir Conlrol Vin:oI • . . . • . . • • • .

I Jul)' \878

'" ,~

'o, ,-, ,~

H ,~ ,-, " H 'O, ,. 3·6 'o, 'o, " ,. H

,. ,.

,-o .. , 3·10 3·10

SECTION 3 CESSNA —

EMERGENCY PROCEDURES MODEL 152

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)Page

mergency Operation In Clouds (Vacuum System Failure) . . . 3-11

Executing A 180° Turn In Clouds 3-11 —

Emergency Descent Through Clouds 3-11

Recovery From A Spiral Dive 3-12

Inadvertent Flight Into Icing Conditions 3-12

Spins 3-12 _

Rough Engine Operation Or Loss Of Power 3-13

Carburetor Icing 3-13

Spark Plug Fouling 3-13

Magneto Malfunction 3-14

Low Oil Pressure 3-14

Electrical Power Supply System Malfunctions 3-14

Excessive Rate Of Charge 3-14

1

P

n

n

n

3-2 1 July 1979


SECTlON :I EMEROENCYPROCEDURES

TABlE OF CONTENTS (Continued)

", .. rytney OpenUon I" CIOllds CV...,II"'" Syn"m 1"&11 .... ) ExecU.1nl A ._ TU .... 'n Clouda . Y.mlrpnc)' o..oooni Thr<>urh Clouda . Hec:OVlry "ram A Spirai DIvo ....•

In&dve_n. Yllgbll"La ICi", C""dIUOlit . • Spin.. ........... . RuuWb En,lnO Oporallon Or Lo .. Of Po .......

CarburOlOr 101111" •• Spark Plul" roullne Marone\(> MaUuncllon t..ow OH "......... • . . • •

Eleclde&l f'ow • • Supply SY'IO'" MaUUDctIo". E""" .... v. R.t.t Of Charyo . . Ina .. lllel'n' Rale 01 Ch .... l"" ..... .

"

CESSNA MOOEL 1.5Il

' ''' 3 · 11 .U .u ,.~

,~

3· 12

'" '·l3 3·\3 3·14 3·14 3·14 3 · 14 3· 1~

1 Ju1y 1W1!

-

CESSNA SECTION 3


INTRODUCTION

Section 3 provides checklist and amplified procedures for coping with

emergencies that may occur. Emergencies caused by airplane or engine

malfunctions are extremely rare if proper preflight inspections and

maintenance are practiced. Enroute weather emergencies can be minim

ized or eliminated by careful flight planning and good judgment when

unexpected weather is encountered. However, should an emergency arise,

the basic guidelines described in this section should be considered and

applied as necessary to correct the problem. Emergency procedures

associated with ELT and other optional systems can be found in Section 9.

AIRSPEEDS FOR EMERGENCY OPERATION

Engine Failure After Takeoff 60 KIAS

Maneuvering Speed:

1670 Lbs 104 KIAS

1500 Lbs 98 KIAS

1350 Lbs 93 KIAS

Maximum Glide 60 KIAS

Precautionary Landing With Engine Power 55 KIAS

Landing Without Engine Power:

Wing Flaps Up 65 KIAS

Wing Flaps Down 60 KIAS

OPERATIONAL CHECKLISTS

ENGINE FAILURES

ENGINE FAILURE DURING TAKEOFF RUN

1. Throttle -- IDLE.

2. Brakes -- APPLY.

3. Wing Flaps - RETRACT.

4. Mixture -- IDLE CUT-OFF.

5. Ignition Switch -- OFF.

6. Master Switch -- OFF.

ENGINE FAILURE IMMEDIATELY AFTER TAKEOFF

1. Airspeed -- 60 KIAS.


1 July 1979 3.3


CESSNA MODEL 1M!

SECT[ON 3 l'.:MEItc,a;NCY PJI.OCEDI1RES

lNTRQDUCT10N

SectLon 3 provlde. (J.heekU.\...,d o.mpUl[ec! prooodu~ fo. oop~ wilh ""' ... pncles 0. .. ma)' (M)(:ur Emerpnaltll ""uoed by "''l'la~ or ~n~~ maltuneUon ....... nl .. maly .... Il P""I"" p .. mclll InspecUons &Dd m ... "te"...,.,. .... prae1l<*1. Enroute ..... th •• amerpnc'" can be mlnlm-iZC!'CI or eHml",,1ed by ........ ' ul mllli pL ...... ml and LrOOd jud/l"menl ... lIan u .. ,,:rpeeled ..... ""h ... L. encoun\.erecl . Ho_ve •. abauld an emerlc-ncy .... i»e. tha buie ... I ... U .... d....,tlbecI In thl. ,""",Uon Mould be eonslderecl &Dd. "ppl'-<l ... n_ .. o.ry IO oornct th. p""blam. E .... rpnq procodu .... asaoo::i"ted w,th El., T and a""'. opUu ... 1 ay ... ",. caa be found in Sect.ion iii.

AIRSPEEDS FOR EMERGENCV OPERATION EniLue ... Uu .. Ahe. Tak ... 1f Manauvetlnl SpeecI:

11I7II!..be •• IMIO!.be •••••••• 13&I!.be ••••••••

MLdmw:n OLlds ..... . P"""ullo""ry lM.odio, With En''''a Po ..... LMdlnlL' WlIhoul Eu,1I>o PowOr.

Wh'I P1apa I1p .. Wl", P'laps DoWll ....

OPERATIONAl CHECKUSTS

ENGINE FAILURES

ENGINE FA'LURE DURINO TAKEOFF RUN

I Tbrottle .. [O(.,E. 2. BnLl< •• •• AI'I'L Y. 3. W'''II'I .. p ••• IlETI1ACT 4. M,.,I,,",·· IOU: CUT.OI'I'. 5. lau,tioD Swil<:b .. OPP. 8. Mute. SWLlCb .. OF'F.

ENGINE FAILURE IMMEDIATELV AFTEA TAKEOFF

l. A,",,,",, •• !lO KIAS. 2. Mi"." .... IO(.,E CUT.OI'I"

I July 1!179

!IO KIAS

11>4 KIAS \18 KlAS 93KIAS !lO KIAS :I:IKlAS

11:1 KIAS !IO KIAS

"

SECTION 3 CESSNA


3. Fuel Shutoff Valve -- OFF.


5. Wing Flaps -- AS REQUIRED.


ENGINE FAILURE DURING FLIGHT


2. Carburetor Heat -- ON.

3. Primer -- IN and LOCKED.

4. Fuel Shutoff Valve -- ON.

5. Mixture -- RICH.

6. Ignition Switch -- BOTH (or START if propeller is stopped).

~FORCED LANDINGS

EMERGENCY LANDING WITHOUT ENGINE POWER

1. Airspeed -- 65 KIAS (flaps UP).

60 KIAS (flaps DOWN).




5. Wing Flaps -- AS REQUIRED (30° recommended).


7. Doors -- UNLATCH PRIOR TO TOUCHDOWN.

8. Touchdown -- SLIGHTLY TAIL LOW.

9. Brakes -- APPLY HEAVILY.

PRECAUTIONARY LANDING WITH ENGINE POWER

"—


2. Wing Flaps--20°.

3. Selected Field -- FLY OVER, noting terrain and obstructions, then

retract flaps upon reaching a safe altitude and airspeed.

4. Radio and Electrical Switches -- OFF.

5. Wing Flaps -- 30° (on final approach).

6. Airspeed -- 55 KIAS. —


8. Doors -- UNLATCH PRIOR TO TOUCHDOWN.

9. Touchdown -- SLIGHTLY TAIL LOW.

10. Ignition Switch -- OFF. —«

11. Brakes - APPLY HEAVILY.

3-4 1 July 1979

~For Flight Training Reference Only

SECTION3 EMEROENCY l'ROCEOUIIl':S

li. ,."..1 EOhutoll Vo.lvo·· orI". ~ IpIUo~ Sw!~b •• orF. ~. Wl .. ~ n_IMI •• A B tu:QUIRt:O. &. M ..... , SwllCh ·· 01'1".

ENOINE fAILURE DURINO fUOHT

I. Alnperi· · GO KIA.S. 2. C.,burotor H .. '·· 01'1. 3. Primo,· · [N and LOCKED. 4. Fu.l SbUlO1f Val'M·· 01'1. :I. Mb.lu,o· · RICIL

CESSN" MOOEL I~

'" IgulU<>.o Swlt*Uo, lo ""pped).

FORCED LANOINGS

EMF.RGENCV LANDING WITHOUT ENGINE POWER

Alrapeed·· lI:i KIA!) (n"J>* Vp). 80 KIAS (fl"pt DOWN).

2. M,~.u ... ·· tOLE CUT·orF. 3. 1" .. 01 Sbulolf Vo.lvo·· OF? 4. 19uUlon S.,llCb·· OFI'. 5. Wlo; n_pii·· AS REQUIIIED (30" """,mm.n_~ II. M ... "" Swit"'l ·· 80 IUAS. e. W;nK Flop ••• W. 3. S.lo<<od. TI. ld •• n. Y OVCR. M'Io, "', .... in ... d obsinletlon ... Ih""

......... Ilap. "pon .. &chio&" ..... 10 o.llltud. and ai",poood. i . Radio .... d Eloo'I"1O&.I S .. 't<h.o·· DI'F. 5. Wln"" l"oP' •. :lO" ("., "no.l "ppro&ch~ !I. AI"I>"'I ·· ~ KIAS. 1. M .... , S .. ,k:b . . DI'F. !I. 000 .. ·• UNLATCH PRIOR 1'0 mUCHDQWN. g. TQucMQwn·· SLiCHTLY TAIL LOW

lO. 1&"0,,""" SWIk:h·· OPI' Il Brok., .. APPI,YHEAVILY.

; July 11179

CESSNA SECTION 3


DITCHING

1. Radio -- TRANSMIT MAYDAY on 121.5 MHz, giving location and

intentions and SQUAWK 7700 if transponder is installed.

2. Heavy Objects (in baggage area) -- SECURE OR JETTISON.

3. Approach -- High Winds, Heavy Seas - INTO THE WIND.

Light Winds, Heavy Swells -- PARALLEL TO

SWELLS.

4. Wing Flaps --30°.

5. Power -- ESTABLISH 300 FT/MIN DESCENT AT 55 KIAS.

6. Cabin Doors -- UNLATCH.

7. Touchdown - LEVEL ATTITUDE AT 300 FT/MIN DESCENT.

8. Face -- CUSHION at touchdown with folded coat.

9. Airplane -- EVACUATE through cabin doors. If necessary, open

windows and flood cabin to equalize pressure so doors can be

opened.

10. Life Vests and Raft -- INFLATE.

FIRES

DURING START ON GROUND

1. Cranking -- CONTINUE, to get a start which would suck the flames

and accumulated fuel through the carburetor and into the engine.

If engine starts:

2. Power -- 1700 RPM for a few minutes.

3. Engine -- SHUTDOWN and inspect for damage.

If engine fails to start:

4. Cranking -- CONTINUE in an effort to obtain a start.

5. Fire Extinguisher -- OBTAIN (have ground attendants obtain if not

installed).

6. Engine -- SECURE.

a. Master Switch -- OFF.

b. Ignition Switch -- OFF.

c. Fuel Shutoff Valve -- OFF.

7. Fire - - EXTINGUISH using fire extinguisher, wool blanket, or dirt.

8. Fire Damage -- INSPECT, repair damage or replace damaged

components or wiring before conducting another flight.

ENGINE FIRE IN FLIGHT

1. Mixture - IDLE CUT-OFF.

1 July 1979 3:5


CESS~A MODEL 1&2

OITC HING

•• , ,

• , • , • •

opeOo<l.

SECTIO N a EMEROENCY l'ROCEDURE$

IO. Lit. V ..... ...,d lùh·· INI'LATE.

FI AES

DURING START ON GROUNO

C,.n~i"l'·· CONTINUE. \(II.' ...... " ",hioh wo~ld . "ck tho n..,. ... and """"umulo"'" fuol thmu!\"h tho corburo\(l , ."d in\(l tho ongino.

If onglno ........ :

2. "","0< '. 1700 KI'M lo, o low mlou .... J. EnlJlno· · SHUTDOWN arulloopec' lor dom",o.

If onll"l"" I.n. '" ... '"

•• , ••

, , ENGINE FIRE IN FllG HT

I. MII 'U .. •• tDLE CUT ·01'1'.

I July 1979

.ft offon \(I "bIO'" .... " .





4. Cabin Heat and Air -- OFF (except wing root vents).

5. Airspeed -- 85 KIAS (If fire is not extinguished, increase glide

speed to find an airspeed which will provide an incombustible

mixture).

6. Forced Landing - - EXECUTE (as described in Emergency Landing

Without Engine Power).

ELECTRICAL FIRE IN FLIGHT


2. All Other Switches (except ignition switch) -- OFF.

3. Vents/Cabin Air/Heat -- CLOSED.

4. Fire Extinguisher -- ACTIVATE (if available).

n

n

After discharging an extinguisher within a closed cabin,

ventilate the cabin.

If fire appears out and electrical power is necessary for continuance of

flight:

5. Master Switch -- ON.

6. Circuit Breakers -- CHECK for faulty circuit, do not reset.

7. Radio/Electrical Switches -- ON one at a time, with delay after

each until short circuit is localized.

8. Vents/Cabin Air/Heat -- OPEN when it is ascertained that fire is

completely extinguished.

CABIN FIRE

1. Master Switch - OFF.

2. Vents/ Cabin Air/Heat -- CLOSED (to avoid drafts).

3. Fire Extinguisher -- ACTIVATE (if available).

| WARNING

'After discharging an extinguisher within a closed cabin,

ventilate the cabin.

4. Land the airplane as soon as possible to inspect for damage.

3-6 1 July 1979 _


SECTION ~ EMEROENCY PROCl'OIJRl'S

z. l'v.1 Sbvlofl Valv.·· 01'1'. lo Muto< Swltcb·· Ot ..... 4. Cabl~ H .. , ""~ AI,·· 01'1' (axe<rp' wlnll" J"<l(J' v&nLa).

CESSNA MODEt.l~

~. AI,"P"d .. M KIAS (U fI,.. I. no' .~Unlul""od. Inc", ... I"HIIo opM<l lo nnd an al,..p"od whlch .. 111 provi"" "" lnoombulltlble ml"uN).

01. l'ome<! LaDdlng·· EXECUTE ( ... 110..,,1_111 Emo'lr"ney LAndlng Withou' En g"'" Po .. ",).

ELECTRICAt FIRE IN FUG HT

l. M ... .." S .. lIch .• or,. z. Ali Q'h., s""",nos (.~""P' '1""''''' .... I .. h) •• ON'o lo V'"I0/Cobin AlrIHoa'·· CI.OSEO. -I. l'I .... E~ llo""l.h", •. ACTIV A TE ur ovaUablo).

I WARN ING I AI\ .. dl.<t,uI!".ng an nun",loho, "Ubln o 010_ eobln. ,· ... m.,. _ .abin.

Il rl .... pp •• '" avI aod .1""";.01 PO"" I. n..,. •• O<)' lo,,,,,ollnuanceof milh' ,

~ M ... I<, Swll<h·· 0:-1. ". C'reuu H.--lto .. •· CHECK fo , fau!Oy c,,,ml1. do no' "' .. ~ 7 RadloIElte<rlc.1 5"I"'h .... QN ..... a' . "me .... ,'" dOl.y art.,

.""Il v ... il olto'" "i",un I. Joo;.llwd. I. Va"lOICobl .. Alr/Hea'·· OI'~N ... !>e" 1\ l._.ml,,'" "'o, Il .. I,

""mple .. ly .~t!ngul.bed.

CABIN FIR E

1 M ... ,..Swl""'·· 01'1'. 2. V~n ... ICobln AlrIH •• '· · CLOSEO tu> avo!d d,al ... ). a. F"ire E~.lnguiaher •• ACTIV ... TE (II avalloble).

At"r dlochUj"lnilao .~<!0il"i.he, w"b lu a .10 .... cabi,,...,n"l.", ,h. cabln.

1 July Un9

CESSNA SECTION 3


WING FIRE

1. Navigation Light Switch -- OFF.

2. Strobe Light Switch (if installed) -- OFF.

3. Pitot Heat Switch (if installed) -- OFF.

NOTE

Perform a side slip to keep the flames away from the fuel

tank and cabin, and land as soon as possible, with flaps

retracted.

ICING

INADVERTENT ICING ENCOUNTER

1. Turn pitot heat switch ON (if installed).

2. Turn back or change altitude to obtain an outside air temperature

that is less conducive to icing.

3. Pull cabin heat control full out to obtain maximum defroster air

temperature. For greater air flow at reduced temperatures, adjust

the cabin air control as required.

4. Open the throttle to increase engine speed and minimize ice build

up on propeller blades.

5. Watch for signs of carburetor air filter ice and apply carburetor

heat as required. An unexpected loss in engine speed could be

caused by carburetor ice or air intake filter ice. Lean the mixture

for maximum RPM, if carburetor heai is used continuously.

6. Plan a landing at the nearest airport. With an extremely rapid ice

build-up, select a suitable "off airport" landing site.

7. With an ice accumulation of 1/4 inch or more on the wing leading

edges, be prepared for significantly higher stall speed.

8. Leave wing flaps retracted. With a severe ice build-up on the

horizontal tail, the change in wing wake airflow direction caused

by wing flap extension could result in a loss of elevator effective

ness.

9. Open left window and, if practical, scrape ice from a portion of the

windshield for visibility in the landing approach.

10. Perform a landing approach using a forward slip, if necessary, for

improved visibility.

11. Approach at 65 to 75 KIAS depending upon the amount of ice

accumulation.

12. Perform a landing in level attitude.

1 July 1979 3-7


-

-

CESSNA MODEL 15I!

BECTION3 EMEROENCY PROCEDUI\.ES

WING FIRE

I. NavIJ"Uo" LlJhL 8",1 .. 11. ·· OFF. a. SLlObo LIJ~L S .. I"'b (If 'n .... Ued.j·· O". 3. pjlO' HO.L S .. I .. b (II 'nlIlalled)·_ 0".

"= Po,fOrni. 01110 o!lp IO ,,"p !bo l1omo. "w"Y!rom !b. I"", ..... k onel "..bln . ....d , ... d ... _n ... _o!bl.. "Ilb nopo ",',aeLod.

ICING INAOVEA TENT ICING ENCOONTER

I. Turn l'IlO' b ....... ''''b 01'1 (II il>olllllod). a. Tum b"". o, cbo.np oIL''''do IO abili'" .0 o"uld" ..... ~po'''\u,""

"'al lo le .... "due'"" IO "''''LI". 3 Pu.!I o .... 'n b ••• control fUll 0'" IO obLaln m""""um 1Iorr.,., ... 1r

oempo'uu,"". !'Or lJf9&oe, 01, 110 .. a. r«IU«d .. ,.,pota'"",. ad)uo' "'" c.bio ai, """""\ .. ,..quic.<I.

4. Opo., the !bromo", lw;", ... oD.III"" 01'"'1 and mlnlmlMl"" bun~· up OD ",""pollo, blad ...

~. W .... b lo, 01"", 01 0.","",100' a" mIO, ieo &Dd O.PPll' oubu",_

• '. ••

• 'C

u .

••

b ..... requlnHI. An """,,p''':led. I .... In .o~"" opo<ld. """", \IO o.uoe<\ by 011"'''",1<>' ''''' o, a.1' "'talte ru ... , 1<>0. Lot." .... mlnu .. lo, "'''lmU''' RPM. Il.,,,,,,,'''<0' 110.1 '0 "00<1 ""nUouou.ly . p,." • l .. rullnl!" .L 1M ""0"''' o.'rpon. Wltb o.n u .... "'.ll' npld '00 1""I~·up .... Ioet. 0"'1.1.11.10 -otf o.)rpo,,"" lo.odlng 0'10. Wltb.n 100 __ ul.llo" ot Il t !o.h o,,,,,,n,,,, Lbo "'n,loadln, ed"o. II.. _p&red lo, olplfic.oUy bI,bo' ,"U opeeod . LoHve wl"J no.po "" ... 10<1. Wltlt ... ""'" lcoot b"Ud·"p on tb<I horloonlllll&U. <be obanE" In .. in, .. alo. o.lrf1o .. ",,,,,,uon e.~00<1 by ..-Ln, n.p OX,".,.iOD """Id .... ~I. In • 100. 0""'."10' .nocti".. _ . Op.on lon .. lndO ....... d. !f P''''''''.\' OCf • .,. \c. !rom • porlion oflho .. 1 .. ""hI.ld (9< v .. !blllty il> lb. laDdlnlloppro&OlI.. f'orfOml • l.ndiollappn>&Ob ".loJo. Iorwonl.llp. Il neee .. "I")'. lo, lmpn>vod vl. IlII'l<f. Appro&Oh •• 6!S IO 1$ KIAS depondlq: "P"O !bo &moun' of ,"'" """umul.hon . Pt!rfor"m o'a"dln, In ",~Ol ",tu"dO.

l Ju,y 1m ,.,

SECTION 3 CESSNA


LANDING WITH A FLAT MAIN TIRE

1. Wing Flaps -- AS DESIRED.

2. Approach -- NORMAL.

3. Touchdown - - GOOD TIRE FIRST, hold airplane off flat tire as long

as possible with aileron control.

ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM

MALFUNCTIONS

AMMETER SHOWS EXCESSIVE RATE OF CHARGE _

(Full Scale Deflection)

1. Alternator -- OFF.

2. Alternator Circuit Breaker -- PULL.

3. Nonessential Electrical Equipment -- OFF.

4. Flight -- TERMINATE as soon as practical.

LOW-VOLTAGE LIGHT ILLUMINATES DURING FLIGHT

(Ammeter Indicates Discharge)

NOTE

Illumination of the low-voltage light may occur during

low RPM conditions with an electrical load on the system

such as during a low RPM taxi. Under these conditions, the

light will go out at higher RPM. The master switch need not

be recycled since an over-voltage condition has not

occurred to de-activate the alternator system.

1. Radios--OFF.

2. Alternator Circuit Breaker -- CHECK IN.

3. Master Switch -- OFF (both sides).


5. Low-Voltage Light - CHECK OFF.

6. Radios -- ON.

If low-voltage light illuminates again:

7. Alternator - OFF.

8. Nonessential Radio and Electrical ]

9. Flight -- TERMINATE as soon as practical.

3-8 1 July 1979

n

n

7. Alternator - OFF. • —

8. Nonessential Radio and Electrical Equipment -- OFF.


BJ:CTION 3 EMIi:RGENCY PROCEDURES

LANDING WITH A FLAT MAI N TIRE

I. WI,,« II'L .. pa •• AB DESIRED.

CESSNA MODELIU

J. App..,...,II •. NORMAL. 3. Touobdo.,, ·· 0000 TIRE II'1RS'r. nold .Irpl ....... " n .. 1 Il ..... Iong

&II p<>aaib.ie wlth .Ue.on contn>L

ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM MALFUNCTIONS

AMMETER SHOWS EXCESSIVE RATE OF CHARGE (Full SC31. C,tlecllonl

\. Alle"""\O'··O"II'. 2. 11.1,-...... 10. Circuii B ..... loer .. PULL. 3. Non ... " .. Il&l EI..,tric&l Equipmcn' " O". 4. Plllbl •. TERMINATE ... eooo. .... pnu:'Ic&l.

lOW.VOLTAGE LlGHT IlLUMINATES DURING FLlGHT (Ammlll .. Indic.l" Dllch.rgel

,.

N= lIIumln .. llon or Ule low. Y .. I~ Il,,111 ..... y _u. durln, lo .. "'l'M OCIlldlllo"" wllb 0U1 elecl1ic .. llo ..... on Ule eyelOm .ucll .1 durl"V" low RPM ta,,!. Undertheaeoondllione. Il •• L11h1 wlll ,00uu.lblgherRPM Thema.ot.e,.w'ltll nlHldnc\ bo reo~led elno ... n ov. r. ,"Oltage condltlon Il ... noi oocurncl lO d.·o.cUv .... th •• llom .. lO •• yawJU.

\ . Rad.!o ... OFF. 2. 11.11 ..... &10. ClrcuLI areake.· · CHECK IN. 3. N ... Ie. 8w1lCb. .. O", (both .I~ ... ) . 4. M&II'-r Swlldl·· Ot'! . ~ \,.(no.Voltq;e Wghl .• CHECK OPF. I . R..tl<>l·· ONo

Il low.vol~ U,hl !lI" ... I .... _ aplll:

7. Allenlr.lO. ·· OPI". 8. Nonen.nll .. 1 Radio And El""bc&l Equip",.m ·· 01"1". \I "'111M .. TERMINATE ... IOOOn &II practlc&l.

l July 111711

CESSNA

MODEL 152

SECTION 3

EMERGENCY PROCEDURES


ENGINE FAILURE

If an engine failure occurs during the takeoff run, the most important

thing to do is stop the airplane on the remaining runway. Those extra items

on the checklist will provide added safety after a failure of this type.

Prompt lowering of the nose to maintain airspeed and establish a glide

attitude is the first response to an engine failure after takeoff. In most

cases, the landing should be planned straight ahead with only small

changes in direction to avoid obstructions. Altitude and airspeed are

seldom sufficient to execute a 180° gliding turn necessary to return to the

runway. The checklist procedures assume that adequate time exists to

secure the fuel and ignition systems prior to touchdown.

After an engine failure in flight, the best glide speed as shown in figure

3-1 should be established as quickly as possible. While gliding toward a

suitable landing area, an effort should be made to identify the cause of the

failure. If time permits, an engine restart should be attempted as shown in

the checklist. If the engine cannot be restarted, a forced landing without

power must be completed.

12,000

u- 10,000

LLI

O

<

h

8000 —

6000

4000

2000

ft*i

* SPEED 60 KiAS

* PROPELLER WINDMILLI

* FLAPS UP *ZERO WIN

1 1 ± i

NG -

D

A 6 8 10 12 14 16

GROUND DISTANCE - NAUTICAL MILES

18 20

Figure 3-1. Maximum Glide

1 July 1979 3-9


-

C~;SSN'" MOOEL 1&2

5ECTlON 3 ]';M],;HO~NCY PHOCEOURES


HJGINE FAILURE

Il .... net ... laU" .. 000 ..... <luriIIl 11M I&IleoII "'". u.. III<HIt Impona.nl tI\l" .... do I ..... p u.. alrpllo.lleoa lIMo remalaluarv.a ... ~. 'IbOM uln I ...... 011 th.o ,,'-1<11.1 wllI pro"l/h &ddecI ...rel)'.ne, e leu .... DI thllo I)'PII.

Prompt IDwe .. Ln .. ot tha ...,.. IO mall>laln al .. p"<! """ .. labllell aallde attlCucie Ilo 11M 111111 ... po .... lO &D e"gI". 1.11 ...... .n. .. tak ... rr. 111 "''''1 UN" u.. i&lldÙlI IbIIW 0111), ema.\1 eh ...... In <llrecUon lO .YOI<I o_U'\I~lIona. Aiutude &Dd ..... ~ ... • Id"," ."Inclanl lO uecUIe a 1110" .. Ildlnl t\lnl_M.ly'" rellU'D tGth.o nLIlW&)'. T_ cnecl<lu.t proced ........... ume thal o.d.6q .... 1e Urne ul ... IO SOC"re u.. h .. 1 -.nd tgnttio ... )'alamo prior lO lOualldo .... .

... fler &li '''l'h,,, 1.tI .... Ut mlll1- Ute but,llde apem aa ......... In nl"'re 3·\ .lIoul<l boli .e<&blilobod ... q"iekl)' ... pOtI.ibloo. WIlU. alldlnl' 1O'III'ard • ... ita.bl. landlnl' ........ ellon .Ilo\lld _ ... &<1& IO IdGIIUf)' the" .... oIUte 1.i1 ..... tI 11m. PllmllI ..... " erolifle l'fII~t ,1Io .. 1d ~ alle..,pLed aa .bown In Ib. chM:ldial. 111M a"et". "",,Dol ile re .... rto<I ... Ion:e<i landin, .. !tho .. t pow ... m .. al Ile compla'-d.

IVJOO

~ • :0.000

< • -• • • ~ • ~ i • ~ -• e • •

O~OUfID D'ST..o.HCE • HAIlTlCAl MlUS

l J"I)' 1l17li



FORCED LANDINGS

If all attempts to restart the engine fail and a forced landing is

imminent, select a suitable field and prepare for the landing as discussed

under the Emergency Landing Without Engine Power checklist.

Before attempting an "off airport" landing with engine power

available, one should fly over the landing area at a safe but low altitude to

inspect the terrain for obstructions and surface conditions, proceeding as

discussed under the Precautionary Landing With Engine Power checklist.

Prepare for ditching by securing or jettisoning heavy objects located

in the baggage area and collect folded coats for protection of occupants'

face at touchdown. Transmit Mayday message on 121.5 MHz giving

location and intentions, and squawk 7700 if a transponder is installed.

Avoid a landing flare because of difficulty in judging height over a water

surface.

LANDING WITHOUT ELEVATOR CONTROL

n

nTrim for horizontal flight (with an airspeed of approximately 55 KIAS

and flaps lowered to 20°) by using throttle and elevator trim controls. Then

do not change the elevator trim control setting; control the glide angle by

adjusting power exclusively.

At flareout, the nose-down moment resulting from power reduction is

an adverse factor and the airplane may hit on the nose wheel. Consequent

ly, at flareout, the trim control should be set at the full nose-up position and

the power adjusted so that the airplane will rotate to the horizontal attitude

for touchdown. Close the throttle at touchdown.

"FIRES

Although engine fires are extremely rare in flight, the steps of the

appropriate checklist should be followed if one is encountered. After

completion of this procedure, execute a forced landing. Do not attempt to

restart the engine.

The initial indication of an electrical fire is usually the odor of burning

insulation. The checklist for this problem should result in elimination of

the fire.

3-10 1 July 1979 _


SECTIONJ EN.6f1G!:lNCY Pl!.OCSDURE5

FORCEO LANOINGS

CESSNA MODEL l~

11 • .Il a'I<""p" Lo ..... n LlLe on,m. lùl .. m'a 10'_ 1&n4L.o., 'o 1mm1 .. on<. .. ,.." a .~lLab'o n old &Dd prepa .. lor "'O laodJ.n8 &O <11..,..._ u"Mr 'bo Emo,pney !.aDdl"i' WllllQu' E0i'lo. Powor cb .. kll.~

l'r1Ip ... ,, /or dllcblni' by .... ,,, l''lI Or )"Uloonln8 h_vy obi""" Ioc&ted In "'" baggage 0.- ond _U_ fold<>d "" .... /0' pro"""lo" 0 1 """""pont.' I..,. .r IO"" .. "" ...... 'l'raolUlllL M .. yd&)' m .... p on . 2'-11 MH~ i'IVln8 10<""''' .nd 'o .. ntloo •• a"" oqu.w~ '1'11)0 LI .. "~.pcndO, lo 'notallod. Avol<! • '.Ddln~ n.r.. _ .. U ... <>l' dUlieulty 'o Ju4l1n. b.llhL "". r o w .... ' .urh.oo.

LANOING WITHOUT ELEVATOR CONTRO L

AL no_u~ "'" o..-.dow" ",omon' ",o"ltlni' /rom pc ..... , _"oLloo lo. &li ..:l'''',...,/''''''', .... d 'ho o'<plano IDoy htl on ilio "" .. wb .. l. eonNlluon'. ly. o, n."",,,~ Ihe 'rim """ ""l "",ould bo .. , o' ilio lull n.,._up "..01 Llo" .... <1 .no PC"M ..:IJ" ...... """' •• ili •• l'1'lano wlll "'''' .. ''' , .... borbonLal. o .. l,,,do lor "'"Ohdowo. c ..... 'hO I1l1"QttI. aL "'uell.down.

FIRES

AlLhoUi'h oni'''o Il ..... . ... ULl"Omo'y ra,.., In nigh~ 'bo . topo <>l' Ihe .ppropri .... "h..,kU •• ohould bo 10110",000:1 II ono IO 0"00"""'_. AI"', comp'oUo" 01 "'lo proood"ro. ""oculo • I"",od 'andl"l. D<> no' o.L"'m". IO _ ,,"",~n ,h~ onrlne.

no. In!".! !ftd!oo'lO" 01011 .'"""lOoIU,..,I. u ... lIy "'" odorofbumlni lou'a 'i"o. Tbo ehoekJi .. fo, "H. p"'blom slt<>uld ",.ua in oUmtna'ion of ilio Il .....

3 · 10 'Ju'y 1979

CESSNA SECTION 3


EMERGENCY OPERATION IN CLOUDS

(Vacuum System Failure)

In the event of a vacuum system failure during flight, the directional

indicator and attitude indicator will be disabled, and the pilot will have to

rely on the turn coordinator if he inadvertently flies into clouds. The

following instructions assume that only the electrically-powered turn

coordinator is operative, and that the pilot is not completely proficient in

instrument flying.

EXECUTING A 180° TURN IN CLOUDS

Upon inadvertently entering the clouds, an immediate plan should be

made to turn back as follows:

1. Note the compass heading.

2. Note the time of the minute hand and observe the position of the

sweep second hand on the clock.

3. When the sweep second hand indicates the nearest half-minute,

initiate a standard rate left turn, holding the turn coordinator

symbolic airplane wing opposite the lower left index mark for 60

seconds. Then roll back to level flight by leveling the miniature

airplane.

4. Check accuracy of the turn by observing the compass heading

which should be the reciprocal of the original heading.

5. If necessary, adjust heading primarily with skidding motions

rather than rolling motions so that the compass will read more

accurately.

6. Maintain altitude and airspeed by cautious application of elevator

control. Avoid overcontrolling by keeping the hands off the control

wheel as much as possible and steering only with rudder.

EMERGENCY DESCENT THROUGH CLOUDS

If conditions preclude reestablishment of VFR flight by a 180° turn, a

descent through a cloud deck to VFR conditions may be appropriate. If

possible, obtain radio clearance for an emergency descent through clouds.

To guard against a spiral dive, choose an easterly or westerly heading to

minimize compass card swings due to changing bank angles. In addition,

keep hands off the control wheel and steer a straight course with rudder

control by monitoring the turn coordinator. Occasionally check the

compass heading and make minor corrections to hold an approximate

course. Before descending into the clouds, set up a stabilized let-down

condition as follows:

1. Apply full rich mixture.

1 July 1979 3-11


CESSNA MOOELI5t

SEC'l'ION 3 EMEROENCY PROCEDIJRES

EMERGENCV QPERAT1QN IN CLQUOS

(Vacuum System Failure)

In III ...... nI 01 & v&Cllllm ayetem f.il ...... d""'ng ni"IIL 11M dinoc:lion.1 ind lC&lOr a.nd .111 ...... iAdic.lOr ... iII b40 diUbh.d ..... d ilio pilol w.lI ban lO noI)' "" 0.1>. I ... n c00_I.0< it ba 1tIad,,~rwntl)' !II .. lotO clo,,1b. Tbe follo ... lnll ln.lruodona ...... m. 0.1>", onl)' Ule eleclrtcaU)'-poweNld ".m coordln.lO' l.8 o.,....Uv .. end Ih.IUla pllo. u. no< ""mpl ... l)' pmnclenl In "' .. ,rum.ftI ")'In.

EXECUTING A 180· TURN IN CLOUOS

Upon inacl"o""olly enterlnllUl. olouda. &olmmedl.te pIan should be mado tO rum bo.ck ... fOllo"II:

l Note III. comp .... Il .... lIna. II. No .. tll. tlma 01 \ba min .... """d ..... tIb ........ u.. _iti"n Dr \ba

.... Hp second ..... d OD th. clock. 3. Wholn Il •• aw ... p ft«Ind Il ... d Indie .... 1110 ~1I.n>S\ hall-mln .. te.

;,,111&te • ~ .... d.&td n .. 101. t .. rn. holdlne tbe tu ... COOrdin .. lO' aymboUc .. Irpl."a wl"l1 oPpollle \.balowe. le!! lndex m..-k lo. 80 oo<:onda. Thcn 1011 bacio IO 1.,,01 fIlllhl by levellnlltho mio; .. ,,,,",, al,pla"e.

4. Check aecunoy of Ille lum by ob .. rvlnll ' he eomp ..... headlne ... hlch sho"ld boIlha ,eclproc .. l of \h. orlalo .. l h.adlne:.

~. !f n_ .... y. !WIj".1 h ..... i"l1 IIr,m ... Uy ... ilh ok iddiolJ mo"on~ ... th~. Ihan rollinlr motion"o Ilo .. 1 'he compui w\ll ..,ad mc .... ,,,,,, ... atel)'.

G. Mal"I .. ln .l l itude ADd a.lrapeod by c .. ullnuo "ppUlla.\ion 01 elevatOr conlro!. Avoid ov,roontrolllneb)' Ir..,pln ; 'ho h .. ndo n"lhaeonlrol wh..,l &8 mllo" .... posalbl, .. nd .te •• lng only 101111 ruddu.

EM ERGENCY DESCENT THROUGH CLOUDS

II condltlon. precl ude .... tabU.hmenl of VI'lI ntChl by. 180" lurn ... da_c.n, t.hrougll .. eloud deck IO VI'tI. cond ltJon. m&)' be .pproprl .... Il po •• ,bl •. cbU"" rad.o cl ... ranca fu ...... m •• pnc)' d .. c.ml thmu!!"" c1oud •. To ... anI "I(.,nol .. s pl.aI di"a. ellooH"" ...... \.y " ... n .... rly " ..... iDM: IO ... iniml,.. <:o.npa~, card .wiD,. d"l IO cll.",lnl beak ."M'I .... In add.liu,,-k ... p Il .... <lI ott \.be cool ... l ... hC(OI &od __ •• I .... e /,hl _...., ... 111> rudder conlrol by mooitorl", lI>e IUro coordinalO • . ~ioll&lly ch""lt \be eompan heedln, Wld malte m"'o. oo • ....,Uo", lO bold en .pproJ:lma ....

_ eou"' • . Be!ore d_ndlnC InlO lIIe c ' ouel •• Hl up .. aleblllUld le1--do"", condilion &II follo"'5:

App'Y fUll rk:II mblure.

I July 1m 'H

SECTION 3 CESSNA


2. Use full carburetor heat.

3. Reduce power to set up a 500 to 800 ft/min rate of descent.

4. Adjust the elevator trim for a stabilized descent at 70 KIAS.

5. Keep hands off control wheel.

6. Monitor turn coordinator and make corrections by rudder alone.

7. Check trend of compass card movement and make cautious

corrections with rudder to stop turn.

8. Upon breaking out of clouds, resume normal cruising flight.

RECOVERY FROM A SPIRAL DIVE

If a spiral is encountered, proceed as follows:

1. Close the throttle.

2. Stop the turn by using coordinated aileron and rudder control to

align the symbolic airplane in the turn coordinator with the

horizon reference line.

3. Cautiously apply elevator back pressure to slowly reduce the

airspeed to 70 KIAS.

4. Adjust the elevator trim control to maintain a 70 KIAS glide.

5. Keep hands off the control wheel, using rudder control to hold a

straight heading.

6. Apply carburetor heat.

7. Clear engine occasionally, but avoid using enough power to

disturb the trimmed glide.

8. Upon breaking out of clouds, resume normal cruising flight.

Flight into icing conditions is prohibited. An inadvertent encounter

with these conditions can best be handled using the checklist procedures.

The best procedure, of course, is to turn back or change altitude to escape

icing conditions.

"INADVERTENT FLIGHT INTO ICING CONDITIONS

~

SPINS

Should an inadvertent spin occur, the following recovery procedure

should be used:

1. PLACE AILERONS IN NEUTRAL POSITION.

2. RETARD THROTTLE TO IDLE POSITION.

3. APPLY AND HOLD FULL RUDDER OPPOSITE TO THE DIREC- _

TION OF ROTATION.

3-12 1 July 1979


SECTION J I>ME HCENCY PROCEDURES

2. U .. (ull cu!;n . .. lOr Mat.

CESSNA MODEL I~

3. R<I<I,,,, .. power IO H l llp a 500 IO 800 fll ", in , aW 01 dHCW"t. 4. AdJ"'" .be .. lov"lOr trlm lo ....... b IUzecI. de ..... nl 0.17'0 KIAS. 5. K ... p 110.1148 nrt """1.01 ... h .. l. 8. M"",IO, luno """nll"'lOr ~ malie co,...,lIo,,& by rudd •• alono. 7. Cbeck lreDd 01 comp6'" ... nI movelUCn! J.nd malul ca.uUoua

co""",,'lon .... 1111 noddar IO atop "'m. 8. Upon b ..... ld nl 0 .. \ or cloud ...... u""" DOnnal crul.1nl DI;!>I.

RE COVERV FROM A S PIR A l O IVE

Il. spire! la eoooUDlered. p l'OXlHCl. .. folloWII:

l. Close lbe lllronl • • t.. SIOP u.. ... m by .. ,In& ooorcllnlUed .11 ...... J.nd nollde. CODINI IO

Rllp Ille omboUe .Irpl.ne hl 'lle ,U", coord.lnalO, .Im \be horlson m ......... llne

J. C .. utlo .... ly .ppl)' .1 ..... 1", buk p .......... IO .10 .... 1)' .oduoe lIIe al"'~ IO 70 KIAS.

~. Ad..J .... 1 III~ eleva",. "'iI" co"lmllo malnl.'"" 70 KIAS ,11"". 6. K ..... p b&lldo ort Ihe cooll'Ol wllOflI ..... '"If ",<Id., " .. nlml IO hald ..

alral.1II lIeadllllf. 6. I\PI>I)' c.rburalO' Il ... 1. 7. Cre.r en~ne oocuioo.U)'. bUI ."old u.lni" ollough """'., IO

dlSlurb Ibe t rlmmod rllde. 8. Upon bre ... klnr OUI o, .. Ioud •. '&II"m. normal "",15lnl flIgtlt.

INA D VERTENT FLl GHT INTO ICING CONDITIONS

t'hghl In'o ICIOIl" condltiona la proll lbitod. An Inadv ..... ",.neo"n"'r w.lh IlIe ... "" .. d,U"n. C&ll boia' bo! handlad Il.Ini Ih. eh.ekll .. , pmcedores TIle b<:iIll>l"<JC1tdu ••. of ""u"' •. i. lO tura b&ck Of "h.nlf'l a1 tilud. la uc"pe ICÌIII ",,"dIÙOII~.

SPtNS

Should an Inad"' I"<$'" .pln oooOf. III. follo .. lne I"fICOvery prooochu·e .Ilould bo! IIIed:

I. "!..ACE AIW;;RONS IN NEUTRAL POSITION. Il Rt:TAKO THRCl'ITLIi: TO IDLI!: f'OSmON 3. APPLY AND HOLD l'UI.t. nUDCEI! OI'POSrn; TO THE DIREC.

TION 01'" ROTATiON.

3-11 I Jul)' 1m

CESSNA SECTION 3


4. JUST AFTER THE RUDDER REACHES THE STOP, MOVE THE

CONTROL WHEEL BRISKLY FORWARD FAR ENOUGH TO

BREAK THE STALL. Full down elevator may be required at aft

center of gravity loadings to assure optimum recoveries.

5. HOLD THESE CONTROL INPUTS UNTIL ROTATION STOPS.

Premature relaxation of the control inputs may extend the recov

ery.

6. AS ROTATION STOPS, NEUTRALIZE RUDDER, AND MAKE A

SMOOTH RECOVERY FROM THE RESULTING DIVE.

NOTE

If disorientation precludes a visual determination of the

direction of rotation, the symbolic airplane in the turn

coordinator may be referred to for this information.

For additional information on spins and spin recovery, see the discus

sion under SPINS in Normal Procedures (Section 4).

ROUGH ENGINE OPERATION OR LOSS OF

POWER

CARBURETOR ICING

A gradual loss of RPM and eventual engine roughness may result from

the formation of carburetor ice. To clear the ice, apply full throttle and pull

the carburetor heat knob full out until the engine runs smoothly; then

remove carburetor heat and readjust the throttle. If conditions require the

continued use of carburetor heat in cruise flight, use the minimum amount

of heat necessary to prevent ice from forming and lean the mixture slightly

for smoothest engine operation.

SPARK PLUG FOULING

A slight engine roughness in flight may be caused by one or more

spark plugs becoming fouled by carbon or lead deposits. This may be

verified by turning the ignition switch momentarily from BOTH to either L

or R position. An obvious power loss in single ignition operation is

evidence of spark plug or magneto trouble. Assumingthat spark plugs are

the more likely cause, lean the mixture to the recommended lean setting for

cruising flight. If the problem does not clear up in several minutes,

determine if a richer mixture setting will produce smoother operation. If

not, proceed to the nearest airport for repairs using the BOTH position of

1 July 1979 3-13


-

-

-

Cr.SSN" MODEL U2

SECTION 3 8M8ROENCY PROCEDURES

4. JUST AlfTIUt TH I!: RUOOER RE"CHES THE STOP. MOVE THE CONTROL WHEEL BRISKLY FORWIl1\D F"R ENOUGH TG BREAK THE STII.1.L. F'ul.l <Iown el .... lOr m.y be requ1red a' a!t oe"ter 01 rr.vlty loacll""," \o ... u ... optlm"", .-.co""rt ......

5. HOLD TI1ESE CONTROL INMFT'S UNTIL ROT"TION STOPS. Pnom.tu ..... ,., .. Ilon IIfthe ",,"tml lnputa "'aJ' .","'nd tha nK;OV' .ry.

So "8 ItOTATION STOPS. NE UTR.ALlZ& RUOCER. ANO MII.KE A SMOOTH RECOVERY FROM THE RESULTlNO DIVE.

U dlsorlen",t"'n p..aludH • '11.".1 """'rmln.tlon of the dlNello" 01 tOtalio ... the a)'lTlbollc .Irplana 'n u.. tu", coordln.l-O' m.y ba .. ru.-.cll-O lor Ulle 1" (onn.IIDI!..

FOt IlddLtionai \o/o ...... tloll 011 .pial .IMI .pia rt«Ivery. se-e-lhe dlscus· aiOll. unde. SPINS III Nnr",Ll Prooedu,," (SeeUo" 4).

ROUGH ENGINE OPERATION OR lOSS OF POWER

CARBURETOR ICI NO

l'L i(rwlu .. llo~. 01 RPM .. ,,~ ~v~Ulu.l ~"II"L" ruu]j"hnu"" mo.y , ... "lt ["'m \he lermallon 01 e .. rburCl-Ot le •. To elù" tb. leG . apply lulllhroUlu a,,~ pull Iho ot.!"burOlOr he.\ kDOb fU1I out "IlIU \ho cnllln~ run. 'llIooll,ly: IhcIl rcmove eerbUl'fllOr h .... t and ."adju.'llle throUle, 11 condltlons n-qulre tbc conlln,,"" """ 01 "etbul'fIl-Or hUll11 ornl" nll'hl. U" Ihe ml"lmnm emonnl 01 Ilnl n ..... ~nry IO preven t 101 Ir<lm forml"l' .... d l ... " Ihl mlxtnno ~1ll'btly lor .m""t~e.t '"gln. """.etlon.

SPARK PLUG FOUlINO

A aUi(hl <l''lIlDl "''' .. h ..... in Ili .. hl lnay ba eaullOd by o ... Dt IDO ... sp.rk plup Ileool"iD]j" I""l..t by ".""'IL Or I~ad d"po.itw. Tbi. ",ey be verltled by tunLl"ltlut II1"lllo" ... l'''h m"mcnl&rUy lrom BOTH lO~ilhet L o, R po.llion. An obvloue po_' lo" l" .iDllll l""ll1o" ope",. I"" 15 .vlde ...... 01 'peri< plUI or m ..... eu. trouble. AuumLnlllbat $p .. rII plnlsere 'ne more Uk.lycaulH. l ..... ,h, ml .... u ... loti "'O reoomme"ded lu" .... mnl'lor crui.inl" ml"~l. II "'. prollle", do .. 1\01 el.a. up In .... "" .. 1 minu ..... d.letmi"a LI .. ""he. mi"tn .... IUnli .,lI p ....... LLCOI _m"""'et DJMLl"UlmL. 11 no~ p ....... IO "'e n .... et .Irpon fo ... p.lra ... lnl' ULa HOTH po~itiOD of

1 JuJy 1l17li

SECTION 3 CESSNA


the ignition switch unless extreme roughness dictates the use of a single

ignition position.

MAGNETO MALFUNCTION

A sudden engine roughness or misfiring is usually evidence of

magneto problems. Switching from BOTH to either L or R ignition switch

position will identify which magneto is malfunctioning. Select different

power settings and enrichen the mixture to determine if continued

operation on BOTH magnetos is practicable. If not, switch to the good

magneto and proceed to the nearest airport for repairs.

LOW OIL PRESSURE

If low oil pressure is accompanied by normal oil temperature, there is

a possibility the oil pressure gage or relief valve is malfunctioning. A leak

in the line to the gage is not necessarily cause for an immediate

precautionary landing because an orifice in this line will prevent a sudden

loss of oil from the engine sump. However, a landing at the nearest airport

would be advisable to inspect the source of trouble.

If a total loss of oil pressure is accompanied by a rise in oil

temperature, there is good reason to suspect an engine failure is imminent.

Reduce engine power immediately and select a suitable forced landing

field. Use only the minimum power required to reach the desired

touchdown spot.

ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM

MALFUNCTIONS

Malfunctions in the electrical power supply system can be detected by

periodic monitoring of the ammeter and low-voltage warning light;

however, the cause of these malfunctions is usually difficult to determine.

A broken alternator drive belt or wiring is most likely the cause of

alternator failures, although other factors could cause the problem. A

damaged or improperly adjusted alternator control unit can also cause

malfunctions. Problems of this nature constitute an electrical emergency

and should be dealt with immediately. Electrical power malfunctions

usually fall into two categories: excessive rate of charge and insufficient

rate of charge. The paragraphs below describe the recommended remedy

for each situation.

EXCESSIVE RATE OF CHARGE

After engine starting and heavy electrical usage at low engine speeds

3-14 1 July 1979

"For Flight Training Reference Only

SF.CTION J EMER(;ENCY PI!.OCEDURES

CESSNA MODE!. 1.5t

!ho 1FI111"" nrll<lh "nl .... ulreme ro",lIne .. dlctaln ùw " ... Df a aingl. 19n1tlod po.llldn.

MAGNETO M AlFUN CTlON

A .udde" en,l". rourh_ dr mlsfirln, ~ ".,,&11)' e-vLokdC9 dI m • .""lO protll"", • . S .. I\ellln, tn>nI 80TH lo elUla. L. or R lplllod swlleh poSl,lon wlll Id.dllt)' wlllell macne!<> I. malfunetlonln,. SelllCl dlff,,~dt po_r ~Unl. and enrlellen tlle ml""'~ lo de\ennlne U DODllnued o"" .. tlon on nOTII magna\.M lo praet\eab". If nOI. ... n,,11 '" Ule ,00II m .... oo .. nd p ...... e<t 00 Ula n ...... , .. Irport lor "'paL,...

lOW Cl l PRESSU RE

Il low 011 p .... W"O \ti -.npronlood by lIorm&l oil lempent"..,. Ille,.. .. a poUlblllly III. 011 prosa .. " ,aceOr ,..Ilel yalva Le mallUnctLolllnfr. A le .... In Ille Ilne 00 Ule ,.~ le not _ ..... .tly .... u ... lo. an Immedla'" preca"'lon .. ,y l .. ndlng ...., .... ". .. n o.lll.,. ln IlIleUne .. HL p .. ""nl .... <Iden l ..... Dr DII !rom lhoo .n~n. a .. mp. Ilo ......... LandLn&" .. IUle ne",..ol .. lrport wDuld bo! ad.yill&bl. '" inapaçl u. ...... ,...,. 01 = .. IIL •.

II Il IOlal lo ... or 011 p ........... l • ..,OOmpanlo<l by •• L"" In oLi lempe."' ...... tll ... 18 good ... aeon '" e .. opeot .. n .. nlflne I .. U ..... l.lmmlnenl IlMuoe . ngln. power ImmodlaleL)' and .. l"",t a ... Ilabl" forcod landln&, f;~ld. U ... onl)' 'he mlnlm"m power """,1,0<1 lo ,....,11 IlIe des!rod IDuchdnwn opol .

ElECTRICAl POWER SUPPl Y SYSTEM MAlFUNCTIONS

Malfunctlode In Ille .leotrl .... 1 po ....... pply ,y'l/Im ....... be del<l<:l00 by periodle monlto. llI&, 01 Ih ..... "'.ler ~" low·YOllAie "'.mln&" Ii&"h~ hDw"ver. Ule c ...... olth ... maUunctlone I ...... &lly "tnlcult '" determ1n~. A b,..,kon al .. m .. ",. drivo ..,.1\ or "'Irln, lo mool Hkel)' Ule ca ..... or al"',..,.IO. lail ...... &11.110"111 oUl .. '..,00 .. co .. Ld ca,._ th. prnblem. A dam&"ed or Impn>pad)' &dj ... I .... alle ...... "'. COlIIn>! unlt can alan c ...... mallunell"" •. ProbIOIll. or Ulla n.t .... con"it .. t<o an .1""ldeal eme~ocy ~d ol>o .. ld be d&alt w\tII ImmlldJ.lel)'. E10Clrlcal power mall .. ncliollil ... ".lIy r.ll IlIlO 1"'0 O&Ie&"Qrl-= uooulye '.Ie olcb&rJean4inwtticicDI .... '" or eha..,.. TII. p.r'4!".phl belO" deoscrlbo! Ule ~ndo<l ffrnedy _ ro, .",,1> 8l1Uallon.

EXCESSt\lE RATE OF C HARGE

... I July 1979

J

CESSNA SECTION 3


(such as extended taxiing) the battery condition will be low enough to

accept above normal charging during the initial part of a flight. However,

after thirty minutes of cruising flight, the ammeter should be indicating

less than two needle widths of charging current. If the charging rate were

to remain above this value on a long flight, the battery would overheat and

evaporate the electrolyte at an excessive rate.

Electronic components in the electrical system can be adversely

affected by higher than normal voltage. The alternator control unit

includes an over-voltage sensor which normally will automatically shut

down the alternator if the charge voltage reaches approximately 31.5 volts.

If the over-voltage sensor malfunctions or is improperly adjusted, as

evidenced by an excessive rate of charge shown on the ammeter, the

alternator should be turned off, alternator circuit breaker pulled, nones-

sential electrical equipment turned off and the flight terminated as soon as

practical.

INSUFFICIENT RATE OF CHARGE

NOTE

Illumination of the low-voltage light and ammeter dis

charge indications may occur during low RPM conditions

with an electrical load on the system, such as during a low

RPM taxi. Under these conditions, the light will go out at

higher RPM. The master switch need not be recycled since

an over-voltage condition has not occurred to de-activate

the alternator system.

If the over-voltage sensor should shut down the alternator, or if the

alternator circuit breaker should trip, a discharge rate will be shown on the

ammeter followed by illumination of the low-voltage warning light. Since

this may be a "nuisance" trip-out, an attempt should be made to reactivate

the alternator system. To do this, turn the radios off, check that the

alternator circuit breaker is in, then turn both sides of the master switch off

and then on again. If the problem no longer exists, normal alternator

charging will resume and the low-voltage light will go off. The radios may

then be turned back on. If the light illuminates again, a malfunction is

confirmed. In this event, the flight should be terminated and/ or the current

drain on the battery minimized because the battery can supply the

electrical system for only a limited period of time. If the emergency occurs

at night, power must be conserved for later use of the landing light and

flaps during landing.

1 July 1979 3-15/(3-16 blank)


.J C~SSNA MODEL 152

SECTION 3 EMEROENCY PROCEOURES

(.ucb lUI uLel1dod '"",lI".1 !.bit b&11.ery ooodltlon wUl ~ 1_ cnough \O ....,.,pt tobOve nonn.1 eharrl"l ""r1", ~h. 1n!tl.1 p.n or a fll~l t1"",,,v,, •. .. ne. !bl"y mlnuloOB 01 c ... lstlll mlM. u.. AfrImal<lr ab""ld IHIlndlc"lng IMe 11>"" , ..... n_l ... ,d\h. orebUS"'1[I: cUrNnL Itlbe"b.arJ{IDlJ rate ... no \O rem • .! .. o.b<>ve tb,. val ... OQ .. iWl' mlbl. ~ ballery ...... ldovcmutarul &v .. pon.to. lhe .1",,11'01)'1<1 al .... u", .. !ve re~.

EIec1n>Dlc OGmpone,,1a lo lbe el...u1oal ayaUlm <1&1\ be ..:ive"",l,. r.ttO'Cloed by hlpe. lhan nonna' .. 01 ...... ,.,.., aI"'",&t<>r ...... 1 ... 1 unlt !nelud ... an o" .... Yollalf'l .. ".., ... hlch IIOnnally .. ili .ul.om~Uy .IIul down 1.11 •• ''''",alO' lllhechal'fla voI".. ..... 11 .. appru.r.iIn .. I.lly31.3 vult&. Il u.. """.·yolla • ., .. m.or m.Uu .. Clloa. Or i. ,mproperl)' &dju~led. lUI evlllc ... ::ed by .... oiCOlSsLve rele 01 ebu,e ,bo." 00 Ibe ~""r. \be .11<: ..... 10. ahould be lumed on .• Llarn."'. " 1,,, .. 11 b ... aker puUfId. nones· .... " 11.1 ol...::u1" ... equlpmeno lumed o"."d !he nllh< "'""In.te<! lUI """" ... pr..rueal

INSUFFICIENT RATE OF CHARGE

,,>'"

llIumln .. Uon 01 Uli 1"",.YoUo.c- 1I1hl .. noi ammelorc d!~· eh .. r,e !nd!e .. Unnl mo.,y <lCeu. duri"l lo ... RPM ""od,l!onK ... tlh .0 el .. tl'1ul 10101 un Iho Iyllorm .... ch Il durlnl!.' I lo .. RPM t.' ... Unde, 11> ... """dltlono. tho IIght ... LUgoDul.t bl"hlc RPM. Tha mu~r,wJlch n..od 0(11 be ro<:yclod .lnoo an nycr.yollAi\e oond!ttoll b •• not ocou~ l<> de·.cUva\e tho .ltornMor oyltern.

Il the oVlr.voltlg<l Hn""r ohould o.hul down Il •• altern.toT, DC Il Ula ~! ... rnatnr elreu Il breako, ahould trop .• dl..,lu"/f1 ralu .... 11 be ahownon <h. amm.L1' foHow.,! by .llumln.lioo of lh~ low.yol!.ail~ .... mlog lighl. Sioc. Ibla m .. y boe _ "au,no""" t.lp·out, In ll\empl ,hOuld bo mld<: l<> Nac\lVlt.l t.bc l11ero.l<>r Iynom. To d.o lhl •. tom lho ridio. 0(1. Che<lk thlt the .1\eI'1l .. t(lr el!'O,,!t b .... ker I. I n, !han turn booth .t""~ of <hl mutoT .wl\l:" 0(1 IOd th.n .... "If.!n. lf <hl prGbllm no loog.r ... 1.10. DO ..... al alLlrnal<>C cha'8".n8" w.1I .. ~"'" .nd \b. 10 .... vol1"1(it ligbl ... 111 ""uf:!. Th. rwlloo mo.,y \beo be luruN back (IO. Il \be h llhl llLumu.atl'll AIIalo .• mMfuucuoD IO "" .. I .. med. In \l,II <>venl. 11>0 nilbtll!>ould be lermio_tod. ..,d/or the """ .... " drlto 00 llle battery mtnlmt.ecl beQ.UM the bau.ery Catl lupply Il>e el...,tr!ca! Iyltem lor only • Umlted per!od or Urne. Il tbeemerlenCYOl>Oun u nlCh t. powe. muJt be oonM,...od lor l.tor UM ollhe IlOdln, Urllt &Dd napa dUMne 110<1111'

l July 1!1'711 l-IS/(l-18 blaok)

CESSNA SECTION 4

MODEL 152 NORMAL PROCEDURES

SECTION 4

NORMAL PROCEDURES


Introduction 4-3

Speeds For Normal Operation 4-3

CHECKLIST PROCEDURES

Preflight Inspection 4-5

Cabin 4-5

Empennage 4-5

Right Wing, Trailing Edge 4-5

Right Wing 4-5

Nose 4-6

Left Wing 4-6

Left Wing, Leading Edge 4-6

Left Wing, Trailing Edge 4-6

Before Starting Engine 4-6

Starting Engine (Temperatures Above Freezing) 4-7

Before Takeoff 4-7

Takeoff 4-8

Normal Takeoff 4-8

Short Field Takeoff 4-8

Enroute Climb 4-8

Cruise 4-8

Descent 4-9

Before Landing 4-9

Landing 4-9

Normal Landing 4-9

Short Field Landing 4-9

Balked Landing 4-9

After Landing 4-10

Securing Airplane 4-10


Starting Engine (Temperatures Above Freezing) 4-11

Taxiing 4-11

1 July 1979 4-1


--

CESSNA MODt;t.1U

SI':CTI0N ~ NORMAt.PKOCEDURES

SECTION 4 NORMAL PROCEDURES

TABlE OF CONTENTS

IJlI.l'Od ~cIIOJl. • •••••.•••. Speed.!'"or NOTmal OperAlloli

CH.I!CKLlST PROC.l!OUttES

1'.-.f1lgllllnapocuun ..... Cab", • • . • . Empenn''1t n1Clll Wlng. T,.,.mng Edg. mCIII WI .. C •.•. No.. . .. . lAfI Wlnll ... . tAli W,nll. t..oadinl Ed"" I..<rll Wln",. T .... mnll Ed~

Belo .... S1II.rUnr Enrtne SUor\lnc Fonrln. (Temperatu .... " Abov. "reuln!) fler ...... "I" .. ko<>ff .... TalodUft • • •

Non'I",1 TOllwoff . Sborl Fltld Taloooff

EnrtlUlb Cllmb Crulse De_II' Ile/o ... 1 ....... 111111 ...... mhnK •...

NOl"InN L.amI,ng . Sbor\ Flold Landl"l 8a1ked ...... ndi.o>r

After ...... ndlnr Seeurlnc Alrpl ....

•

•

AMI'LJ I'Um f'RO~.I!UUttJ:;S

8U01U"1 E"lIi,,~ (TQll>peralures Above F,.......lnl) Tullnr .

L July \979

.. ,-, ,. ,. ,-o .. ,. ,. " .. ,-, ,-, ,. ,-, ,-, " ,. ,-, ,-, ,-, .. ,-, ,-,

4·10 4·10

4·11 4· !I

,-,

■SECTION 4 CESSNA —

NORMAL PROCEDURES MODEL 152


Before Takeoff 4-13

Warm-Up 4-13 _

Magneto Check 4-13

Alternator Check 4-13

Takeoff 4-14

Power Check 4-14

Wing Flap Settings 4-14

Crosswind Takeoff 4-15

Enroute Climb 4-15

Cruise 4-15

Leaning With A Cessna Economy Mixture Indicator (EGT) . 4-16

Fuel Savings Procedures For Flight Training Operations .... 4-17

Stalls 4-18

Spins 4-18

Landing 4-20

Short Field Landing 4-20

Crosswind Landing 4-20

Balked Landing 4-21

Cold Weather Operation 4-21

Noise Abatement 4-22 ~

n

H4-2 1 July 1979


SECTION 4 NORNAL I"'ROCKDUR ES

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)

Il,,1,,,," Ta!<..,lr ••• Wa<m_Up M.I'M'O Ch.ek AI~rn.lor ChOoCk

Taktolf ..... . ro ..... Chllt"k ••• I>.'mjl Plop S~U1na:i Cro .. wlnd To.Ilool!

En"'''10 Clln,b CrolSG

CI>SSN A MODEL I~

lAanlnl' Wl th A c. •• na Econom y M ' XL ..... lod",.",. (EO'!') l"Uel S ... 'nlrl l'roc:edu ..... Pu. Fllgbt Trainin, Operati"n.

,.~

4·13 4·13 4·13 4·13 . .. 4·11 4·14 4·1~

4·1S 4·1~

4- 18 4·17 4'18 4·18 ._m ._m ' _m 4-21

S .... Ll. • • •• • ••• SpIno .... Ul.Dd.ng

SIIoM Fleltl Lo.ndlnl' CTO$swlnd (..ondine" B.lk~ !.A .... lne

Coiti w •• u. •• O.,. •• hon No'" Ab ..... 'n.OII

"

• • '" ,-a

L July 197'9

-

CESSNA SECTION 4


INTRODUCTION

Section 4 provides checklist and amplified procedures for the conduct

of normal operation. Normal procedures associated with optional systems

can be found in Section 9.

SPEEDS FOR NORMAL OPERATION

Unless otherwise noted, the following speeds are based on a maximum

weight of 1670 pounds and may be used for any lesser weight.

Takeoff:

Normal Climb Out 65-75 KIAS

Short Field Takeoff, Flaps 10°, Speed at 50 Feet .... 54 KIAS

Climb, Flaps Up:

Normal 70-80 KIAS

Best Rate of Climb, Sea Level 67 KIAS

Best Rate of Climb, 10,000 Feet 61 KIAS

Best Angle of Climb, Sea Level thru 10,000 Feet .... 55 KIAS

Landing Approach:

Normal Approach, Flaps Up 60-70 KIAS

Normal Approach, Flaps 30° 55-65 KIAS

Short Field Approach, Flaps 30° 54 KIAS

Balked Landing:

Maximum Power, Flaps 20° 55 KIAS

Maximum Recommended Turbulent Air Penetration Speed:

1670 Lbs 104 KIAS

1500 Lbs 98 KIAS

1350 Lbs 93 KIAS

Maximum Demonstrated Crosswind Velocity 12 KNOTS

1 July 1979 4-3


-

L

CESSNA MODEL 1!>lI

S ECTION 4 NORMAL PROCEDURES

INTRODUCTION

Sec.lo" 4 provlde. checklltc~ ""d ""'1'1111"" 1'"-,,",,, lo. tII. cond" .. , ot norma! o""r.~lon Normal pto<ledure ... oocla\ecl .. ttll DptlDnal ")'5lem8 ean be fOUnd In S<lCtlon g

SPEEOS FOR NORMAl OPERATION Unl_ 0 1Il00 ... ' .. 111118<1, tII. followin, .PHCb ano bue<! ollelll&ltlmum

W.~I ol 187'() _lido ud m..,. ti. u&ed lor ... ,. ItMer ... tl&l:I,-

T:ak..,II: NOrDIal Cllmb Ou. • .•.• Sbo ... Fiold TtoIIooN. na"" lO". SpHd a':SO .......

CUmb. nep" Up: NOml.1 •.•...•.•.•..• ... Bee' n.,1e 01 Cllmb. S .. !Ani ....... . Be., !tale 01 Cllmb. 10.000 ,. ..... a.., Angl ... , Climb. S .. lAvtl \1:11'\1 10.000 P'~t

J..a,ndlllg Appro""b: Normal Appt<>Acl>.. "Iap" Up Nurmal Approanl:l. l'lapa 30" Sito ... l'lold Approanb. 1"1."" 30"

Ba!kod Lo.ndlnl': Mulmum Po_er. l'lape 30° ..

Maxlmum 11.eoomm.n~.d Turb .. l.". Alr P, ,, •• utt,,,, 5" ... d: lH711 Lb. • • • • • • • •• • ••••• 1&00 Lb. • • •••• 1360 Lbol . . . . . . . ...•

Maxlmum o..",ollalr.led Croaswlnd Ve""'''y

I Jujy 1979

~~KIAS · ~ !<IAS

70-80 KIAS 87 KIAS

• Hl KIAS • !>5 KIAS

6().711 KIAS 5:i.~ KIAS ~KIAS

M !<IAS

\04 KIAS 9S KtAS MKW;

12 KNOTS

SECTION 4

NORMAL PROCEDURES

CESSNA

MODEL 152

n

n

n

n

n

n

NOTE

Visually check airplane for general condition during

walk-around inspection. In cold weather, remove even

small accumulations of frost, ice or snow from wing, tail

and control surfaces. Also, make sure that control surfaces

contain no internal accumulations of ice or debris. Prior to

flight, check that pitot heater (if installed) is warm to touch

within 30 seconds with battery and pitot heat switches on.

If a night flight is planned, check operation of all lights,

and make sure a flashlight is available.

Figure 4-1. Preflight Inspection

4-4 1 July 1979


SE!;TION 4 NORMALPROCEDVRES

NO''"

CESSNA I>IOOF.L 1~

Viau&lly check .irJIllolle for IWnet&l oo"dillO!> duri", w&lk •• round 111 • .,..,llon. In l'Old wu!he •. ",movo even am&ll """,UW UI"liolll 01 lroll. Ice O' IliO .. from wlll&. wl LII<I oonlrol.ur!lC(lt. AlIKI. mu. "u"' !h.l OOIlU'O\5ur!aeos """11110110 lIItern"llC(lU.tllulallonl 01 Ice o. debrlo. Prlor IO mahl. cheol< 1h.lpllOl h •• Ie. (lflnsw.II.c1) 18 ... rm IO \OUch .. Ilhln 30 oeoondll wllh balte,.,. .nd pllol ~ •• I_II"h •• DD. lf. nl&l>l ntrhlla plLlln.cl. check 0!M' .1'Dn o/.n hllhta. LIId make """," OullUpll. availabl •.

~.4 I Jul)' 1!7111

CESSNA SECTION 4


CHECKLIST PROCEDURES

PREFLIGHT INSPECTION

(T)CABIN

1. Pilot's Operating Handbook -- AVAILABLE IN THE AIRPLANE.

2. Control Wheel Lock -- REMOVE.



WARNING

When turning on the master switch, using an external

power source, or pulling the propeller through by hand,

treat the propeller as if the ignition switch were on. Do not

stand, nor allow anyone else to stand, within the arc of the

propeller, since a loose or broken,wire, or a component

malfunction, could cause the propeller to rotate.

5. Fuel Quantity Indicators - CHECK QUANTITY.



@EMPENNAGE

1. Rudder Gust Lock - REMOVE.

2. Tail Tie-Down -- DISCONNECT.

3. Control Surfaces -- CHECK freedom of movement and security.

(3) RIGHT WING Trailing Edge

1. Aileron -- CHECK freedom of movement and security. *

(?) RIGHT WING

1. Wing Tie-Down -- DISCONNECT.

2. Main Wheel Tire -- CHECK for proper inflation.

3. Before first flight of the day and after each refueling, use sampler

cup and drain small quantity of fuel from fuel tank sump quick-

drain valve to check for water, sediment, and proper fuel grade.

4.. Fuel Quantity--CHECK VISUALLY for desired level.

5. Fuel Filler Cap - SECURE.

1 July 1979 4-5


-CESSNA MOOP.L, 1M!

SJ,;CTION 4 NOKMAL?ROCEDURES

CHECKLlST PROCEDUAES

PAEFLlGHT INSPECTION

(!)CABIN

I. rU"'-.OptT.ll", H...,dbook·- AVAIW\Bt.E IN THE AIRPt.ANE. !/. Con.FO! WlMoIllA<:k ·· REMOVE. 3. I~,u"" Sw,LCh ·· OFF. 4. M .. \er SwilCh .• ONo

I WARNING

Wben lumini oa !he ,..,..steT .....-ilCh . ... inl an ""'Ie .... at poWOT ao .. roe. OT pUlli"r ULe prop.ll •• Ihrou!!,h b)' h.nd. '«Le' 1IL. prop"IIIT .. "Ih igniliou ... ilCh .. Ino ono OU noI I ... nd. nOT .Uo .. ""')'_. Il ... IO 11&<Ld. wilhln .h ......, ol!he pmptU .... ,nge e 100M Or brollon.wino. or. OODlpoueM malio..ncllon. oould ""u .. ULe propelleT \O TOt&le.

11. FUll Qua.nu')' indicatori" CHECK Q UANTITY. 6. M ...... S wJtch .• OFF. 7. FUl l Shutol! Vah'G" ONo

@) EMPENNAGE

1. !\ud<llT Ou.t !..<>tl< •• REMOVE ~. T.il Tl.-U<lwIL'· DISCONNECT 3. Con.rol Surl""" •.• CHECK Ir.ldom o! mo .. ~m~IL'ILILd ""uril)'.

@ RIGHTWINGT •• i1ingEdg.

I Anemn·· Cltt:CK I .... dom 01 mO ... men' "",d aa<:urj~.·

0 R1GHT WING

I . W'D&" T1I·OoWII'· DISCONNECT. 2. Melo Wh",,1 TI...,·· CHECK lor proper Inn.tlo". 3. Beto •• t lnil mlhl 01 !he :le)' end al\.eT e..,b l"CLfUeUnl. U$e sempler

"up eod dnola amali qu&.nth)' 01 luellrom fUel .. alt sum p qui"" . dr.la ve'v. 'LI <lh.., .. IOT .... leT. _Ime,>! • • nd propeT lUel;rade.

4 . Fuel Quandty .. CIlECI{ VISUALLY fOT desl ..... I .... el ~ JPueI P"1l1er Cap ·· SECUItl{

• Jul)' 1!1711

SECTION 4 CESSNA


5)I\IOSE

©LEFT WING

n

n1. Engine Oil Level -- CHECK, do not operate with less than four

quarts. Fill to six quarts for extended flight.

2. Before first flight of the day and after each refueling, pull out

strainer drain knob for about four seconds to clear fuel strainer of

possible water and sediment. Check strainer drain closed. If water

is observed, the fuel system may contain additional water, and

further draining of the system at the strainer, fuel tank sumps, and

fuel line drain plug will be necessary.

3. Propeller and Spinner -- CHECK for nicks and security.

4. Carburetor Air Filter -- CHECK for restrictions by dust or other

foreign matter. _

5. Landing Light(s) -- CHECK for condition and cleanliness.

6. Nose Wheel Strut and Tire -- CHECK for proper inflation.

7. Nose Tie-Down -- DISCONNECT.

8. Static Source Opening (left side of fuselage) -- CHECK for

stoppage.

'1. Main Wheel Tire -- CHECK for proper inflation.

2. Before first flight of day and after each refueling, use sampler cup

and drain small quantity of fuel from fuel tank sump quick-drain

valve to check for water, sediment and proper fuel grade.

3. Fuel Quantity -- CHECK VISUALLY for desired level.

4. Fuel Filler Cap - SECURE.

(?) LEFT WING Leading Edge

1. Pitot Tube Cover -- REMOVE and check opening for stoppage.

2. Stall Warning Opening -- CHECK for stoppage. To check the

system, place a clean handkerchief over the vent opening and

apply suction; a sound from the warning horn will confirm system

operation.

3. Fuel Tank Vent Opening -- CHECK for stoppage.

4. Wing Tie-Down -- DISCONNECT.

(?) LEFT WING Trailing Edge

1. Aileron -- CHECK freedom of movement and security.

BEFORE STARTING ENGINE

1. Preflight Inspection -- COMPLETE.

4-6 1 July 1979


SECTION" NomllAL PROCEOURES

@NOSE

C:ESSNA MODEL l&a

•• ~,,;:::"' .• :':O:;.;':'ii::;,::' wllll lH' llIan lo." ,

, , , . • ,. ,

.lOppoge.

@ LEFTWING

• ,. ,. ,.

0LEFT WI NG Leeding Edge

CIiECl< lO,

I. p,,,,, Tubo Covo,·· REMOVB iUld "~.~k eponh'l lO' '",ppo.go_ 3. Slall Wamuli O~nlnj[ •• Cl/ECI< lo' ''''PI»IK't. "1"0 ç_k , ....

ayotem. piace a cl .. " han<lko",hiol ovo< Ilo. v.n' 0""""'$ am; apply • ...,1100, a""uDd lrom th. wamln~ 110m IO llI """lInn oyotem Ol"'raUcn.

3. Pu.1 Tank V."' Opo"I"&" -- CHECI< fu" .toppap. 4. Wlng Tlo·Down ·· DISCONNECT.

® LEFT WI NG T,.illn9 Edg,

I. Alloro,,·· CHECI< 1"-", 01 mov~mont and • ..,u,lty.

BEFORE STARTING ENGINE

I. p",milhl [11'pecLlQI1 •. COMPLE"TE.

Hl l July limi

CESSNA SECTION 4


2. Seats, Belts, Shoulder Harnesses -- ADJUST and LOCK.


4. Radios, Electrical Equipment -- OFF.

5. Brakes -- TEST and SET.

6. Circuit Breakers -- CHECK IN.

STARTING ENGINE (Temperatures Above Freezing)

NOTE

For cold weather starting procedures, refer to page 4-21.

1. Mixture -- RICH.

2. Carburetor Heat -- COLD.

3. Prime -- AS REQUIRED (up to 3 strokes - none if engine is warm).

4. Throttle -- OPEN 1/2 INCH (CLOSED if engine is warm).

5. Propeller Area -- CLEAR.


7. Ignition Switch -- START (release when engine starts).

8. Throttle -- ADJUST for 1000 RPM or less.

9. Oil Pressure -- CHECK.

10. Flashing Beacon and Navigation Lights -- ON as required.

11. Radios -- ON.

BEFORE TAKEOFF

1. Parking Brake -- SET.

2. Cabin Doors -- CLOSED and LATCHED.

3. Flight Controls -- FREE and CORRECT.

4. Flight Instruments -- SET.


6. Mixture -- RICH (below 3000 feet).

7. Elevator Trim -- TAKEOFF.

8. Throttle -- 1700 RPM.

a. Magnetos -- CHECK (RPM drop should not exceed 125 RPM on

either magneto or 50 RPM differential between magnetos).

b. Carburetor Heat -- CHECK (for RPM drop).

c. Engine Instruments and Ammeter -- CHECK.

d. Suction Gage -- CHECK.

e. Throttle -- 1000 RPM OR LESS.

9. Radios -- SET.

10. Strobe Lights -- AS DESIRED.

11. Throttle Friction Lock -- ADJUST.

12. Brakes -- RELEASE.

1 July 1979 4-7


CII:6SNA MODE!. 1:12

SECTION 4 NORMA!. PROCEOURES

~. ~ .. ". a~I". SlIoulde. [I .. m ..... 00 AOJUST o.nd !.OCK. J. ~'uol 511""'11 V ....... o ONo .. Radio .. Electrl~o.1 Eq"lpmllnl o. 0f'F'. 5. Br ..... " ·· TEST "",d BET. 6. Cl",,,11 e ...... k .... ·· CHECK IN.


NOTE

l. '-h1lI ...... ·· RiCH. ~. Ct.tb ..... "'. H •• lo. COLD. 3. PTIm. ·· AS REQUIREO ("p IO 3 Itroku o nO" .. U .nli ... I" WLrm). 4 Tllroule· · OPEN III !NCH (CI.QSED Il enpn~ I •• "mI). 5. f'1oopellerA ........ CU:AR. I.. M.."te. 6",",,11 .0 ONo 7. 1IIIIIlon S_IL"h·· START ( .... 1 ...... hon ."g1no _11..11). 6. Throllie . AOJUST lo. 1000 RPM or leu. ; Oli PrH~ ..... ·• CHECK.

IO. l' ..... Mng Ou.oon Uld Nulla!!on !.llbts . ON" tf>quircd. Il. Radio. o. ONo

BEFORE TAKEQFF

l. [''''I<ing llrak" o. S~:T. 2. CLI>in 000' ••• C I .oS~:D and LATCIIBl> 3. FIiW-bl COI1II"OI ••• ~'RI!:I!: .nd CORRECT. 4. FUlhllllllrumonllo·o SET. 5 F'uel Sh .. ",11 VaI" • • o ONo 6. "'1"lu ... ·· RICH (belo" 3000 I",l. 7. EI~valO. Tr1m o. TAKEOn'. Il. Tltro'tI. o' 1700 III'M.

.. M.gD&lOo •• CHIi:CK {HPM dl"Op.hould noluc_ 125 RPM on elth.r "'"'11"0&10 or 11(1 RPM dlrl .... ntlal b.tw_n magn"_J.

b CubLirelOr H .. I·· CHECK (lo. RPM dl"Op). e.. Enlflne Insuumen,.. &nel Ammeto . .. CHECK. d. S"ellon Ollp " CHECK .. Tltrollte .. 'ODO HPM OR U:SS.

9. Radio.·· S"-"T. lO. 8lz01M L.i"bu." AS OESIREO. Il. 1111""01\1& FriC\.Lon Loock .. ADJUST. 12.. Brali ... o. RE1.EASE.

1 J"ly III?SI

"SECTION 4 CESSNA


TAKEOFF

NORMAL TAKEOFF

1. Wing Flaps -- 0°- 10°.


3. Throttle - FULL OPEN.

4. Elevator Control - LIFT NOSE WHEEL at 50 KIAS.

5. Climb Speed -- 65-75 KIAS.

SHORT FIELD TAKEOFF

1. Wing Flaps -- 10°.


3. Brakes - APPLY.


5. Mixture -- RICH (above 3000 feet, LEAN to obtain maximum RPM).

6. Brakes -- RELEASE.

7. Elevator Control - SLIGHTLY TAIL LOW.

8. Climb Speed -- 54 KIAS (until all obstacles are cleared).

9. Wing Flaps -- RETRACT slowly after reaching 60 KIAS.

ENROUTE CLIMB

1. Airspeed -- 70-80 KIAS.

NOTE

If a maximum performance climb is necessary, use speeds

shown in the Rate Of Climb chart in Section 5.


3. Mixture — RICH below 3000 feet, LEAN for maximum RPM above

3000 feet.

CRUISE

1. Power -- 1900-2550 RPM (no more than 75%).

2. Elevator Trim -- ADJUST.

3. Mixture -- LEAN.

4-8 1 July 1979

P

n


SECTION 4 CESSNA MODEL1~ NORMAL l'ROCEDURE8

TAKEOFF NORMAl TAKEOFF

l. Wi .... P1.po . • 0". IO". 2. C.rb ...... \.cIr Heat ·· COLO. 3. Thro!;\le " !l'ULL OPEN. ( . Elev .. \.cI. Control •• LIFT NOSF. WliEgL al SO "IAS. 5. CUmb Speeove 3000 fee'-LEAN \.cl oblaln madmum RPM). 8 . S.un ·· RELEAS&' 7 . Eleva\.cl. ConU"OI ·· SLIOHTLY l"AIL LOW. (I.. CUmb SpeoI>d •• &4 "IAS (IIOtU ali obalaCla .... 101 • ...-..1)iii. Wl'" napa •• Rt."TJlACT aln .. ll' aI1a ... .ebl". 50 KIAS.

ENROUTE ClIMB lo Alnpee<1·· 7tJ..80 KIAS .

NOTE

Il a m&Ximllm p-orlonn .... "" cUm~ il noce .. ary. " I e.peedoo . hn .. n [n Utl Ralfl Of CUmb ehwt In SOClIOll 3.

2. T broUlt·· FULL OPBN. 3. Ml;r;!III"I · · RICH belo. 3000 ~ Lt;;AN fDrm&xlmum RPM a_

3000 1_.

CAUISE

,-,

I !'D ..... .. UIOO·~ RPM (ne mn .. th..., 7!lIIO). ~. Elev .. \.cI.Trlm·· APJUST. J . Mb!u,...·· I.KAN .

l July 11179

-

CESSNA SECTION 4


DESCENT

1. Mixture -- ADJUST for smooth operation (full rich for idle power).

2. Power -- AS DESIRED.

3. Carburetor Heat -- FULL HEAT AS REQUIRED.

BEFORE LANDING

1. Seats, Belts, Harnesses -- ADJUST and LOCK.

2. Mixture -- RICH.

3. Carburetor Heat -- ON (apply full heat before reducing power).

LANDING

NORMAL LANDING

1. Airspeed -- 60-70 KIAS (flaps UP).

2. Wing Flaps -- AS DESIRED (below 85 KIAS).

3. Airspeed -- 55-65 KIAS (flaps DOWN).

4. Touchdown -- MAIN WHEELS FIRST.

5. Landing Roll -- LOWER NOSE WHEEL GENTLY.

6. Braking -- MINIMUM REQUIRED.

SHORT FIELD LANDING

1. Airspeed - 60-70'KIAS (flaps UP).

2. Wing Flaps - 30° (below 85 KIAS).

3. Airspeed - MAINTAIN 54 KIAS.

4. Power -- REDUCE to idle as obstacle is cleared.

5. Touchdown -- MAIN WHEELS FIRST.

6. Brakes -- APPLY HEAVILY.

7. Wing Flaps -- RETRACT.

BALKED LANDING

1. Throttle -- FULL OPEN.

2. Carburetor Heat - COLD.

3. Wing Flaps -- RETRACT to 20°.


5. Wing Flaps -- RETRACT (slowly).

1 July 1979 4-9


CESSI'!" MODEL I~~

SECTION t NOllJolI<L PlIOCEOUlIES

OESCENT

'- M'x'u""._ ADJUST lor om.,.,.n OJ)e'.t!on (fu!! rl<:n lor Idi. power) 2. "' ... , •• AS DI\S!lIED. 3. C.rtlu,..I<I, HOa< .. f'UL.L HEA T Alj lIEQUillED.

SEFORE LANDING

1. Soa ... 0.1"'. Harn" ..... _ -- "I)JUST and UlCK. t. JoIixtu,",·· RICH. :I. Corbu~, Hu. _. ON (opply lull b.o' belo," Teductn, _'l,

LANDING

NORMAl LANOING

I. AlnPft<l -- (I()-'I'O KiAS (nop. DI'), t. WIDi l'la",,·· AS OESUlEO ("'10" ~ KIAS), 3, Al .. ~ __ M·8Z KIAS (nop. UOWN~ t . ToucMo .. " __ MAIN WHEELS l'IRST. li. Landlng- Ro!! -- LQWf:lI NOSE WHf:EI. GE!<."'T!. .... 8. B' .k'ng-.' MINIMUM REQUIRED,

S HORT FIELO LAN DING

I . AI .. "",, .. 1lO_?<l'KtAS (flapo Uf). 2. WlnJi l't.po .. 30" ( ... t .... 8lI KIASI, 3. "lnpoed .. M"INTAIN 54 KIAS, t. PQ,.e,.- 1I8DOCE 1<1 l<Il, a' obao.el. l, cl •• _ 5. TouohdoWB" M"IN WH88!.S l'tIlST e. B,ok .. __ APPL'" _"VIL"'. 7. WIOK n.p. __ 1I.ETRACT.

8AlKED LANDING

l Tn...,Ul* .. FULL OI'EN. t. C .. TbUTOLO' H ... __ COLO. :I. Wl"g l'lap ... R!:TRACT 1<1 20'. • "',"po"" _. M KIAS. " Wl", l'lapo .. Rt."'TRACT (otowty ).

1 July limi ,-,



AFTER LANDING

1. Wing Flaps -- UP.


SECURING AIRPLANE


2. Radios, Electrical Equipment -- OFF.

3. Mixture -- IDLE CUT-OFF (pull full out).



6. Control Lock -- INSTALL.

4-10 1 July 1979

~

n

n

n

n

n


SI!:CT10N 4 NORMAL PROCEDURI!:8

AFTER LANDING

I . Wln~ "1&~ .. UP ~ C ... bu.....,. 11 .... •• COL.!).

SECURING AIRPLANE

4-10

I. Parll1nC Orale ••• St:T. ~ Radl_ Elee,rlcaJ t:qutp"",at·· O". 3. MI"''' .. •• IPLE CUT-OFF (p~U f .. ll OtIt). 4. 19n>Llon Switcb ··01'1'. :\. M&'lIe .. 8w!lch ·· O", 8. Conlrol Locll: ·· lNST .... LL.

Cl!:8SNA MOOEL l~

I Jul)' Ill7ll

CESSNA SECTION 4




During engine starting, open the throttle approximately 1/2 inch. In

warm weather, one stroke of the primer should be sufficient. In tempera

tures near freezing, up to 3 strokes of the primer may be necessary. As the

engine starts, slowly adjust the throttle as required for 1000 RPM or less. If

the engine is still warm from previous operation, it may be started with the

throttle closed and no priming.

Weak intermittent firing followed by puffs of black smoke from the

exhaust stack indicates overpriming or flooding. Excess fuel can be

cleared from the combustion chambers by the following procedure; set the

mixture control in the idle cut-off position, the throttle full open, and crank

the engine through several revolutions with the starter. Repeat the

starting procedure without any additional priming.

If the engine is underprimed (most likely in cold weather with a cold

engine) it will not fire at all, and additional priming will be necessary.

After starting, if the oil gage does not begin to show pressure within 30

seconds in the summertime and about twice that long in very cold weather,

stop the engine and investigate. Lack of oil pressure can cause serious

engine damage. After starting, avoid the use of carburetor heat unless

icing conditions prevail.

— NOTE

Details concerning cold weather starting and operation at

temperatures below freezing may be found under Cold

Weather Operation paragraphs in this section.

TAXIING

When taxiing, it is important that speed and use of brakes be held to a

minimum and that all controls be utilized (see Taxiing Diagram, figure 4-

2) to maintain directional control and balance.

1 July 1979 4-11


CESSNA MODEL Lsa

SECTION4 NORMALPROCEDURF~

AMPLIFrEO PROCEOURES

.., STARTING ENGrNE (Temperaturas Above Freezi"g )

-

OU""g onglno ''''rtlng. opeo lIlo\l1ro'U •• wro~im.I<oLy L I~ I"cb. ID .... '" ",,'bo,. ODe otroko ol u.. prlmer .hould be ."fflclonl. lo •• mpera_ '"n. Dnr [,""Oi". "p 1<13 .I«lk .. ollil. p,lmor m"y bo ...".,o"'l'. Aa \110 o"i"'''''o'uIo. olowly od) ... , I.bo 1Il ... >uI ... requlro<l lor 1000 RPloior 1_. 11 lIlo onlJlM t. oUII w&rm lrom pnvlo",op".'l"n.lt moy be .",ne.! wllb ,Ite IhroUl. 010","" .n<l no primi",.

WMk lntMm"'''o. "rlnll: lo!lo .... od by putlo Of b,..,k o"'ok. Irom ,~. oxho".' ... ..,k indie .... ovorp'I"'lng Or nOOd!o,g. f:~ .... 1"01 e~ bo elu"" 1m'" U.ocomb"otlo" ohmbon by Utelollow,ol"pn:>e..:I,u", RII'" m [x," re ""n '",I In u,. 1<11. cui.., ti _1110". !ho U,roIUolul! open. ood cro"k tho ."g;o. UuoulI"b .. vo,o! ""valullo,, . .. llil !h •• , ..... '. Re_, tho ot.orting procedure .. Itboul.ny oddJUOD.I prlmlnlJ.

11th. ongLne lo u"d .. prlmed (mo", IIkoly In ",,1<1 ", .. Ihor .. lIh • .,.,Id onlllne) l. wLll no' Il .... 1 .n . ...,<I oddl. loul prlmllll" 1'1'111 be D-.. .. ry

Ah"r slOrllng.lltho oU Sogo _. no' ,,"gin ","o .. p ..... u ..... [lhln:JO tMeOnd. In UI •• u"'''' •• lI'''O O"".()(Iul h.Leo lh.llonrin •• 'y ""Id ..... h.r. ""p'''' ooglno Md (ov ... I1' .... Loc~ O[ "il p~"uro u" o.~ .... ,I"". oorl"" doml4['t. An.. OIO'''''g. ovOld Ih. u .. o( <ubu,OIo, boa' uol ... lo,nll OQndillo". provul

Detall. ocn~rnlng ""Id "'."'~o' ''''rli"'_Dd ope •• "'lon al "'""po .. I" .... bolo,. 1 ..... In' moy bo ("uad "ndor Cold W~.Ih., O"",,,UOn puunpho In Iht. ...,UOD.

TAXIING

Whon Inll"Q:. Il I. 1m"",.,...,. 1Il ••• ~ ."d UN 01 b ... 1<00 be bol<! IO" mlnlm"m .ad .hOl .11 ooD'rolo Ilo u'III09<1 (uo Tulln, Dlo,ram. Il,,,,,, 4· Z) lO molntaln dl ... "'I,," ,,1 <:»nlml Md b.I." ...

~SECTION 4

NORMAL PROCEDURES

CESSNA

MODEL 152

USE UP AILERON USE UP AILERON

ON RH WING AND

NEUTRAL ELEVATOR

ON LH WTNG AND

NEUTRAL ELEVATOR

USE DOWN AILERON

B ON LH WING AND

DOWN ELEVATOR

USE DOWN AILERON

ON RH WING AND

DOWN ELEVATOR

CODE

WIND DIRECTION

NOTE

Strong quartering tail winds require caution.

Avoid sudden bursts of the throttle and sharp

braking when the airplane is in this attitude.

Use the steerable nose wheel and rudder to

maintain direction.

Figure 4-2. Taxiing Diagram

4-12 1 July 1979

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n


S~:cr!ON 4 NO~~ALPROCEDURF.5

CODE

WIND OIRECTION •

CESSNA MODEL l(;!!

$1 .... "'.,1 • .-1 .. 'oli ..-I .... ,.,.01"' .... U ... . Il>'014 _n "'.11. of "'. ", ..... ,)0"'" ...... p ..... ,'" ......... li ....... I. In "'l. ,",'lIudo. Il ...... "H,abI. __ ,_.-, IO .. 1OI_n 41.ocUon.

, JIII)' ,!1?11

-

CESSNA SECTION 4


The carburetor heat control knob should be pushed full in during all

ground operations unless heat is absolutely necessary. When the knob is

pulled out to the heat position, air entering the engine is not filtered.

Taxiing over loose gravel or cinders should be done at low engine

speed to avoid abrasion and stone damage to the propeller tips.

The nose wheel is designed to automatically center straight ahead

when the nose strut is fully extended. In the event the nose strut is over-

inflated and the airplane is loaded to a rearward center of gravity position,

it may be necessary to partially compress the strut to permit steering. This

can be accomplished prior to taxiing by depressing the airplane nose (by

hand) or during taxi by sharply applying brakes.

BEFORE TAKEOFF

WARM-UP

Most of the warm-up will have been conducted during taxi, and

additional warm-up before takeoff should be restricted to the checklist

procedures. Since the engine is closely cowled for efficient in-flight

cooling, precautions should be taken to avoid overheating on the ground.

MAGNETO CHECK

The magneto check should be made at 1700 RPM as follows. Move

ignition switch first to R position and note RPM. Next move switch back to

BOTH to clear the other set of plugs. Then move switch to the L position,

note RPM and return the switch to the BOTH position. RPM drop should not

exceed 125 RPM on either magneto or show greater than 50 RPM differen

tial between magnetos. If there is a doubt concerning operation of the

ignition system, RPM checks at higher engine speeds will usually confirm,

whether a deficiency exists.

An absence of RPM drop may be an indication of faulty grounding of

one side of the ignition system or should be cause for suspicion that the

magneto timing is set in advance of the setting specified.

ALTERNATOR CHECK

Prior to flights where verification of proper alternator and alternator

control unit operation is essential (such as night or instrument flights), a

positive verification can be made by loading the electrical system

momentarily (3 to 5 seconds) with the landing light, or by operating the

wing flaps during the engine runup (1700 RPM). The ammeter will remain

1 July 1979 4-13


CE$$N A MODEL I~

SECTlON t NOIlMAL PROCEDURK/l

n.. CAl'M,..u.. boa ' oon<rollmob aJtoul<l ... pu.hod full lo dmlng a" ",,"nd op"u.uo'" unI ... hoat l. oMel'u"ly " .... .oH)'. Wbon 1M Imob ,O

_ puU ... oat IO 'M h." pooluon. a" ." .. rlng tno ,ng'no lo no' f1I .. ,.....

-

-

TuU"S aver 100M a-rovol or el.o>\lon ùou~~ ~ don •• '10'" enll"''''' apeed 10 nold obr .. lon ond 010<1, d.m.~ \o 'he prol>"lIe, 'II>".

n, m'3f, wh .. l ,. dUI," ... IO .ulOm.Uoally .,.n"" .'n.1l1ht ahood whon "'o n""" otnll l. lully . . .. ndod. In 'he n.n<"', n""" "'"" 1. av ..... Inn ..... ona t"" "'l'luo. lO loodod to a "' ..... _""M"rolll' ... vity po''''o''. it may bo ,,_ ... ry to ponlally ""'" p ..... "'O ."", IO ",rm" .... "",. Th .. e&O bo acoompllohod pnor IO [Un", by d'l'noN'"., [ho .l'l'l"". <>OH (by band) O' durlDi' tul by . bo'l'ly opp.1yl"l1 brolr ....

BEFO RE TAKEOFF

WAA M·VP

MOOi' 0.1 .ho warm·up .,Ill bove _o "",,~uetod <larln" lUI. a.nd oddUlon.1 .... rm·"p bol" .. I&.lroofl ohould bo ... o"le,"", IO "'. chookll •• pl"OCMur .... Slnoo ilio . "Eino l. elo .. ly "" .. lod 'or e'llelon. In .n!i'ht .""lIn" p...,ou"ono .hould bo tai"o IO nold OV •• I1eMIn, on ,bo (mond.

MAGNETO CHECK

Tb. m.",oto ob .. " .1>ou16 bo m ...... ' I?OO RPM .. lollo"'. Movo l81'lUon , ,"neh IIn' IO R _IUc" .od ""le RPM. """"",V •.... iIob"..,,, IO aOT!! IO CIO .. "'e olbo, o" 01 pl '4l'. no" mov' o ... ll<b IO lho L _11100, no" RpM a.nd relum I~ •• "'!I<h IOI.hO BOT!! _"100. RPMdrop ohould no' oxe<!od ,2:1 RPM OD ."b., ",",,,,'10 or .ho", ,.... ... , Ulo .. ~ Rl'M dlfl .... " · \lo..! bo'_" "'.81''''''-. Il I.h.", l •• rIoubt oo"""m'oll: 0110 ... 10" 01 "'. (11:";'\011 oy ... m. RPM C ..... U .. MlhO! '''I!'l1>& .po<dO w!ll "oool1y ""ofilm ... h ...... ,. d.liel.""y U'-\e.

A" ollM""" 01 RPM drop ",",y bo u Ir>dleallon 01 laully sround.l .. ., 01 ono .id. 01 \ho lpillon oY'''''' o' obo .. ld bo .0 .... Ior ."ploloo 'h •• • bo magnoto '''''in, lO"" l" odv ...... 01 ,h. "'l\l"K "p..:llio<!.

ALTERNATO R CHEC K

ptior IO ntghu ... h ..... vo"lio"loD 01 proper altorna..". ..... d 'l"molOr ooo'rol un" ol>","t(o" l ..... "Ilo..! { ... Ch .. n; .. ~' Or ln ..... m.". nl .. h .. ~ • PO'ltlvo .... rlllo •• ;oo 0011 bo mad.. by loa<!i"ir 'bo .l.ottioa! oyolom n'om.nl>.rI[y (3 \o ~ oocoll<lol .. ilh tiro landl"" .li~b1 . o. by ol>"raUoB "' • .,l.o>,. nOl'O durloi' u.. o"lIlno ",0"1' (1700 RPM), Th. &mm .... .. 111 ",moln

l July 19'7\1 4·.3

WING FLAP SETTINGS

Soft or rough field takeoffs are performed with 10° wing flaps by lifting

4-14 1 July 1979

~SECTION 4 CESSNA


within a needle width of its initial position if the alternator and alternator —

control unit are operating properly.

TAKEOFF

POWER CHECK

It is important to check full-throttle engine operation early in the

takeoff run. Any sign of rough engine operation or sluggish engine

acceleration is good cause for discontinuing the takeoff. If this occurs, you

are justified in making a thorough full-throttle static runup before another

takeoff is attempted. The engine should run smoothly and turn approxi

mately 2280 to 2380 RPM with carburetor heat off and mixture leaned to

maximum RPM.

Full throttle runups over loose gravel are especially harmful to

propeller tips. When takeoffs must be made over a gravel surface, it is very

important that the throttle be advanced slowly. This allows the airplane to

start rolling before high RPM is developed, and the gravel will be blown

back of the propeller rather than pulled into it. When unavoidable small

dents appear in the propeller blades, they should be immediately corrected

as described in Section 8 under Propeller Care.~

Prior to takeoff from fields above 3000 feet elevation, the mixture

should be leaned to give maximum RPM in a full-throttle, static runup.

After full throttle is applied, adjust the throttle friction lock clockwise

to prevent the throttle from creeping back from a maximum power

position. Similar friction lock adjustment should be made as required in

other flight conditions to maintain a fixed throttle setting.

"Normal takeoffs are accomplished with wing flaps 0°- 10°. Using 10°

wing flaps reduces the total distance over an obstacle by approximately

10%. Flap deflections greater than 10° are not approved for takeoff. If 10°

wing flaps are used for takeoff, they should be left down until all obstacles

are cleared and a safe flap retraction speed of 60 KIAS is reached.

On a short field, 10° wing flaps and an obstacle clearance speed of 54

KIAS should be used. This speed provides the best overall climb speed to

clear obstacles when taking into account turbulence often found near

ground level.


SECTION 4 NOI\MAL PI\OCEDUHES

CESSNA MOCEL '!02

wilhi.n a ~_'o .. t~,~ <>l U. ;mLlol "".iU04 Il 'ho olL.,..,O<or .od 0.1""'01<1' conw' ~nl' U"o openllng prol"'r'y.

TA KEOFF POWER C HEC K

IL IO trnponon' '" ~b.~1r. full •• hrottl. ~ngt"" "l' .... """ U,ly In Lhe takoofl N n. AIIy 01 ... 01 ""'gli ongtn. OPO"'''O" .". olonl,h '"«m. _ o' .. oLlo" " .ro<>d c,u,. fo. d '-oont.l..o oln r 'u takoofl. il 'h lo "",,uni. y",o are jWlUned ,,, maklnll" a IhO"'" LI"b lul'·'bn>ul. ota ,Ic nmup bolo .. ",n,h.,. ..... oofll. , ' .. mp"",,. Tbo ' "IfI"" . bould nI" .moo'hly .od tu'" a ppro,l. m ... ly USO '" 1!380 RPM wllll .. ",,,,"IO. ho"ott a nd mb,u", I.,nod '" mnlmum RPM

F\, il 'bromo Nn"pO 0"'" 100M fIn",,1 .... . . ]»<:lo.Uy barmlul IO p,""poU.r Ljpo. Whon ta ...... lf. "'Wl' bo rna4<tovoro. "uvo'.uri..,.,. il l. vory lmportan' 11>., Lhe \brom. bo o.dvonced .Iowly. n". olio ... LI •• ,Irplo ... ", .ta ... rollll'LI" bolo ... h1ih RPM ta devoloped. ond tbe f'"'vOI IOlU boblo"'" b..," 01 1M p,..,pellu ... IM, 'han pulloll InlO IL Wh<Ib u""""ldabl. omall d.n la . ppo or In "'" propoUe, bl ...... o. tboy o ho" ld bo 'mmed' . .. , y ",,""octo<L ... """" ... _ In S60""n 6 und., Propoll •• C ....

p,,,,, \O takOOfJ rro", n.,,.. &bo .... :lOro foe' 01'''01104 .• ho ,,",'uro .bo"1d bo lo ... od \o L!"lvo """im"1D HPM iD' fuU·'broUIo. otaLlo "mup_

AI .. , full ,~,..,"l. I •• ppllod. ~Ju.' 111. ,,,,..,,,1. f,!c"on lockç'""kwl .. IO P"''MnL Lhe ,,,,,,m. fr<>m o"",ptns" bo<>k fr<>m o muc,murn po ..... po","on. snu!lu IJ1~Uon!o<k a.dJu.otmo .... lU:mld bo mode ...... qulred In 011>0' m Ll"'" """dillO". '" ,,,..lnUlI,, a n xed thromo oomq.

WIN G FLAP SETTINGS

o" a o"ort n.ld. H)' .. Ini nap' ud .... "b.""'l. oleoran .. . petd 01 54 KIAS sllould bo "ood. Thl •• peood provid ... ,bit bo. , ove , al] cllmb op<H>d '" clou .,.,.""" .... bon ,oktnS 'n", ..",.,"", turbulenco "Ilon !ound .,.u "round lavol.

Solt o, """ib n.ld tokOC>ll ..... porform.d wllI> IO' .. 1"11" n '1" by IIniDi

o. t< I/u]y 1m

CESSNA SECTION 4


the airplane off the ground as soon as practical in a slightly tail-low

attitude. If no obstacles are ahead, the airplane should be leveled off

immediately to accelerate to a higher climb speed.

CROSSWIND TAKEOFF

Takeoffs into strong crosswinds normally are performed with the

minimum flap setting necessary for the field length, to minimize the drift

angle immediately after takeoff. With the ailerons partially deflected into

the wind, the airplane is accelerated to a speed slightly higher than

normal, and then pulled off abruptly to prevent possible settling back to

the runway while drifting. When clear of the ground, make a coordinated

turn into the wind to correct for drift.

ENROUTE CLIMB

Normal climbs are performed with flaps up and full throttle and at

speeds 5 to 10 knots higher than best rate-of-climb speeds for the best

combination of performance, visibility and engine cooling. The mixture

should be full rich below 3000 feet and may be leaned above 3000 feet for

smoother operation or to obtain maximum RPM. For maximum rate of

climb, use the best rate-of-climb speeds shown in the Rate Of Climb chart

in Section 5. If an obstruction dictates the use of a steep climb angle, the

best angle-of-climb speed should be used with flaps up and maximum

power. Climbs at speeds lower than the best rate-of-climb speed should be

of short duration to improve engine cooling.

CRUISE

Normal cruising is performed between 55% and 75% power. The engine

RPM and corresponding fuel consumption for various altitudes can be

determined by using your Cessna Power Computer or the data in Section 5.

NOTE

Cruising should be done at a minimum of 75% power until

a total of 25 hours has accumulated or oil consumption has

stabilized. Operation at this higher power will ensure

proper seating of the rings and is applicable to new

engines, and engines in service following cylinder

replacement or top overhaul of one or more cylinders.

The data in Section 5 shows the increased range and improved fuel

economy that is obtainable when operating at lower power settings. The

use of lower power settings and the selection of cruise altitude on the basis

of the most favorable wind conditions are significant factors that should be

considered on every trip to reduce fuel consumption.

1 July 1979 4-15


-

CESSNA MODEL 1(02


the alrplan. ofI Ih. Imunll ... IOOn ... Pf'&CUcal 1.0. a alllilht.ly tall·low atUluca. Il ,", obwla<l ... A ahoad. !be alrplano -'10\114 ho levoleod oH bnm.w.lAly IO &0<:01 ... '" IO. blllln ellmh ,poM<I.

CROSSWIN O TAKEOFF

To.lr;~rt. InlO _troni ol'Oll.w1Dd. no""all)' &Te performed wlll> tlIe ml.o.imum n.p .... tinl n_ .... y ler tlIo n.ld l.n(tlt, IO mlnlmlae 11>. drift anlle Immeodlatel, afle' laIl..,rt. Wl.1I .... an.renl P,"lO.U,. doon_ tnID th. wlnd ....... rpl .... I. """"1 ••• IM IO •• peed .h!lhll,. h~lw. than normal, and th.n pulIM ort &llnlpU,. IO PA_t _.,hl ...... UiD& baclt IO the tuOw&)' wbU. d.Utlll", Whill elou of!be ' ..... 001. m ....... coord .... 1ed I,,", 11110 lI>e \l/Iod IO 00......,' for drift.

ENRQUTE ClIMB Nonnal climI.- ..... perfonned wlth nape up ...,01 full throttl. uuI ot

opaMloL S IO IO """III hlll"-' WII 1.-.1 rata""f..,\lmb ope.da for Ibe ba.t co ... b ..... loll 01 ""rlorl""""', "iliblUl}' lLJ1olleod .bove 3000 fee, lor lIIIlootller operatlno or IO ab",lll mazimum RPM. l''or mox1nlum .. \ti 01 cllmb, u .... IlLe bIt.1 rale",,'..,lImb .pHd. •• lIoom In tho na", or Cllmb ob.tJ,rt In Secllon 11. tr an Obllln,,~tlon dIetA"'. l'''' u .. or a ..... p c11mb .. nel., tho

_ ba,t anlt"ltJ.of-cU m b .pMCI IlLould be UHd wllh n .. p.o up anI! "",ximum puw.r. Climbe .. , 1pHd.1 10\1/" Ihanl"" be.1 rate..,t..,Umh.peed .lLould be or o.hort du •• II" .. IO lmprovI o .. gin. coollllll.

-

CRUISE Nnnn .. 1 emt,tnl lo perform.-t bel\l/ •• n!\Ml, ond ~% po\l/or. Th.ona::1no

AI'M ood corre.pondlngluel conaumpUnn lo . vo.!ouo .. ltltud"" can be dri.nnllled by ua lng your Co .. n .. l'o\l/.r Compute r nr \"-d .... !n So<:tlon~.

NOTE

CrulBlnc should be don. al o m!nhnum Ol~ power unlll .. IOta! Dfllll""" .. Il ... aoeumulOIM 0 .011 "",..umptlnn Il ... al_biIL.OJd. O"" .. Uon al th,. hill"" pn ...... iii .D.U'" pro""r """liDI 01 tIIot rLn .. _Dd i. opplieabl. IO DIIW ena:1nu. and ena:\no>I In ..,.v!ce folJo\l/lnlr C)'linder ... pl ..... meDi or IOp overbaul oloDII o r ma'" c)'lloders.

Tbe d .... ID Secllon & ab ..... lI>e tncrM.Md. .anltl &Od Impl'OV'Od f\Lol economy lI>a, lo obl&ln.&llie _11.0 opereUnl et I ...... pow\tl' .... r1n&'II. ThLI u .. 01 Jower powar .... U01tI and u.. aelectloo 01 erut .. altttud.oo tbe ho$iI 01 !be moli ' .. "".&111. orInd _diti ..... aA .,"'trlc .... "..,.., ... th .. t .boull! be """.ld.nd on ""T)' trlp IO radUOl 1\101 conaump,lon,

l JuJ.y IlrnI

SECTION 4

NORMAL PROCEDURES

CESSNA

MODEL 152

ALTITUDE

Sea Level

4000 Feet

8000 Feet

75% POWER

KTAS

100

103

107

NMPG

16.4

17.0

17.6

65% POWER

KTAS

94

97

100

NMPG

17.8

18.4

18.9

55% POWER

KTAS

87

89

91

NMPG

19.3

19.8

20.4

Standard Conditions Zero Wind

Figure 4-3. Cruise Performance Table

The Cruise Performance Table, figure 4-3, shows the true airspeed and

nautical miles per gallon during cruise for various altitudes and percent

powers. This table should be used as a guide, along with the available

winds aloft information, to determine the most favorable altitude and

power setting for a given trip.

To achieve the recommended lean mixture fuel consumption figures

shown in Section 5, the mixture should be leaned until engine RPM peaks

and drops 25-50 RPM. At lower powers it may be necessary to enrichen the

mixture slightly to obtain smooth operation.

Carburetor ice, as evidenced by an unexplained drop in RPM, can be

removed by application of full carburetor heat. Upon regaining the

original RPM (with heat off), use the minimum amount of heat (by trial and

error) to prevent ice from forming. Since the heated air causes a richer

mixture, readjust the mixture setting when carburetor heat is to be used

continuously in cruise flight.

The use of full carburetor heat is recommended during flight in very

heavy rain to avoid the possibility of engine stoppage due to excessive

water ingestion. The mixture setting should be readjusted for smoothest

operation.

LEANING WITH A CESSNA ECONOMY MIXTURE INDICATOR

(EGT)

Exhaust gas temperature (EGT) as shown on the optional Cessna

Economy Mixture Indicator may be used as an aid for mixture leaning in

cruising flight at 75% power or less. To adjust the mixture, using this

indicator, lean to establish the peak EGT as a reference point and then

n

4-16 1 July 1979



1hol'OWU 66" POW~R

ALT,nwe ~M -- "M --~~ '00 ,~ ~ ,,. ~- '" ". " ,~

~- '" 11.1 '00 ,u

S...-.,Condo.-

l''Ip ... 4·3 erul .. PerlOmlll-DCe Table

eESSNA MODEL 162

66' l'OWER

"M -~

" ", M ... " N' ~w~

'!'be erul"" PerlormaM& TalI11. ti", ... 4-3. eho .. elh. Inle al ... peed &Dd naulleal mUo. per Calloll durill. "rulM for varlo .. a altltu<lll. anel pereelll po"' ..... Thls table ehou ld boI u_ u a pl<111. a"'lIl1' wllh u.. avallabl. wlnda alolt Il1fo ...... 1Ion. le atennl ... u.. II10el fa'Oo ... blol allÌlu<lll o.a<I po",.r Mlllnll' for. Ci"''' Irlp.

To """h ..... lb. nco.nru ... cIe<Ilo .... mature fuel o-ont .. mptlo .. tI~ ...... Mbo .. n in SoocU"D 5 . lbe ml:ltu ... ebould bo le.nocI. tmtlleng1ne RPMpealu .od drupa2ti-50RPM. Allower po ... e .. 11 m.ybe "-""ry Ic eorlohe" tho Ol"'IU'" .lIl"hlly \O ob\.Ain .moolb operadoll.

e .. rbu ... tor 1011. U o'O!denoed by an unexplalne<l drop In RPM. ,,&li be .e .. lO'Ooxl by "ppUc"tlon 01 tull ".rl>u ... lc. h ... L Upon ",c .. lnlnc III. orlilnaJ. ItPM (wlth Il ... t olI). u .. II •• m.nlmu", .. "'ounlol h .. 1 (by l11al LIId erro. ) IO pre vlnI ICI '",m 'armjn~. S,ncoo lha h .. "'d a l. c ....... a .lch •• mhrt .. re ... adj .. sllb. mi .. ! ....... 111011 wbiO ~&rb""'lOr be", i8 \O be ullOd conllnllowoly l .. cruiH fllabL _

Th~ u ... at tull o"rburolcr bUlli reoomme .. ded dUMe mr"lln very be.v)' n.ln IO a'Oold thl poa:.lblllt)' 01 Ingtne 1I0ppag<l dua IO ex.,. .. !"" ... ate. mll"B1Inn. ne mIXIU" Hllinl abould be readjualad fo. amooth.1Jl operaUon.

LEANING WITH A CESSNA ECONOMV MIXTUR E INDICATOR (EGTI

Exhau" e'" ... mperalure (EOD U abown on u.. optional c."""a E"""am)' N!Xlurelndicator ma)' be .. _ ... &II "'d tor mbl .. releaDinli m Cnll8lns: mpt al 7lI'!I. ""wer or I .... To Kj .. 11 the ",ixlu ........ aini: this Indicator, l..." to .atabhab lbe p"k EOT ..... f~NQoe polnl o.a<Ilhto

(·16 1 lul)' 11179

CESSNA

MODEL 152

SECTION 4

NORMAL PROCEDURES

MIXTURE

DESCRIPTION

RECOMMENDED LEAN

(Pilot's Operating Handbook

and Power Computer)

BEST ECONOMY

EXHAUST GAS

TEMPERATURE

25°F Rich of Peak EGT

Peak EGT

Figure 4-4. EGT Table

enrichen the mixture by the desired increment based on figure 4-4.

As noted in this table, operation at peak EGT provides the best fuel

economy. This results in approximately 8% greater range than shown in

this handbook accompanied by approximately a 4 knot decrease in speed.

Under some conditions, engine roughness may occur while operating

at peak EGT. In this case, operate at the Recommended Lean mixture. Any

change in altitude or throttle position will require a recheck of EGT

indication.

FUEL SAVINGS PROCEDURES FOR FLIGHT

TRAINING OPERATIONS

For best fuel economy during flight training operations, the following

procedures are recommended.

1. Use 55% to 60% power while transitioning to and from the practice

area (approximately 2200-2250 RPM).

2. Lean the mixture for maximum RPM during climbs above 3000

feet. The mixture may be left leaned for practicing such maneuvers

as stalls.

3. Lean the mixture for maximum RPM during all operations at any

altitude, including those below 3000 feet, when using 75% or less

power.

NOTE

When cruising at 75% or less power, the mixture may be

further leaned until the RPM peaks and drops 25-50 RPM.

This is especially applicable to cross-country training

flights, but may also be practiced during transition flights

1 July 1979 4-17


CEsaNA MODEL 1(!02

S"'CTION 4 NORMAL PROCEDUru,;S

MIX1U~E ~x"",u:rr tiA5 (l(5(:IIIPTIOH TEWEAIiTUfI(

II~COMMENot:D LE ..... _o. Opor.d"l H&o • , ~F Il;et. 01 _ [G1 __ ~I

BEST lCOHOlolV _EG1

"L(\I",4 .4 &01' T .. ble

en.l~hOft Ihe mlxIU", by tho. dallAld Lac .. me"l bued on figu .. 4_4_

A. no," In Ihl& lfIblt. o". .. Uo .. " ,",U EOT PI'OV'det Ihc beai fuel .-:ono m)'. Thb ... "lIa in "ppro:r.tm .. tel)' 8'iIo ~e .. le •• ange th .... allo.." in thi. b .... dboolr. IlCOOmpanle<l b)' .pproxlm.tel)' ... knm """",aM In spe.ed.

Undo'lIQm. condlllonl. Inll"'" m"/(hn ... m~ DCC'" ",bll. 0p"raUng et p"ak "'OT. In ,hla e .... Opl . 11& .. "b. R.co"u" ... ckKI lA .... mi" I" ..... A n)' chang1l In allllude o. thl'OlIle ponlUon ... tU requLte .. rOCbeck 01 EG1' IndICUlon .

.J FUEL SAVINGS PROCEDURES FOR FLlGHT TRAINING OPERATIONS

FO' bMl l'ile i ..,onom)' du.l nlf ntghllrllnlng "\>O',,,Uonll. Ih. followlng p1'OO6d11 ..... a Al AlCommen<led.

1. UN M~ ~ l!O'!IIo ROwer .. hUe lran.monlng ~ .. od fl'Om Ih. practi"" arol (Ipproltlm .. tel)' Il:2OO-UMI FtPMj.

2. lAa" In. mi"I,,", lo. m .. ",mum FtPM durlnl!' cUmb~ abo"e 3000 t .... L",., ml"I ...... m")'be IdI w.ntd lor pracUeinl!'lIuch ma"lu"" .. al 11IIUI.

3. Le .... lite mh",,", for m .. "tmum IU'M durlng oJlopt'nt.llona alan)' a'lIIudo. Includlng thoee belo .. 3000 18M. whe" uling 15'lt.or IeH PO"" ·

NOTE

Wbo." etu"'''1 Il ~ or Le .. pO"" . Ihe mlalu .. ""'1 be lurthe. leaMd UIIILl1be RPM pt'W l .. cI t1ropt:!5~ RPM. ntl.s I. "ptoCI .. Uy .ppUcable IO "f'O .. -OOUII!.ry Inlnlng n1lhta. buI ma)' "'IIQ be p'lOll""" clur1llllran,lUon nigblll

I Jl1ly 1m 4·11

SECTION 4 CESSNA


to and from the practice area.

Using the above recommended procedures can provide fuel savings of

up to 13% when compared to typical training operations at a full rich

mixture. j-i

STALLS

The stall characteristics are conventional for the flaps up and flaps

down condition. The stall warning horn produces a steady signal 5 to 10

knots before the actual stall is reached and remains on until the airplane

flight attitude is changed. Stall speeds for various combinations of flap

setting and bank angle are summarized in Section 5.

SPINS

The seat belts and shoulder harnesses should be adjusted to provide

proper restraint during all anticipated flight conditions. However, care

should be taken to ensure that the pilot can easily reach the flight controls

and produce maximum control travels.

It is recommended that, where feasible, entries be accomplished at

high enough altitude that recoveries are completed 4000 feet or more above

ground level. At least 1000 feet of altitude loss should be allowed for a 1-

turn spin and recovery, while a 6-turn spin and recovery may require

somewhat more than twice that amount. For example, the recommended

entry altitude for a 6-turn spin would be 6000 feet above ground level. In

any case, entries should be planned so that recoveries are completed well

above the minimum 1500 feet above ground level required by FAR 91.71.

Another reason for using high altitudes for practicing spins is that a

greater field of view is provided which will assist in maintaining pilot

orientation.

4-18 1 July 1979

HIntentional spins are approved in this airplane (see Section 2). Before

attempting to perform spins, however, several items should be carefully

considered to assure a safe flight. No spins should be attempted without

first having received dual instruction in both spin entries and spin

recoveries from a qualified instructor who is familiar with the spin

characteristics of the Cessna 152.

The cabin should be clean and all loose equipment (including the

microphone) should be stowed. For a solo flight in which spins will be

conducted, the copilot's seat belt and shoulder harness should be secured.

Spins with baggage loadings or occupied child's seat are not approved.

'


SI>CTION 4 NORMAL PROCEDUJ!.I>S

C:I:OSSNA MOOI>L ,~

\o ond I""", 'be pncUce .. "..

U81n~."" .bo"" ,....,.,,,,,,,*ndo<l. pr<>eo<l~ ... o e.n p,""vido , ... 1 " vln,> 01 up \o 13% .. h&" comP'lTed \o 'ypl.,..' l ... lnlnll" opo",'lon. o" Iull "'eh ",'x'u ...

STAlLS Tho .,.n oll<.n.clod,'lo,,,,,, convenlion.l lor I!w n.p" up ond n.""

down OO,,<lIUOB. Tlte . .. 11 wunlni horo. produc. •• o!eody ol",.o.l 5 IO IO kDO" bolo ... "'* &01"01 ol.O.ll I ..... ."ho<1 ~<t ... mol .. OD un.ll lbo .irpl .... nl~h, . .. hudo iii chonpd. s<on ",pOod. 10T vaTI""," comb'n.lI" ... or n . p ""<tlnll" ond b&nk an'l<! .... summaTiZO<lln Seellon 5.

SPINS [olOnUon.l .pln ..... opprov..J In lIIlo .Irplano ( .... See,lon 2).1Ieloro

a llom!>llnll" IO porl"rm OpI no. ""_ver . ........ 1 ltomo obonld bo c ...... !uUy cono,do ..... IO .... u'" 0 .. 14 mrb~ No opino oMnl4 bo .''' ... p'''' ",Uno", lini hovlng reeelvod <tual 1n0'mcli"n In botb Opi" o"ITI ... """ opin "",",vorlH !rom , qu olillod lnol""''''' ... bo lo I • ..,nl .... wllh III. opln ch"." .. ,I"U .. 01 'h. c.ano 1S2.

Tho c.b'" .bould bit ol ... n ond al! 100 .. oqulprnon' (lncludln~ <bo mlO""p"""') ."",,1<1 bo _d. fI'o, .. ..,10 nlp' In .. Mcb aplna ... !lI bo co"duclod. \be <><>pllO", .... 1 bol' ond tnoulder hun.,.o .hou'd IIft-,,1'«I. Spln .. 11,1> ""n'p \oo.<llD", or o«~plod ehUd ....... o'" no' .pp"" .......

Tho .... , bollO ot>d ohoul<lllr bar". ..... I>o"ld bo odj",,1od IO p""vl<lo P"'~' _ 1 ... ln, dU'ln, 011 •• "lolpo"'" nI,h< ""I><1Ulo .... Howev .. , Oorll """"Id bIt .. ken "'"M"" <ha' <h. pllo' oo.n .""U~ , .. ch \be n,p' oontrol. a nd produ,," moxtmum ""ntrol ,,..,,,,10.

:~:".:i.~:-~: .• ~m;.:.:-:: Ib.1. wb ..... r ... lblo. on,n .. 11ft &CCOmpU.hO<! ., I Iba' ...,.,voli .. ortIcomplo1od4000 r .. 'ormol'O .bo> .. l. HIDG r .. , <>I .. lm~ 1.,.. . bould bo ollowod ror 01·

"' ... ·C'·'.·. '

4.'8 lJulyHl?1l

CESSNA SECTION 4


The normal entry is made from a power-off stall. As the stall is

approached, the elevator control should be smoothly pulled to the full aft

position. Just prior to reaching the stall "break", rudder control in the

desired direction of the spin rotation should be applied so that full rudder

deflection is reached almost simultaneously with reaching full aft eleva

tor. A slightly greater rate of deceleration than for normal stall entries or

the use of partial power at the entry will assure more consistent and

positive entries to the spin. Both elevator and rudder controls should be

held full with the spin until the spin recovery is initiated. An inadvertent

relaxation of either of these controls could result in the development of a

nose-down spiral.

NOTE

Careful attention should be taken to assure that the aileron

control is neutral during all phases of the spin since any

aileron deflection in the direction of the spin may alter the

spin characteristics by increasing the rotation rate and

changing the pitch attitude.

For the purpose of training in spins and spin recoveries, a 1 to 2-turn

spin is adequate and should be used. Up to 2 turns, the spin will progress to

a fairly rapid rate of rotation and a steep attitude. Application of recovery

controls will produce prompt recoveries of from 1/4 to 1/2 of a turn.

If the spin is continued beyond the 2 to 3-turn range, some change in

character of the spin may be noted. Rotation rates may vary and some

additional sideslip may be felt. Normal recoveries from such extended

spins may take up to a full turn or more.

Regardless of how many turns the spin is held or how it is entered, the

following recovery technique should be used:

1. VERIFY THAT AILERONS ARE NEUTRAL AND THROTTLE IS

IN IDLE POSITION.

2. APPLY AND HOLD FULL RUDDER OPPOSITE TO THE DIREC

TION OF ROTATION.

3. JUST AFTER THE RUDDER REACHES THE STOP, MOVE THE

CONTROL WHEEL BRISKLY FORWARD FAR ENOUGH TO

BREAK THE STALL. Full down elevator may be required at aft

center of gravity loadings to assure optimum recoveries.

4. HOLD THESE CONTROL INPUTS UNTIL ROTATION STOPS.

Premature relaxation of the control inputs may extend the recov

ery.

5. AS ROTATION STOPS, NEUTRALIZE RUDDER, AND MAKE A

SMOOTH RECOVERY FROM THE RESULTING DIVE.

1 July 1979 4-19


CESSNA MODEL la2

SECTlON 4 NORMA!. PROCEOURES

1'1>8 nonnal Inl1)' ti m_ lrom I pOWiI . ·off .t.all. A.a u., .WI la appro""'bod. tbl lllvalO. co"u.;.llllould be ImooU1l)' pulled 1(1 \be full UI pOlmo"- JU8' prlo. lO reloOhln,1be a\all "_.11", ro_' <>onlrol ID tbe dNlrecl dlreootlOl'l of tlte api" l'OI&llon lb<>uld .... appll..! ., tba' full .,,<Id •• denoodon la 1'$&0_ alm ... ' olmul\aneOUlly ",tb .. "",bl,,« full aft ol,va· <O • • A 11111>11)' ","alar .. 1a oleIICIl .. alion u. .... lor "omllÙ.l&lLe",rin or III. UN of paMiai _r ., \be '''Ir)' wUI .. 11,lfe more oonll.t\e"1 aJ>d pooolU .... Intrla 1(1 u.. IPI4. Bolli elevalOr &Dd .,,&ler 001l1ro1e 81>o .. ld be b,1d full wlllllbo .pil! UIlW ili, lpill '''''''"''l''J' Il Inlltalad. An 1n"'''''''''''1 .. 1~ioJI of elllle. 01 Ibo .. 000=1, oou.ld .... ull ID lhI do .... 'op ....... 1 o! a "0 ..... 10"" ep1l'a1.

NOTE

C""'ula'Ia"1kNl ,bould bi \&UD <O ....... tbll\bleU'n>n ooolrOl la ... uual duri", &Il pb_ of llIe Ipln ,1""" ~ -.lleroll detlooliOll In U.e din<lllo;a o! \bi epln may alw. u.. .pln OltuloOterlstt ... by 1nc ..... I"'lbe 'o\allo .... '" .... d cllanl'lng III. pll<)lt .ttUu ... .

l'or Ib. pu.".,.. DI I ... ,n,ng ,n oplne .nd opi" ,...,.,veri ... a , IO 2"um opln lo. ad_quala .n<! .huuld bi .. Md. Up \O 21"rIIl. lIIe apin wlll prognou IO a lai.ly .apld ""n 01 n;J,allon o.n<;I • ,,"p I\UtUo:W. Appllcallon o! "<:OV"1)' conlrob ,,!li produce prompl reD<>V(!rles nllrom lH IO 1/201. IUrll.

II 'h •• pl" l. oo"",,ul<! beyond Ihe 2 IO 3·tum r.ngo .lIOm. ohance in cho.caclar nr Llle apln may be nOlflll. 1101&\lon ral&~ m.y v ......... <I IIOme add,Llo .. a! oldnlip may bo 1,,11. N .. rma! ,,",,overl .. lrom 2uch u~nd&d ~pln" m .. y I"kn up \O" lull \u'u or moN.

ltoS'ardlu8 01 bo" m.ny tu ms Ille apln 18 It .. ld or how It l, emerod. \he lollowing l''ICOv.1)' 1000bnlque .hou I~ be "Md,

l. VERITY THAT AIL.ERONS ARE NEUTRA!. ANDTHROTTLE 15 IN ID!.E POSIT10N.

~. APPLY ANO HOL.D P'Ut.L RlJDDEROPPOSITE TO THE DIREe. TION OJ> IIOTAT10N.

3. JUST Ali'TIUl THB RUDOER REACHES THE STOP. MOVE THE CONTROL WHEE!. BRlSK1.Y FORWARD FAR ENOUGH TO BREAK THE STAU.. Full dowu eLov.\Or m.)' bo requlred SI af\ "",II ... o! '''''''\y loadl"p \O a .. u ... opUnllun ~~rles.

4. HOLO THESE CONTRO!. INPUTS UNTI!. ROTATION STOPS. l''remaru ... rel."alloa 01 \bi """Irol '''pulii ma)' uWnd the reeo .. -.".

3. AS ROTATION &TOPS. NEUTRA!.I?E 'tUDDEI\, ANO MAKE A SMOOTII RKCQVEIIY P'ROM TUE RESULT!N(; DIVE.

1 July 1l17li

SECTION 4 CESSNA


NOTE

If disorientation precludes a visual determination of the

direction of rotation, the symbolic airplane in the turn

coordinator may be referred to for this information.

Variations in basic airplane rigging or in weight and balance due to

installed equipment or cockpit occupancy can cause differences in behav

ior, particularly in extended spins. These differences are normal and will

result in variations in the spin characteristics and in the recovery lengths

for spins of more than 3 turns. However, the above recovery procedure

should always be used and will result in the most expeditious recovery

from any spin.

Intentional spins with flaps extended are prohibited, since the high

speeds which may occur during recovery are potentially damaging to the

flap/wing structure.

LANDING

Normal landing approaches can be made with power-on or power-off

at speeds of 60 to 70 KIAS with flaps up, and 55 to 65 KIAS with flaps down.

Surface winds and air turbulence are usually the primary factors in

determining the most comfortable approach speeds.

Actual touchdown should be made with power-off and on the main

wheels first. The nose wheel should be lowered smoothly to the runway as

speed is diminished.

"SHORT HELD LANDING

For a short field landing in smooth air conditions, make an approach at

54 KIAS with 30° flaps using enough power to control the glide path. After

all approach obstacles are cleared, progressively reduce power and

maintain 54 KIAS by lowering the nose of the airplane. Touchdown should

be made with power-off and on the main wheels first. Immediately after

touchdown, lower the nose wheel and apply heavy braking as required. For

maximum brake effectiveness, retract the flaps, hold full nose-up elevator,

and apply maximum brake pressure without sliding the tires.

Slightly higher approach speeds should be used under turbulent air —

conditions.

CROGSWIND LANDING

When landing in a strong crosswind, use the minimum flap setting

4-20 1 July 1979


SEC'TION 4 NORMA!.. PROCEDURES

CESSNA MODE!.. 152

If dleOrle ..... lio .. pr..:lud .. I. >'I8Ul.I """'rmt ... , lnn 'II Ihe dtroelion of ........ tton. ,bit Iyn.bollc .I<pl.ne tn l'''' turo coonli .... I0< m.l' bo refen ... d IO lor lhilo InlormaUnn.

V.daUon. tn buie o.Il1'Lanl rigglng or In ,...Iahl I.nd balanoe due IO ,n.I.U." .qulpman\ o. """Ilpil o<:<:up&DC:y c.n ca" .. "m .... n" .. tn ""hA'" lor. panleuiarly In uwnded api"". Tbo ... "1ft"f"II,,.,... .... norm.l .n~ "'111 rolUU In ".rtaUon. III .ha splll ebaraercrbUc' flnd III \b~ fOCev,ry langth. lor aptnl 01 more th.n 3 turni. Ho"'ever. lhe .1>0"" rooovcry pr<J<:'8dure $houl" .l"'.l'. be "end .nd ",m ,..,sullin Iho mo.l expedll loul l'OCOve<y ITom any opln .

Inlentlon.l .plnl ",Ilh n .. p •• " .... <!ed ano p"'lIlbH .... slnee III .. IItlll .JM&d1 "'hleh ..... l' <><,<,u.durlng recmr.'}' ... polenll.Uydan"'llnrlolbe n.pl"""g .lnIel ..... .

LANDING Norm •• la.rwttnC .pp.....,_ CIon bo m .... _1111 pOWer..on nr po_r-o"

.. , speed. or 11010 70 KI AS •• Il> n.»I up ... noi M 10M KIAS wllll n.PII cio ...... Suri ..... inclo. .nd .1. turbul.""" .... u.".Il)" th. pl"1m.ry 'acto .. In <I<Il<!nnlnlng Ibl mOlli e<unlortahltl o.pproac:b IpndI.

AClual lOuehdowlI .bould be ",ade wUb power·off end on lbu m.ln wheels fi .. l . Tbe ROM wh~1 sho"l" htllowered. 5"'00Ibl)" t.o lbe ,unw.y u spee<l ta "tmlnlahed.

SHORT H ELD LANDING

l'o ... ohon Il.ld landlng In .moolbalr ""ndIUon •• m.k. an ""p"'&l'h .' !14 KIAS .. \ lb 30" na"" ".i"lJ I n""!th powlr IO conll'Clllb, 1I1Id& palb. Ali .. , .LI "pp",..,h ab.,...,I •• u. cl ... ....". prog ....... lveJy reduo:-. pow~r ...,d m.ln'.io M KIAS by lo ..... ri.t:tll" tbu """,,, ottbco rJrpl ... ~. Toucb<lown aho"l" bo mad. w"h po",.,-olf lUld Oli lhc m..tn ",b"lo f1~ Immedi_ty 1M. IOUclldowu. lowerth, IIOM_hMI .... d .. pply he.YJ' bnllinS" ,""utnd. Fo. moxtmum bralla ef1ee&lve ........ re.,...,1 !han .. "". hold full no_up .lev.to •• • nd .. pply m .. !dmum Il .... 10:. l' ..... " ... "lIhoul 1IIdlll,'II •• i .....

SlIlfhtly hlah ... pproac:lI 1-" •• ho"ld bo Wl"" un"', .urbul.M .t. coodltlon •.

CROSSWINO LANOiNG

Whan l.n"lnl In • Itron~ ol"ÒSswlnd. w;e lbe mlnlmum n.p •• utng

,.» L July 1m

CESSNA SECTION 4


required for the field length. Use a wing low, crab, or a combination method

of drift correction and land in a nearly level attitude.

BALKED LANDING

In a balked landing (go-around) climb, the wing flap setting should be

reduced to 20° immediately after full power is applied. Upon reaching a

safe airspeed, the flaps should be slowly retracted to the full up position.

COLD WEATHER OPERATION

Prior to starting with temperatures below freezing, it is advisable to

pull the propeller through several times by hand to "break loose" or

"limber" the oil, thus conserving battery energy.

NOTE

When pulling the propeller through by hand, treat it as if

the ignition switch is turned on. A loose or broken ground

wire on either magneto could cause the engine to fire.

Preheat is generally required with outside air temperatures below

-18°C (0°F) and is recommended when temperatures are below -7°C (20°F).

Cold weather starting procedures are as follows:

With Preheat:


2. Throttle -- CLOSED.



5. Prime -- 2 to 4 STROKES as the propeller is being turned over by

hand. RECHARGE for priming after engine start.

NOTE

Caution should be used to ensure the brakes are set or a

qualified person is at the controls.

6. Mixture - RICH.

7. Throttle -- OPEN 1/2 to 3/4 INCH.

8. Propeller Area -- CLEAR.

1 July 1979 4-21


-

CESSNA MODEL 1~

BEC'l'lON 4 NORMAL PROCEDU RES

<eqUI ...... lo. "'. 1 .. ld IOD~b. U ..... IDl"low.ol"&b.o • • ...,mb",."oD "'"""'" CI ~"'ft OO..-.e"<>D.n<! !&Dd ID. 118&'~ Iovol."''''''".

BALKED LANDING

In • balloocll ... dlnK ~· ... oun<!l ,,11mb. lIMo .. lnl< Il.,, .. 1IIn1I obou.ld 1>0 _uoecl '" 3D" lmm..u..IoLy .ne. full "" ..... 111 opplied. U""D .... cbID, a 1011 all"&P"d . "'" D.po l bould be olo",ly ... 11"0010<1 '" "'o full up """ltIon.

COLO WEATHER QPERATIQN

P ..... '" ow-t \o, .. l'" Iompo,alu",o bol.,.. l,ORIni". ilIo o.<!v\ ... ble IO l'ull ..... propen ... '101"<>01110 .. vel"&' 11m .. by h.nd '" ··h ...... 100M" or ··Umbe .. •• ..... oll. thu. 00" ...... '''11 ba""'Y o"O'a:Y.

Wbon pollini" "'" propeno, .hrougb by b&Dd.lI"o.,lIuU "'o 11"'"0" aw'Ioh La 'urnod OD. A loou o .. broko" llround wl .... 0<> .1 .... ' mop.'" ""old oao .. "'. 0"111"0 lo Il .....

J>uMOI IO Ir"" ..... lly ~ul ...... " ilio o"lSl"" 01 ........ p" ... 'u...,. belo .. ·,e' c (O'FI &Dd III ,...,.,mmo"dOd .. ho" IOmperOlur ••• ro. below ·.,..C 13D"P).

Cn'd .... 'h ... o!&rlloll pn><>edur ... ro. •• loLlowo

WlIh P ... h • • ~

•• • • '. •

IglIlUon S wlloh·· on· . Tbrolllo·· CLOSED. MI .. u ... · · IDLEClIT·OPF". ParlllnK a ... k . · · SET. Pnme •. ! '" 4 STROKES &3 ,bo propoLl ... lo bel"l" tumo<! cv", by h.nd. RECHAROE ,,, .. pr"lm'''1" alto ... "gln • .un.

NOTE

CouUaD obauld be oood lo en.ur. "'" br_keo.,.. ... c. o '10ourlod perso" I. Il .100 "",,'rolo.

6. Mlxlu"" , RICH. ? ThrnlU.·· OPEN 1/2 lO 3/ 4 INCll. 8. ?topo""' A ....... CLE AR.

I J" IJ' 1!mI

SECTION 4 CESSNA



10. Ignition Switch -- START (release when engine starts).

11. Prime -- AS REQURIED until the engine runs smoothly.

12. Throttle -- ADJUST for 1200 to 1500 RPM for approximately one

minute after which the RPM can be lowered to 1000 or less.

13. Oil Pressure -- CHECK.

14. Primer -- LOCK.

conditions.

NOISE ABATEMENT

4-22 1 July 1979

'

n

nWithout Preheat: —

The procedure for starting without preheat is the same as with preheat

except the engine should be primed an additional two strokes while pulling

the propeller through by hand. Carburetor heat should be applied after the —

engine starts. Leave the carburetor heat on until the engine runs smoothly.

NOTE

If the engine fires but does not start or continue running,

repeat the above starting procedure beginning with step 6.

If the engine does not start during the first few attempts, or

if engine firing diminishes in strength, it is possible that

the spark plugs have been frosted over, in which case

preheat must be used before another start is attempted.

During cold weather operations, no indication will be apparent on the

oil temperature gage prior to takeoff if outside air temperatures are very

cold. After a suitable warm-up period (2 to 5 minutes at 1000 RPM),

accelerate the engine several times to higher engine RPM. If the engine

accelerates smoothly and oil pressure remains normal and steady, the

airplane is ready for takeoff.

When operating in temperatures below -18°C, avoid using partial

carburetor heat. Partial heat may increase the carburetor air temperature

to the 0° to 21°C range, where icing is critical under certain atmospheric

"Increased emphasis on improving the quality of our environment

requires renewed effort on the part of all pilots to minimize the effect of

airplane noise on the public.

We, as pilots, can demonstrate our concern for environmental

improvement, by application of the following suggested procedures, and

thereby tend to build public support for aviation:

rFor Flight Training Reference Only

SECTION t NORMAL PROCEDURES

D. M ... tu8wl"'b ,. ON.

CESSNA MOOEL l!02

lO. linlUo" Swltcb" BTART ( .. I ..... wbon oortno $u ..... ) l!. hi",. , . AB RF.QUIIIEO ~n,11 th. onil." ",no om",,'bly l~. TIl",,,1.,, AOJUST to< 1000 IO 1'lOO RPM lo. ~pprnl[!ma"'!l' one

miop", .flo, .ohlcll.no RPM C"" bo Iow.n>d IO '000 0< l ..... 13. OH P .... u'"" " CHECK. 14. Pdmor" LOCK,

Wlt.bou' P rehea1:

Tho p""""." 10r .... rtlni wl"'"", pro"'''' 1.1), .... m .... .ollb p,..,b.a, uoop' th •• n)l"i no ohould ,,",primo<! ab oddl"<>1Ial '''''' .'",ko. wb,l. pull'nl" ,ne prop"'llertb~ by ba"". Ca,bureto, h .... hould ""' oppllO(! .. te, 'h. oort"" ... ,..... lAav. "'. c",bul"Ot.>r h •• , 00 Un'" , .... O!Jln. nluomO<lthly

11 'hO On)l"1nO 11 ... but _. 00' aI.rt or eon,ln~. ru,,")"I<.

''')><l'' 111. ,bavo ... rtl"1I procodu,olHllllnnln~ wlth .'epe. l' "'. e"!Jl"" _ "'" our<d.clnl "'. n ... , la .... t ... mpts. o, ,1 ong1n. '''"i"1I" d,rn\!".hM tn .tr&n!Jlb. i'10 po>uibl.'ha' the "po,k p1uCO "'00 boon lroatad 0VtI,. In .. hle" .... p,..,hea, mu", bo.se<! bIIlo .... no'''or star< 1. a"omptod.

Durin, e<>ld .... "' •• operAnon •. no Ind,,,,,,ion wlll bo oPP."''''o. ,"" oi1 .. m.,.'''~'''' '''CO p,IO. IO ,""""a ti ou .. ,de 01. tempo",'""", ...... very cald. Alte, " ni,.bl. ",arm,,,p t>t,",0<1 (~ IO 5 m,nu'u a' .000 RPIoI) • .....,.1 ...... "'" .n ... ~. leverai tim •• IO bl.~OT .nrtn. RPIoi. "the ~n ... n. """.1 ....... amoo""y an~ oli p"''''''" ,..,moin. no,m,,) .od .... "'y. 'h. "1'1'1."" 1. ",.dl' lo' takooa.

Whon ope ... 'h', In .. mp"''''"'''' belo", "S'C. avold ".In&" portl.1 carburo"', b .... Parti,,) Il ... , mal' 'ne ..... th. c-"",,,,,",,, '''''')><l'''u", IO "'" O' lo Il'C rango . ""b .... I<lo&" lo c,IU.,,1 una., con"," .'mOOphOr!e condhlon ..

NOISE ABATEMENT ["croaoe<! emph •• i. 00 Improvl"g ,~. qualuy of ou, .nv!ronm"n'

~"I ... ronowo<leffor! oo.n. P.,t 01 "II pUntO IO m'n'm',., tbc .freet 01 ,,1.,,1".0 n"l .. 00 Ute poblle.

W,. a. pUota. ca" ~nlOn"ro'" 00' con"",o (", ."v"onnIonUI imp<o' ... rn.n,. ~y appliOAtlon 01 ,ho 1011o"'lol."~ .. d pn><:e<!UTOa. """ '''e«by I.od IO buUd pu~"e .upponlo. avl.,lo,,:

, .• '.Iu1l' ,~

CESSNA SECTION 4


1. Pilots operating aircraft under VFR over outdoor assemblies of

persons, recreational and park areas, and other noise-sensitive

areas should make every effort to fly not less than 2000 feet above

the surface, weather permitting, even though flight at a lower level

may be consistent with the provisions of government regulations.

2. During departure from or approach to an airport, climb after

takeoff and descent for landing should be made so as to avoid

prolonged flight at low altitude near noise-sensitive areas.

NOTE

The above recommended procedures do not apply where

they would conflict with Air Traffic Control clearances or

instructions, or where, in the pilot's judgment, an altitude

of less than 2000 feet is necessary for him to adequately

exercise his duty to see and avoid other aircraft.

The certificated noise level for the Model 152 at 1670 pounds maximum

weight is 64.8 dB(A). No determination has been made by the Federal

Aviation Administration that the noise levels of this airplane are or should

be acceptable or unacceptable for operation at, into, or out of, any airport.

1 July 1979 4-23/(4-24 blank)


-

-

CESSNA MOln:L I~

SECTION ~ NORMAI.. l'fIOCEDURES

I. PU""" Ope •• ' I", all'<)l'att \ln<le. VI'n OvtlT ouldooor ....... mbU .. or ""'11(1"' . ....., ... Uon .. l &nel pari< ....... alici <lUI •• ..a1 __ .. n.,Li" • ........ • ho.,l" mali. aver)' Iflon IO tly "," lUUb"" 2000 """ abo". Ula &ul1"" .. _<h • • IM""IUI"II" ....... 1110",,11 OIabl.lalo",erlevel ma.,y boI oo"ai.oWII' wilb Iba provi,lonl or 1O" ..... ..,ent ~pl •• Ion ...

2. 0"'1011" d .. ,,_ .... Il'OlII or .pp~b IO a" alrpon. cllmh r.tI<Ir I&lteoll .. nel cSe.oenl lo. I...,din .. ehould boI m&do 110 ... .., a ... old prolon~ mlll •• 1 lo. altltu&o oear nol_· ... naiUvtI ....... .

T~ .bo .... noeommondod proo;oedute' <lo BOt .ppl), wlle .. u. .. y _Ld ooDnlcl .. lUi AI. T ... fli<> Conlrol cln • .." ..... or lnalnlc!.lollL or .. I>c! .... In III. pllor. Judpenl. An altltudoo 01 le ... t.b .... tooO ree< l. nee ....... ry 'or hlm lo ad.q ... t.L)' e •• ..,IM III. dIII)' IO .... &/Id avold Olbu ai", .. 11.

TIuI c.rtlftcaled noi .. 1 ..... 1 lor Il •• M_11M! .Ilero poU .. dM muimum .... we'lhI '" M.a dstA). No dalUnUn.Uoo 11 .... _ .. m~ by Ihe Federai

AviaUo.il AdrninIatraUOIl1h .. , Ula 1101 ... La ... allol ibis oUrpl"". ~orshould be &CCoOp!.ab\o Ot un_plabl, lo. Open.UOll al. 1n1O. o' out of. &Il)' alrpon..

-

1 J,,1y 1979 4-:/3/(4'2'1 bi .... )

u

CESSNA SECTION 5

MODEL 152 PERFORMANCE

SECTION 5

PERFORMANCE


Introduction 5-3

Use of Performance Charts 5-j

Sample Problem 5-3

Takeoff 5-4

Cruise 5-!>

Fuel Required 5-5

Landing 5-7

Demonstrated Operating Temperature 5-7

Figure 5-1, Airspeed Calibration 5-8

Figure 5-2, Temperature Conversion Chart 5-9

Figure 5-3, Stall Speeds 5-10

Figure 5-4, Takeoff Distance 5-11

Figure 5-5, Rate Of Climb - Maximum 5-12

Figure 5-6, Time, Fuel, And Distance To Climb 5-13

Figure 5-7, Cruise Performance 5-14

Figure 5-8, Range Profile - 24.5 Gallons Fuel 5-15

Range Profile - 37.5 Gallons Fuel 5-16

Figure 5-9, Endurance Profile - 24.5 Gallons Fuel 5-17

Endurance Profile - 37.5 Gallons Fuel 5-18

Figure 5-1G, Landing Distance 5-19

1 July 1979 5-1/(5-2 blank)


CESSNA MOOEL 152

SECTION S PERFORMANCE

SECTION 5 PERFORMANCE

TABlE OF CQNTENTS

IntroducI;"" __ . _ .•. Ute 01 Performance eh ....... Sunplfl ProI;>lem .

TalIeo"

Yu.lllMJulnod Landl"lf .. _

Oem",,_U·"i.t!d Opoor"liag T.mpooralure f'i(fUre 5·1. AinP<l<ld C .. hb . .. Uon .. n(fUre 5·2. T""'peralure Conyon!on CI>UI Y1gure ~-3. S.aU Sp<ted. . .... ~·Igu ... s ..... Takeoff llIalane.. ~".[{U .. 5""', nata 01 ClimI>· Mnlmum .. Figu .... 5-ll, T'mI. ~·u.l. AlldO'.lan ... TO CHmb Filfu .... 5_7. Crui .. I· • • r".m .... c • . Figuro &·8. R",,"~ p",m.· 24.11 CaUun. t'"el .

•

Rangu prom.· 37.0 Oa.ilon. ~'".I FI(fU 1"e 5-9. Endurou'co Profll, - ~4,0 Oa.il"n. t"u.1

End"""0<1 Pr<;IlUO _ 37.1i OoJlon. FUll Figure 5-10. Landlng Ols'anO<l ....... .

1 JIII)' 18'79

',., " ,., '" !I-~ .. " ,., ,. ,., , ..

5_11 ,.~

~_ 13

5_14 5_1~

5_16 5_11 ~_18

~_19

CESSNA SECTION 5


INTRODUCTION

Performance data charts on the following pages are presented so that

you may know what to expect from the airplane under various conditions,

and also, to facilitate the planning of flights in detail and with reasonable

accuracy. The data in the charts has been computed from actual flight tests

with the airplane and engine in good condition and using average piloting

techniques.

It should be noted that the performance information presented in the

range and endurance profile charts allows for 45 minutes reserve fuel at

the specified cruise power. Fuel flow data for cruise is based on the

recommended lean mixture setting. Some indeterminate variables such as

mixture leaning technique, fuel metering characteristics, engine and

propeller condition, and air turbulence may account for variations of 10%

or more in range and endurance. Therefore, it is important to utilize all

available information to estimate the fuel required for the particular

flight.

USE OF PERFORMANCE CHARTS

Performance data is presented in tabular or graphical form to illus

trate the effect of different variables. Sufficiently detailed information is

provided in the tables so that conservative values can be selected and used

to determine the particular performance figure with reasonable accuracy.

SAMPLE PROBLEM

The following sample flight problem utilizes information from the

various charts to determine the predicted performance data for a typical

flight. The following information is known:

AIRPLANE CONFIGURATION

Takeoff weight 1610 Pounds

Usable fuel 24.5 Gallons

TAKEOFF CONDITIONS

Field pressure altitude 1500 Feet

Temperature 28°C (16°C above standard)

Wind component along runway 12 Knot Headwind

Field length 3500 Feet

1 July 1979 5-3


-

CESSNA lIIIOO!!:!.. 1li2

INTRODUCTION

SECTION ~ PERP'ORlIIIANCE

p .. for", ... ot dlllll ~h~ o,,!ho lollowlnl p.1rM An p......,,,\e'd 80 Ih.~ yo ...... y Imow whlll '" upoc\ fTom II>, 1li."1,.,,, u"IIe. ".rlone oondltlo"s. and .180. '" f..,lllllll.e !h, plllnnlnl or fill"".11I d'lall ."d wllh ... uoo"bl, AOO\lrM\)' Th, d"la 11I1lI. e"".". " ... _II eomp"llMI fTom _u.1 nlgt\l "".\5 ",IlII lhA all'plan. o.od ""81 ... In lJood co",lllio" &Dd ... l.D.K o.veBll" piLoting _Il"[qu ...

It slIould be _ Ula''''. pettorm.""" 11110rm.UolI preMnled 111 the ..... p and end .. rance p .... ft1. o"."" .[[ow. for 4!1 minute ....... I"Y. fU.l a, Ih •• peclfllM1 enol .. power. Fu.1 n .... date lor " .... 1 ... le _ "" u.. racomm ... _ te ... n.blllA ... utnl'. Bo .... iAdele""!".'" "ari.bl ..... wuch ... mbtu,.. 1 .... 1"1( wctutlq ..... 11.101 ... elerial' ebr.r_rlflle •.• ''l'\ne &Od prv~lIor cond.llion . ,,<><I al. lu.bul.""" "'.7 _nt for .. "rl",IO'" 01 109b or moro In .... " ..,d ... d ....... "". n..rofOA. It Il Imponanl IO ,,1m ... All .""1I,,bI8 WonnaUon IO "tlm"" th. tuel re.qU;rwI 'o. u.. panlCUlar fileh\..

USE OF PERFORMANCE CHARTS

P~rlo.m.nC9 d"ta ili p.innle<! In !.ab .. l •• or Ilraphi".1 lo"" IO lllus· trate Ihe effOOI or dlffe"'''1 "arl.bles. Sullielently dellliled Info.matl"" t.. provldod ln II>. labl" "" IhM """M.vali"e .. " I"el o.n bo SOlocted IUld ... ed

_ lo do"'nn! ... the p •• U""l. r perlonn"n"" li", .. wlth reuoMblo """,u."cy.

SAMPLE PROBLEM

Tbe tollowlnl( .ampie ml'hI p .... bl.m ulll!ze~ Inform"tio" from u.. v .... iou. ch."'. \O dolermi". \be prtd1cted performa.nce d.llIlor. Iyplco.! mllh~ n.loUO .. 1nlllnfonn.llolll. Imo.,,:

AIRPLANE CONP'IOURATION Tateon _,I>I U""",[e fu.1

TAKEOFF CONOITIONS Plold pNflwro alt\ludt' Temper" ture Wl"" oompo ...... ' aloIIe ........ .,. P'te141 .... &'111

I July 1m

lelO Pound8 14.~ Oallone

IfIOO P_I 28"C ( lS"C abon &ta.n4atd) 12 K"", HncI",1nd

"""~

SECTION 5

PERFORMANCE

CESSNA —

MODEL 152

CRUISE CONDITIONS

Total distance

Pressure altitude

Temperature

Expected wind enroute

LANDING CONDITIONS

Field pressure altitude

Temperature

Field length

TAKEOFF

265 Nautical Miles

5500 Feet

20°C (16°C above standard)

10 Knot Headwind

2000 Feet

25°C

3000 Feet

The takeoff distance chart, figure 5-4, should be consulted, keeping in

mind that the distances shown are based on the short field technique.

Conservative distances can be established by reading the chart at the next

higher value of altitude and temperature. For example, in this particular

sample problem, the takeoff distance information presented for a pressure

altitude of 2000 feet and a temperature of 30°C should be used and results in

the following:

Ground roll 980 Feet

Total distance to clear a 50-foot obstacle 1820 Feet

These distances are well within the available takeoff field length. Howev

er, a correction for the effect of wind may be made based on Note 3 of the

takeoff chart. The correction for a 12 knot headwind is:

12 Knots10% = 13% Decrease

9 Knots

This results in the following distances, corrected for wind:

Ground roll, zero wind

Decrease in ground roll

(980 feet * 13%)

Corrected ground roll

980

127

853 Feet

Total distance to clear a

50-foot obstacle, zero wind 1820

Decrease in total distance

(1820 feet x 13%) 237

Corrected total distance

to clear 5G-foot obstacle 1583 Feet

5-4 1 July 1979

n

n

■

n


SECTtON& PERI"ORMANCE

CRUISE CONDITIOSS Tol&! dl8l&Deo """ou", "nuude Tempera.u,. Es"",,tod w'nd onrouto

LA~'OlNG COl'/J)lTlONS l'leld P"'''''"''' . I, i'udo T.mpe ..... ure FI~ld lengtll

TAKEOFF

CESSNA MODEL lr.ll

* Nou\I",,1 M!lo. MoOO F .... ' eooc (1$' C .bov ..... nd.nI) lO Kno' H .. ,h.lnd

The ,.keofl dl ... n,," obut. Il,,,,. ~·t. obauld bo con.ulta<!. _plnJ lo' mlod Ut., Uto dloa.>" .. oho"," U<o _ on Ut. oho ... flold _nn;qu .. Con""rv .. ,lvo dla .... n ... c~ bo ... ' . blla hod by ",.dlng tho cha .... . ' .bo n.," hlgller valuo 01 aU!tud •• nd toM"" ..... U ..... 1'<>< eumple. In Ut •• portlou' o, """ple problom. tM wc .. " dl .. on.,. .nformatton p, ... nted lo, .. p ..... u ... • ltltu~o 01 0000 le" ,,"d .. ton, poro 'u .... 01 :IO"'C oboald bo aood ...... '.oal" In Ut.lollo"", ",,,

GrouDd roll To'" d'''.''.,. te ~l •• r • &0-'00' oW'""I .

_ ..... t

1820_.

The ... dl, ' arn:a .no w oll wltblo 'ho "voll.h .. tak..,rI I .. ,d 10"S'h. H<>wov· .r .• oo,n •• "lon lo, 'ho ori"". 01 wlnd m.~ be m&do _ On No ... 3 01110 • ... kooff ono ..... Th. e<l'nICt\on lo,. 13 kno. heodwlnd ilo:

,.,

.,.,. ':l'lIo o .. "' ....

Oround ",n. zero .. lnd OeoTO&ll<! ." ""und ",Il

(geO!Od ' la%) Co,"",_ fT""Uod TOII

TOI&! dJo""", te 01 ..... ' .. ~Ioot obo""'; •• ..,rn .. lnd

Dee, .... In te .. 1 dio' ... ". (1820 , ... . \a%)

Cor.-..:te<\ toI&J d',,,,,,,, te <:l .... :11)·1_ "b • ....,i. 1:-83 F ... ,

CESSNA SECTION 5


CRUISE

The cruising altitude should be selected based on a consideration of

trip length, winds aloft, and the airplane's performance. A typical cruising

altitude and the expected wind enroute have been given for this sample

problem. However, the power setting selection for cruise must be deter

mined based on several considerations. These include the cruise perfor

mance characteristics presented in figure 5-7, the range profile chart

presented in figure 5-8, and the endurance profile chart presented in figure

5-9.

The relationship between power and range is illustrated by the range

profile chart. Considerable fuel savings and longer range result when

lower power settings are used. For this sample problem, a cruise power of

approximately 65% will be used.

The cruise performance chart, figure 5-7, is entered at 6000 feet altitude

and 20°C above standard temperature. These values most nearly corres

pond to the planned altitude and expected temperature conditions. The

engine speed chosen is 2400 RPM, which results in the following:

Power 64%

True airspeed 99 Knots

Cruise fuel flow 5.2 GPH

The power computer may be used to determine power and fuel consump

tion more accurately during the flight.

FUEL REQUIRED

The total fuel requirement for the flight may be estimated using the

performance information in figures 5-6 and 5-7. For this sample problem,

figure 5-6 shows that a climb from 2000 feet to 6000 feet requires 1 gallon of

fuel. The corresponding distance during the climb is 9 nautical miles.

These values are for a standard temperature (as shown on the climb chart)

and are sufficiently accurate for most flight planning purposes. However,

a further correction for the effect of temperature may be made as noted on

the climb chart. The approximate effect of a non-standard temperature is to

increase the time, fuel, and distance by 10% for each 10°C above standard

temperature, due to the lower rate of climb. In this case, assuming a

temperature 16°C above standard, the correction would be:

JqJ£ * 10% = 16% Increase

1 July 1979 5-5


lo

-

CESSNA MODI':L l~

CRUISE

l':r.CTION & PERl'ORMANCE

no enH.'nl" o""ud. aMuld "" ", __ oro" ec""d.r.lI"" o, trlp lo "gtb, ... I"do .10" ..... d ,.". ''l'l'I.DO· o po-rlo,moo"". A .ypleo' e", 10;011 oll1'udo oad t~ •• ~~ wln~ 00<00" h"" ","Il Ji~.n lor .hl. oample proble",. How.~." Uto IK"'" .. \llnli' ... 1..,Uoo lo, e ... l .. mua' "" <1<110'_ mlMd _ on .. ~.,al ~1<leraU<>n •. Th ... Inelud. III. ertll .. porlorm.""" eh .. "",leri.,l .. pr .... "..., lo fil"ra &_7. !.h. ""ne. prom. ehan p""",n,",,- In fil"'" a-II. r.nd,.". eodun"OII pr<>lIIe oba .. p", ... nl<ld l" Ilgu'" ,.

Th ... I .. .,on.hlp ""'w". 1K'",., ... d 'knp '" UlulT.tod b~ Ut. T1>lp profll. oh". COn.,d ..... bl. '"01 •• ~Ine ... d l"np' ronp _uh .. h •• 10"0' IK''''' .. 'dnp _ uoed. Fo, ,Ma ... mpl. problom ... o",I".IK''''o, 01 'pprox'm.""y &%..tU bo u_.

Po",o, T .... o.ln"",, erul .. ",., no.. -lI\1 Knot.

~.~ OPlI

no IK''''.' "","pUIO' may bo nMd le d.tonnln. P"W0' and tuoI e>noump _ 1100 !nO" accuratoly dnrlne lIto mehL

FUEl REQUIRED

TIto I<>1&IIu& "",ul",moM lo, 'h. m,hl moy "" e."m.,od ",Ine tho porlonn ..... lnlo"", .""" 'n Ilgu .... 5--tI ""d ti-7. Por thlo • ..."pl. problom. "1JII" 6-3 oho". lIt o, • eli DI b I rom 2000 I ... I<> eooo foel 'oqn l "'. 1 ~,,1.I00 or I~ol. Tb. corre'lK'~dlni di.' ... .,. dnrlog tho cllmb lo D ooulleol mU ••. Tho .. vo.l ... o &re lo, • OIondan:l ""'poo .. 'u ... (U .bO"'B on 1It. ollmb ohan) .nd ... oul1lclonUy """ ....... 10' mo.' flleh. planDlni purpo""" Il'' .... v.r. o lunlte, ""......,1100 lor .h. ofIoo' 01 tempero,"", may bo m ..... o. no_ on "'. o 11mb ob ut. Tho .PP""~'m .... .noc, 01 • Bon_o. ""d.n:I .. mpe ..... u'" l. I<> 'ne ...... "'. "mo. luol. &Dd dW....,. by 10')1, lo, • ..,b 1000C .bov. OI""d.", '.mpo' •• n .... dn. IO 1It. lo .. u ,.to 01 ",1mb. In thio ........ urnlni • '_pe,.'uro ,e' c obov. otand''''.lho OO""","OD woold bo<

l Jnly 1!1n ••

SECTION 5 CESSNA _

PERFORMANCE MODEL 152

With this factor included, the fuel estimate would be calculated as follows:

Fuel to climb, standard temperature 1.0

Increase due to non-standard temperature

(1.0 x 16%) OJL

Corrected fuel to climb , 1.2 Gallons

Total distance 265

Climb distance -10

Cruise distance 255 Nautical Miles

With an expected 10 knot headwind, the ground speed for cruise is

predicted to be:

99

-10

89 Knots

= 2.9 Hours89 Knots

The fuel required for cruise is:

2.9 hours * 5.2 gallons/hour = 15.1 Gallons

The total estimated fuel required is as follows:

Engine start, taxi, and takeoff

Climb

Cruise

Total fuel required

0.8

1.2

15.1

17.1 Gallons

Once the flight is underway, ground speed checks will provide a more

accurate basis for estimating the time enroute and the corresponding fuel

required to complete the trip with ample reserve.

1Using a similar procedure for the distance to climb results in 10 nautical

miles.

The resultant cruise distance is:

Therefore, the time required for the cruise portion of the trip is:

255 Nautical Miles

n

r

n

n

5-6 1 July 1979


SECTION ~ PERFORMANCE

CP;SSNA MODE!. 1.">lI

WIlh Ihl. faclO. inc1ndod. lhe fuei e~[male _nld be ctoIculatod .. fOllo",.,

hellO ,,11mb •• tandard lem~ralnre In .. ~ dII. IO nOIl·atandud Iemp"'Telnre

(1.0· l"') Co."",,1e .. 11mb rMlllIOI In IO nantlcal ",il ...

~

'" Tol&! di,1ADCI C1irnb dl.lance CrulH dleance 2M Nautlcal NHee

Wllh .." _>; pec_ IO il"o' !\u.dw;n<:. \he «""und -v-d for eroI ... 18 predIC_ IO be:

" ... 89 Kno",

Therefo .... \ha Urne requi ... d lor!.he c, .. i.., ""rllon ol i lle Irip 18:

~ N" .. Uc .. 1 Milo •• 2 U H ..... BlI Knoll . o

The fUe' ... qulred lor crui .. io;

2.9 hou ... 52 ,e!lon,. bour ' I~. I Oallone

TIIe IOlel ulunal«l Inel requlred Il .. followe:

Enrlne .<arI. 1&,<1 . end ... ileoff Cllmb 'ru~

o .• U

16.\ ""lal 1 ... 1 reqolred i1.i Oellona

01101 u., High! io und,rway. grouadlpHd clleelul wlU providotemo ... a.ceu .. '" ba.tI •• lor .. ,Imu .... !be c.unttnrou" l.IId lh, oorretlporullnll luel requ.red la compI.", u.. .. Ip wltb a.tnplt toMI'YO.

I J\lly 1&79

-

-

--

-

CESSNA SECTION 5


LANDING

A procedure similar to takeoff should be used for estimating the

landing distance at the destination airport. Figure 5-10 presents landing

distances for various airport altitude and temperature combinations using

the short field technique. The distances corresponding to 2000 feet and 30°C

are as follows:

Ground roll 535 Feet

Total distance to clear a 50-foot obstacle 1300 Feet

A correction for the effect of wind may be made based on Note 2 of the

landing chart using the same procedure as outlined for takeoff.

DEMONSTRATED OPERATING TEMPERATURE

Satisfactory engine cooling has been demonstrated for this airplane

with an outside air temperature 23°C above standard. This is not to be

considered as an operating limitation. Reference should be made to

Section 2 for engine operating limitations.

1 July 1979 5-7


CESSNA MODEL 1511

LANOING

SECTION & PERFORMANCE

A pn><*lur$ s1mUu IO IalltoOtl lIhould bo UM for .. Um.&tl.ag u.. l.an<ll.ac& d.lS1.&o>00 &I u.. cluU".t1o:a airpol'\. l'I", ... $-10 p ....... nta 1 ... d.l1I1I: clWI.&DOU lo. vuiou&airpol1.llItuoSe ... cI Iempenru ... oomblnat1o". n.I"1l !be .11011 tleld toobnlque. n.e d'...." ...... oo"""poncli ne lo 1l1OOO le<d and 3O"C ue al follo ... e:

Orouod roll To1.aI dlllt&Jl ... IO cl ... . SOoloot _Ude

A 00 ....... 11011 fo. lbe ef1eot 01 wlod ma, be made _ 00 Note I ol lbe I:tu>dirlr eh.It.l1 usinI' III ....... p~u"' ... OtIl11ned 101" tal<eoff.

DEMONSTRATED OPERATING TEMPERATURE

Satlllfaeooty enrlne cooHnl Il .. baen d..-nonstral<:d lo. !bi. alrpl..,e ",1111 en outalde .1. 18m""rah .... 23' C above Itandard. Tltls I. 110\10 bo ""n.'d,.'" •• sn "!Mn.tinll lllnltUIOIl. Roleronoe .honld be made IO s.<:Uon 2 far ,olfine OP\l.aUllr llmltaUo ....

l July 1m

SECTION 5

PERFORMANCE

CESSNA

MODEL 152

AIRSPEED CALIBRATION

CONDITIONS:

Power required for level flight or maximum rated RPM dive.

FLAPS UP

KIAS

KCAS

FLAPS 10°

KIAS

KCAS

FLAPS 30°

KIAS

KCAS

40

46

40

44

40

43

50

53

50

52

50

51

60

60

60

61

60

61

70

69

70

70

70

71

80

78

80

80

80

82

90 100 110 120 130 140

88 97 107 117 127 136

CM

PR

07

Figure 5-1. Airspeed Calibration

5-8 1 July 1979

"

"

n

n

n

n


SECTION 5 PERP'OllMANCE

AIRSPE ED CALIBRATION

ctlf'lDlTIONS _ ~ Iot _ I\ltfn "" _ ........ '""" RI'M d,,",.

,~~

,,~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ,~ '" ,~ • U ~ 5 n • " '" HAPSlo"

"M ~ • ~ ~ ~ • ... . .. ,~ ~ " " ~ • • ,~".

,,~ ~ • • ~ • • ,~ ~ " " " • " . . . . . .

P'!F're $ - L. A!r.peed Callbrallon

,~ ,,,

. . .

. . .

CESSNA NODE t. lli2

,~ ,~

'" ,~

. . . · . . . . · ..

· . . .. · ..

I Jull' 111'19

CESSNA

MODEL 152

SECTION 5

PERFORMANCE

TEMPERATURE CONVERSION CHART

120

100

80

(30

X

40

20

-20

-40 e

-40 -20 0 20

DEGREES - CELSIUS

40

Figure 5-2. Temperature Conversion Chart

1 July 1979


TEMPERATURE CONVERSION CHART

-

, i •

l Jul)' une

SECTION 5

PERFORMANCE

CESSNA

MODEL 152

STALL SPEEDS

CONDITIONS:

Power Off

NOTES:

1. Altitude loss during a stall recovery may be as much as 160 feet.

2. KIAS values are approximate and are based or airspeed calibration data with power off.

MOST REARWARD CENTER OF GRAVITY

WEIGHT

LBS

1670

FLAP

DEFLECTION

UP

10°

30°

ANGLE OF BANK

0°

KIAS

36

36

31

KCAS

46

43

41

30°

KIAS

39

39

33

KCAS

49

46

44

45°

KIAS

43

43

37

KCAS

55

51

49

60°

KIAS

51

51

44

KCAS

65

61

58

MOST FORWARD CENTER OF GRAVITY

WEIGHT

LBS

1670

FLAP

DEFLECTION

UP

10°

30°

ANGLE OF BANK

0°

KIAS

40

40

35

KCAS

48

46

43

30°

KIAS

43

43

38

KCAS

52

49

46

45°

KIAS

48

48

42

KCAS

57

55

51

60°

KIAS

57

57

49

KCAS

68

65

61

Figure 5-3. Stall Speeds

~

P5-10 1 July 1979


SECT!ON ~ PERFORMANCE

NO"IU,

STALL SPEEDS

, ___ ..... ,--. ................. ,10)_

CESSNA MODEl..l~

2. ~,A!i_ ... _ .. ___ .. __ .... ,.; .. _"".

MOST REARWARO CENTER OF GRAVITY

AN<llEO' a.N~

WE'GIIT M • ". ~ W O€flEcr'ON .' ". . ~ " . . ~ " . .~ . '.9 "" ~ • • • • .. • " • .... •• • .. • • " .. .. .. ". " .. " • " • • •

MOST FORWARO CENTER OF GRAV!TY

ANGUOf IANK

WE'OHT .~. • ". .' ~ CO, DEniCTIOH

". "" ". . ~ " . .~, ". .~ ~ • • " " • .. .. • .... .. • • " • • .. .. .. ". • " • • .. .. .. ..

... 1 J~ly 1!1?9

CESSNA

MODEL 152 ^'SECTION 5

PERFORMANCE

WIND COMPONENTS

NOTE:

Maximum demonstrated crosswind velocity is 12 knots (not a limitation).

oz

2LJJ

c

u

Q

Z

i

5 10 15 20 25

CROSSWIND COMPONENT - KNOTS

30

Figure 5-4. Wind Components

20 April 1982 5-10A (5-10B BLANK)


CESSNA MODEL 1~2

.,,, WIND COMPQNENTS

SECTION ~ PERFORM ANCE

.......... '" _OVltl<1<t_ -. .. lo 12 _"" .. !_. nm.,,_1

o • • o < • •

• • ~ < , • • ~ 8 o • •

o • i " , •

Fl"". $·4 Wllld Compontnts

2(1 AprIll\lSI 5-10A (S- IOB BLAHK)

II

[

TAKEOFFDISTANCE

SHORT

FIELD

CONDITIONS:

Flaps10°

FullThrottle

Priorto

Brake

Release

Paved,

Level,DryRunway

ZeroWind

NOTES:

1.Short

fieldtechnique

asspecified

inSection

4.

2.Priortotakeofffrom

fields

above3000

feetelevation,themixtureshouldbe

leaned

to

givemaximumRPM

ina

full

throttle,

staticrunup.

3.Decreasedistances10%

foreach9knotsheadwind.

Foroperationwithtailwindsup

to10

knots,increasedistancesby10%

foreach2

knots.

4.Foroperationon

adry,grassrunway,

increasedistancesby15%

ofthe"ground

roll"figure.

i ra to

WEIGHT

LBS

1670

TAKEOFF

SPEED

KIAS

LIFT

OFF

50

AT

SOFT

54

PRESS

ALT

FT

S.L.

1000

2000

3000

4000

5000

6000

7000

8000

GRND

ROLL

640

705

775

855

940

1040

1145

1270

1405

0°C TOTAL

TOCLEAR

50FTOBS

1190

1310

1445

1600

1775

1970

2200

2470

2800

50*F

io°c

GRND

ROLL

695

765

840

925

1020

1125

1245

1375

1525

TOTAL

TOCLEAR

50FTOBS

1290

1420

1565

1730

1920

2140

2395

2705

3080

GRND

ROLL

755

825

910

1000

1100

1215

1345

1490

1655

?0°C TOTAL

TOCLEAR

50FTOBS

1390

1530

1690

1870

2080

2320

2610

2960

3395

c.'•-

,30°C

GRND

ROLL

810

890

980

1080

1190

1315

1455

1615

1795

TOTAL

TOCLEAR

50FTOBS

1495

1645

1820

2020

2250

2525

2855

3255

3765

GRND

ROLL

875

960

1055

1165

1285

1420

1570

1745

1940

40°C

TOTAL

TOCLEAR

50FTOBS

1605

1770

1960

2185

2440

2750

3125

3590

4195

3 S asi I8

Figure

5-4.

TakeoffDistance

S)


--

•

-

ct:SSNA ,",OOJ;;L t!j2

'July '8'7\1

SECTlON~ PI':RI"ORMANCI':

J o

J i , , "

SECTION 5

PERFORMANCE

CESSNA

MODEL 152

RATE OF CLIMB

MAXIMUM

CONDITIONS:

Flaps Up

Full Throttle

NOTE:

Mixture leaned above 3000 feet for maximum RPM.

WEIGHT

LBS

1670

PRESS

ALT

FT

S.L.

2000

4000

6000

8000

10,000

12,000

CLIMB

SPEED

KIAS

67

66

65

63

62

61

60

RATE OF CLIMB - FPM

-20°C

835

735

635

535

440

340

245

0°C

765

670

570

475

380

285

190

20°C

700

600

505

415

320

230

135

40°C

630

535

445

355

265

175

85

n

n

n

n

Figure 5-5. Rate of Climb

5-12 1 July 1979


SECTION ~ PERFORMANCE

CONDltlOftS ... ~ ~_.

NOTE.

RATE OF CLlMB

IMAXIMUMI

CESSNA MODEL 1511

MI,,,, .. _ ... 3000 "'"'!or ............ "PM.

MIlO"' ,"W Cll .. a !\AH Df Cl/Me _ fPM ." ~" C" " "M -"'" '" "'" "" ,,~ ' L " ., .. ~ ~ = M '" .ro - •• - • ., ,ro ~ ., - • ~ ". '" ~, - " - - m ~ ID.IDI " ~ - m '" ,,~ • "' 'M '" U

l'tp'' ~II. R.'" of Cl!mb

'" I July 1979

-

-

CESSNA

MODEL 152

SECTION 5

PERFORMANCE

TIME, FUEL, AND DISTANCE TO CLIMB

|MAXIMUM RATE OF CLIMB]

CONDITIONS:

Flaps Up

Full Throttle

Standard Temperature

NOTES:

1. Add 0.8 of a gallon of fuel for engine start, taxi and takeoff allowance.

2. Mixture leaned above 3000 feet for maximum RPM.

3. Increase time, fuel and distance by 10% for each 10°C above standard temperature.

4. Distances shown are based on zero wind.

WEIGHT

LBS

1670

PRESSURE

ALTITUDE

FT

S.L.

1000

2000

3000

3Si Id

4000

500055OC

6000

7000

8000

9000

10,000

11,000

12,000

TEMP

°C

15

13

11

9

%

7

5

35

1

-1

-3

-5

-7

-9

CLIMB

SPEED

KIAS

67

66

66

6565

65

64

63

63

62

62

61

61

60

RATE OF

CLIMB

FPM

715

675

630

590

550

5054?5465

425

380

340

300

255

215

FROM SEA LEVEL

TIME

MIN

0

1

3

5

6

8

110

"•513

15

18

21

25

29

FUEL USED

GALLONS

0

0.2

0.4

0.7

0.9

1.2Ii31.41,55

1.7

2.0

2.3

2.6

3.0

3.4

DISTANCE

NM

0

2

3

5

7

9

1213

14

17

21

25

29

34

Figure 5-6. Time, Fuel, and Distance to Climb

1 July 1979 5-13


-

-

-

CESSNA MOOEI. I~

8 ECTION ~ PEflI"ORMANCE

TIME , FUEl, ANO OISTANCE TO ClIMB

CONDlTlQHS,

""'''' ~-~ ~l_·_

NOTES

IMAXIMUM RATE OF cLiMal

' . _o..eol.~l1o"oI",", .... _-.. ... i __ I. _ 2. Ni ...... __ 3000 .................... R .... 3. .....- ti ..... "'"' .... _ bi' 10lI0 lo< -" IO"(; ___ ....... .. 00-- _ ... _ "" .... .. twt.

PIIESSURE CI.l~1 AlIfE OF FROM SE .... LtVtL Wt:1 .. HT ALTITUO[

,,~

~" CL'''''' ~,

" " KIAS "" T'ME FUELVSEO O,srANCE

"" ...... UONS , . "" Le " " ", o o o

,- " • .. , o., , - " • ~ , O, , - • • ~ ,

" ,

•

""" , • ~

, ., , - , • o:" I : .~ • l • - c ., .. '.' " • , ,- , ~ '"

., .., .. - , ., - " " " - ., ., ~ " ,.,

" 10.0lIl ., " ~ "

,. a 11.0lIl .,

" ~ a ,. • " .... ., • ,,, • " •

1 July 19?a $ · 13

SECTION 5

PERFORMANCE

CESSNA

MODEL 152

~

CRUISE PERFORMANCE

CONDITIONS:

1670 Pounds

Recommended Lean Mixture (See Section 4, Cruise)

NOTE:

Cruise speeds are shown for an airplane equipped with speed fairings which increase the speeds

by approximately two knots.

PRESSURE

A I TITI I PlPML I M U L/C

FT

2000

4000

6000

8000

10,000

12,000

ROMnrlvl

2400

2300

2200

2100

2000

2450

2400

2300

2200

2100

2000

2500

2400

2300

2200

2100

2000

2550

2500

2400

2300

2200

2100

2500

2400

2300

2200

2100

2450

2400

2300

2200

2100

20°C BELOW

STANDARD

%

BHP

71

62

55

49

76

67

60

53

48

72

64

57

51

46

76

68

61

55

49

72

65

58

53

48

65

62

56

51

47

KTAS

97

92

87

81

102

96

91

86

81

101

96

90

85

80

- _ _

105

100

95

90

84

105

99

94

89

83

101

99

93

88

82

FEMP

GPH

5.7

5.1

4.5

4.1

6.1

5.4

4.8

4.4

3.9

5.8

5.2

4.6

4.2

3.8

6.2

5.5

5.0

4.5

4.1

5.8

5.3

4.7

4.3

4.0

5.3

5.0

4.6

4.2

3.9

STANDARD

TEMPERATURE

%

BHP

75

66

59

53

47

75

71

63

56

51

46

75

67

60

54

49

45

75

71

64

58

52

48

68

61

56

51

46

62

59

54

49

45

KTAS

101

96

91

86

80

103

101

95

90

85

80

105

100

95

89

84

79

107

104

99

94

89

83

103

98

93

88

82

100

97

92

87

81

GPH

6.1

5.4

4.8

4.3

3.9

6.1

5.7

5.1

4.6

4.2

3.8

6.1

5.4

4.9

4.4

4.0

3.7

6.1

5.8

5.2

4.7

4.3

3.9

5.5

5.0

4.5

4.2

3.9

5.0

4.8

4.4

4.1

3.8

20°C ABOVE

STANDARD

%

BHP

70

63

56

51

46

70

67

60

54

49

45

71

64

57

52

48

44

71

67

61

55

51

46

64

58

53

49

45

59

56

52

48

44

KTAS

101

95

90

85

79

102

100

95

89

84

78

104

99

94

88

83

77

106

103

98

93

87

82

103

97

92

86

81

99

96

91

85

79

TEMP

GPH

5.7

5.1

4.6

4.2

3.8

5.7

5.4

4.9

4.4

4.0

3.7

5.7

5.2

4.7

4.3

3.9

3.6

5.7

5.4

4.9

4.5

4.2

3.8

5.2

4.8

4.4

4.0

3.8

4.8

4.6

4.3

4.0

3.7

n

n

n

n

n

Figure 5-7. Cruise Performance

5-14 1 July 1979


S~CTION ~ PEHI'ORMANCE

cQNOITIONS 1870_"'"

CR UISE PERF ORM ANC E

~OCOi" i .""'d t.o.1 MI" u .. ISo< SootIO<\ 4. Ctuiool NOTE:

CESS NA M OO!;;L 152

en.i .. _ ... """"" lo< an .UpI ..... _'~ ",irll _ foitlngo ""''''' """- the ~ "" _o,i",ot"~ ...., knotL

,,~ "" ,,~

"" " " '.7

" " ,. ,

~ " •• .. " •. , " '" •. , ro '" " "

,,, •. , " ,,, .,

" ' 00 " " ~ ,. " " ,. , 00 " u

00 " .. • 00 •• • • • •• " .. .. " .. ., .. .. ••• .. " ••• .. • .. " " .,

" '" " " ,. .. ,

" '" •• " '00 " .. " ••• .. .. • •• 00 .. •• " " .., " • •• • ~ •• " "

.., " " ••• " " ••• .. " u .. • • •• " " " .. " ...

" '" .. , " ,. ..,

" ,. ••• " ,. " " ''" ,. .. '00 " .. " " " .. •• " .. " • .. •. , " " '.' .. • • •• " "

.., " " ••• .. .. •. , .. " ,. .. " • ••

10.000 " '" •• " ,,,

" " ,,, •••

" .. ••• " .. '" .. " •• • " .., .. " ... " " ••• " " ••• " .. ••• .. .. • • .. " ••• .. " u " " " " ... .. " ... " '" .. .. .. " •• • •• .. .. .. .. '.' .. •• " " " " •• .. .. , .. " •• " " .. " .. " ...

Figure ~·7. Crul~. P.rlom1l\noo

... l July 11179

-

CESSNA

MODEL 152

SECTION 5

PERFORMANCE

RANGE PROFILE

45 MINUTES RESERVE

24.5 GALLONS USABLE FUEL

CONDITIONS:

1670 Pounds

Recommended Lean Mixture for Cruise


Zero Wind

NOTES:

1. This chart allows for the fuel used for engine start, taxi, takeoff and climb, and the

distance during climb as shown in figure 5-6.

2. Performance is shown for an airplane equipped with speed fairings which increase

the cruise speeds by approximately two knots.

12,000

10,000

8000

6000

4000

2000 -

S.L.

i_

LL

OQ_

i

A

■s/

fM

K

c

i

Sjy

07

TAS

M05

KTAS

100

"KTA

<o

S"

i

s

T~

102

_J

S

98

.KTAS

34

KTAS"

8(

K

9'

K

1i

30

<TAS1

-61

a

cI

<

A

Cu

i*

) _^

TAQ-

in

TAS

L79

KTAS

II

300 350 400 450 500

RANGE - NAUTICAL MILES

Figure 5-8. Range Profile (Sheet 1 of 2)

1 July 1979 5-15


--

CESSNA MODEL 152

NOTES

RANGE PROFllE 45 MINUTES RESER\lE

24.6 GALLONS USASLE FUEL

SECTION 6 PEHYO RM Io.NCE

1. n... ......... _10< .... ,... _ "" ................. ~...- ..... d_._ ..... _ ........ d_ .. _;"r_5-6 z. ,...,....-10 _ Io! .. ____ ,"""",,""" __ ,ho CNioo _ W _, ___ .

• • • • •

! <

R ..... GE kA.U1'Ic.A~ MILES

1 July 11179

nSECTION 5

PERFORMANCE

CESSNA

MODEL 152

RANGE PROFILE

45 MINUTES RESERVE


CONDITIONS:

1670 Pounds



Zero Wind

NOTES:

1. This chart allows for the fuel used for engine start, taxi, takeoff and climb, and the

distance during climb as shown in figure 5-6.

2. Performance is shown for an airplane equipped with speed fairings which increase

the cruise speeds by approximately two knots.

12,000

10,000

1X18000

LJJ

g 6000

4000

2000

S.L.

_

■«

-Ca.

1

\,

/I

r

1

5

/

M07

-KTAS

105

KTAS

/KTAS

1

c

a

_

nV<->

i

/If

cc

I

02

<ta:

1 1

■98

KTAS

TA S

(

-iu

lL

I

1r

8

94 p80

KTAS]"KTAS

11

_KTAS

7

TAS"

—

u

5

sn

179

KTAS

"77

;ktas

500 550 600 650 700

RANGE - NAUTICAL MILES

Figure 5-8. Range Profile (Sheet 2 of 2)

750

5-16 1 July 1979

n

n

n

n

n

n

-

n

n



COND,nQHS, ,~-

RANGE PRQFllE 45 MINUTES RESERVE

37 .5 GALLONS USABLE FUEL

"'" .... _ ~ .. :. ..... lo< 0\01.

-~,----HOTI:S:

CESSNA MODEL 152

1 TM ....... _ lo< "'" ..... _ '''' .......... ..... ....... " _ d ...... _ "'" ~_ do"'" _ • _ In "" .. H.

2. _~_ ...... ...,.,...._1, , __ tMInao_m."'" cn.- _ by _0._,"", _ .........

~_16

, , 5 <

I JIliy 1979

-

CESSNA

MODEL 152

SECTION 5

PERFORMANCE

ENDURANCE PROFILE

45 MINUTES RESERVE


CONDITIONS:

1670 Pounds



NOTE:

This chart allows for the fuel used for engine start, taxi, takeoff and climb, and the

time during climb as shown in figure 5-6.

LU

Q

3

12,000

10,000

8000

6000

4000

2000

S.L.

>

k(

/

cc11 [

i

I

L

I

kf

III

:

|

3 4 5

ENDURANCE - HOURS

Figure 5-9. Endurance Profile (Sheet 1 of 2)

1 July 1979 5-17


-C~SSNA MODl:Llli:!

COHOIllONS 1810_

ENDURANCE PROFllE 45 MINUTES RESERVE

24,5 GALLONS USABLE FUEL

P ..... _ ~ _ ......... ç,...,. ~T_",r.

NOn:


n.;, dIon _ to. .... tuoi _ "" ___ ....... "", .. II .... .-c. ..... ... ..... durint cIImb __ .. fi9Itt K

, .

(NOURIoNCE· 1tOU1I$

Fll\lre 5·9. Endll_ PO'OlUe (Sile« I or a)

I luly 1!I7V .. ,

SECTION 5

PERFORMANCE

CESSNA

MODEL 152

ENDURANCE PROFILE

45 MINUTES RESERVE


CONDITIONS:

1670 Pounds



NOTE:

This chart allows for the fuel used for engine start, taxi, takeoff and climb, and the

time during climb as shown in figure 5-6.

12,000

10,000

I-

LUU.

8000

6000a

< 4000

2000

S.L.

ky

i<

jf

c1

— l;

(

SI

II

DL

(

—

i

|ccl_u

— <

r

(

Jj

nl<*]

1

|

7 8 9

ENDURANCE - HOURS

10

Figure 5-9. Endurance Profile (Sheet 2 of 2)

5-18 1 July 1979

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n

n


SECl'ION o PERFORMANCE

COfIDlTIONS; IUO_

ENDURANCE PROFILE 4 5 M INUTES RESERVE


I!oc " ,.,_ ~ MI . ..... lo< CPuI. S<>n<Iorl1owo '- "" ~ "'"" fop ....... ".". la><L ,"ho" ond cl_. ond .... dmo <k>rlnI c.l1~ .. _ In n,.n. !>-6 .

•

ngur. &.11. Endu rance Proflle (Sh .. ' l 011)

~·18 l July 19"79

LANDINGDISTANCE

SHORT

FIELD

Cn I ro

o CO

I—

33.z

CONDITIONS:

Flaps30°

Power

Off

Maximum

Braking

Paved,

Level,DryRunway

ZeroWind

NOTES:

1.Short

fieldtechnique

asspecified

inSection

4.

2.Decrease

distances10%

foreach9

knotsheadwind.

Foroperation

with

tailwindsup

to

10

knots,

increase

distancesby10%

foreach

2knots.

3.Foroperationon

adry,

grassrunway,

increase

distancesby45%

of

the"ground

roll"

figure.

4.If

alandingwith

flapsup

isnecessary,

increasetheapproach

speedby

7KIAS

and

allow

for35%

longer

distances.

WEIGHT

LBS

1670

SPEED

AT

50FT

KIAS

54

PRESS

ALT

FT

S.L.

1000

2000

3000

4000

5000

6000

7000

8000

3t

\

GRND

ROLL

FT

450

465

485

500

520

540

560

585

605

0°C

TOTAL

FT

TOCLEAR

50FTOBS

1160

1185

1215

1240

1275

1305

1340

1375

1410

t""'

GRND

ROLL

FT

465

485

500

520

540

560

580

605

630

10°C

TOTALFT

TOCLEAR

50FTOBS

1185

1215

1240

1275

1305

1335

1370

1410

1450

GRND

ROLL

FT

485

500

520

540

560

580

605

625

650

20°C

TOTALFT

TOCLEAR

50FTOBS

1215

1240

1270

1305

1335

1370

1410

1440

1480

y,

P

GRND

ROLL

FT

500

520

535

560

580

600

625

650

675

30°C

TOTALFT

TOCLEAR

50FTOBS

1240

1270

1300

1335

1370

1400

1440

1480

1520

IO-{

f

GRND

ROLL

FT

515

535

555

575

600

620

645

670

695

40°C

TOTALFT

TOCLEAR

50FTOBS

1265

1295

1330

1360

1400

1435

1475

1515

1555

Figure

5-11.

LandingDistance


SECTION ~ _ PERFORMA. ... CE

! f • • I I •

j~ , ~

, , ;"''lI

; 'l w '. u , " - z ., .'"

" c "~ " >- _s "

"l ;1 '" • - - " " " ;1 " • o ,

Z ~ ~ • • • " ~l Il z

_:I ii .1 .Ii" ii "i .. !l~ '" ~ 8 ~ i - '. i ii ~ "; ~~·~i

! . " &- - --

l W'l 1& ;u~ ~

, l- '1lil! E~5 E!i .;.;!l~ &; "~ "~~"W .., .. _."

Wll! L ••

CESSNA MOOEL 152

U~~8)!l:!!::!~ __ ~_:o::o::o:~~

..., .. "' .. ~lil .. :;:?'" .;;::1::::;:; ",;",$

i:i<~)!l:;!8i:i>l NN " .......... ---------§!!~n~~~

:!!i:;:?"'~~~'i!il ~~~8~~:o::o::o:

• , , ·I!U····

Q

• .. 1lI!i!"'<D • , •

"'''<)'''~:!!'''':iI "'_ ... ~ ... -::~~~_~~:o::!:

j

--!!§!UUI , • <

S~~'i~S'i~~ -- ........ ..,..,., ... ---------!!!§!ml

~mnm

• • , •

5- 19(5-20 BLANK)

CESSNA SECTION 6

MODEL 152 WEIGHT & BALANCE/

EQUIPMENT LIST

SECTION 6

WEIGHT & BALANCE/

EQUIPMENT LIST

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

Introduction 6-3

Airplane Weighing Procedures 6-3

Weight And Balance 6-6

Equipment List 6-13

1 July 1979 6-1/(6-2 blank)


CESSNA MODEL 162

SECTION 8 WE!OHT '" BALANCEI

EQUIPMENT L1ST

SECTION 6 WEIGHT & BALANCEI

EQUIPMENT LlST

TA8LE QF CQNTENTS

IntToduclio n ....••••• Airpla ... W.iplns Prooed" ..... W. '1{1It An<l tlaUU."" Equ;plDea! L;~\ •......

1 July 1m

•

'. 6·3 •• " .6- 13

6.1 /(8.2 bl&.l:tkJ

CESSNA SECTION 6


EQUIPMENT LIST

INTRODUCTION

This section describes the procedure for establishing the basic empty

weight and moment of the airplane. Sample forms are provided for

reference. Procedures for calculating the weight and moment for various

operations are also provided. A comprehensive list of all Cessna equip

ment available for this airplane is included at the back of this section.

It should be noted that specific information regarding the weight, arm,

moment and installed equipment list for this airplane can only be found in

the appropriate weight and balance records carried in the airplane.

It is the responsibility of the pilot to ensure that the airplane is loaded

properly.

AIRPLANE WEIGHING PROCEDURES

1. Preparation:

a. Inflate tires to recommended operating pressures.

b. Remove the fuel tank sump quick-drain fittings and fuel line

drain plug to drain all fuel.

c. Remove oil sump drain plug to drain all oil.

d. Move sliding seats to the most forward position.

e. Raise flaps to the fully retracted position.

f. Place all control surfaces in neutral position.

2. Leveling:

a. Place scales under each wheel (500# minimum capacity for

scales).

b. Deflate nose tire and/ or lower or raise the nose strut to center

bubble on level (see figure 6-1).

3. Weighing:

a. With the airplane level and brakes released, record the weight

shown on each scale. Deduct the tare, if any, from each reading.

4. Measuring:

a. Obtain measurement A by measuring horizontally (along the

airplane center line) from a line stretched between the main

wheel centers to a plumb bob dropped from the firewall.

b. Obtain measurement B by measuring horizontally and paral

lel to the airplane center line, from center of nose wheel axle,

left side, to a plumb bob dropped from the line between the main

wheel centers. Repeat on right side and average the measure

ments.

5. Using weights from item 3 and measurements from item 4, the

airplane weight and C.G. can be determined.

6. Basic Empty Weight may be determined by completing figure 6-1.

1 July 1979 6-3


-

CESSNA MODEL I~

INTRODUCTION

6ECTION 8 WEIOHT,. BALANCE/

EQUIPMENT LIST

TIII. _I"" desor1bM Ula p..-..... fo. alJlabUablq lba b .... 1c amplJ' wel(tbt and mOmant or UI. &l'pl ...... S_pl. lo.nu &re pro~l_ (or referen .... P..-" ... ' .... cale"l.UIl. U.a .allhl IUId m01llt1l1 lo. ~a.rio ... ope •• Uon ...... 1_ pl'OYid-"-. A oomp ... h~"o Il.1 or • .u Ce .. ". equip' manO .vallable fo. IbUl .Irpl .... o I. lDOhKIec1.1 lba bacli: or ibis """Ilo<>.

Il abould ba oo!ed lb" lpeoltlc Inlcnn,"lon .... U'dIDIUI .... tlhl, anno motOe," &Dd 1D.atallecl equlpment un I"..lbl. drpl.,.,.""" nnly ba found In lbe approprl~ .el,," and bal.,.,.,. ..... n:I. cani..:! I .. u.. airpl .....

Il 1& tb .... ponatbUlty olUl. pllol \O ...... N lbal UI .... 'pl .... 'a loo.ded proper!,..

AIAPLANE WEIGHING PROCEDUAES

I . Prep .... tIO" : a. Innate ti ..... \O reoomm~lIded. OP'l,alin&, pf'llllWl1te11. b. fUmo"e tba ( ... 1 tanli: tump qulck ·dn.lll HUlIIIIS end fUolllno

d.dn plulillO dn.ln .11 fU.1. e. Remo". oll lump dr.LD plu, \O draln 1111 otl. d. Movll slldlllilleats to Ilio molli lonorard """IUon. e. RaI ... n.p. \O Iho fully re"ao\ec1 pa.ltlon . t. PI""".II oon l rol ,urfaoes In noul.&1 poRtllan.

2. LoveUnlr. R. 1'\."" ""al .. und ... ",,11 wllu l (&OlIO mlnlmum capaci'.)' fn.

""al .. ). b. D_f!a\Ol nO.~ Uro .nd/or lowo. Or ,al.o Ih. no •• olrullO canlu

- bubblo on 10".1 (He fl,uro e· I ). a. W.'lIhing:

L w.lb Ilio .Irplano 10".1 and brallu NlLelo.Mld. record the we!glH abown on 0",,11 10.10. DedUQI tbc tare.1f eny .trom tr.ch ",OI.ding.

4 Me ..... !"1r. L Oblaln m ... u •• ",.nl /I. by me .. urlnll I>orl~ntally (.lonllll>e

0.1'1'1.". ""nle. lIne) lrom • lIne .I",teh..:! bel .... ..., lI>e m .. !n ",1>"1 ""nlenl<>. pluml> bob dmppe<l !lvrn!h. n",waU.

II. ObC&.ln m ........ "'.nI8 b)' m ..... rln,; bori:oont&lly and p • ...t. I.l I<> u.. aI",lan. Unlar Iln •. (rom OInlcr 01 "u_ ",b_1 &.d •. le(lalde. 1<>. plumb bobdroppeo:! lrom tb~ lin. bootw .... n \be molO wboel ""nleN. Repeat On r llllt .ide end aveRlI' tbe me ........ menlL

S U.lna .. elahle lrom luom 3 and moas .. nnnen" fmm ltem 4. \be .Irpl .... ",elahl and C.O. O"" ba de1.ermlned..

8 . I/.a8!Q .:mpl)' W.I&,hl mRy be detormlnec1 by oompleUnli fI .... re8. 1.

l J .. ly limi

SECTION 6

WEIGHT & BALANCE/

EQUIPMENT LIST

Datum (Firewall, Front Face)

Sta. 0.0

N L & R

CESSNA

MODEL 152

Level on Leveling Screws

(Left Side of Tailcone)

Scale Position

Left Wheel

Right Wheel

Nose Wheel

Scale Reading Tare

Sum of Net Weights (As Weighed)

Symbol

L

R

N

W

Net Weight

X = ARM= (A)-(N) x (B) ; X = (

W

)x ( ) IN.

"

~

Item

Airplane Weight (From Item 5, page 6-3)

Add Oil:

No Oil Filter (6 Qts at 7.5 Lbs/Gal)

With Oil Filter (7 Qts at 7.5 Lbs/Gal)

Add Unusable Fuel:

Std. Tanks (1.5 Gal at 6 Lbs/Gal)

L.R. Tanks (1.5 Gal at 6 Lbs/Gal)

Equipment Changes

Airplane Basic Empty Weight

Moment/1000

Weight (Lbs.) X C.G. Arm (In.) = (Lbs.-ln.)

-14.7

-14.7

40.0

40.0

6-4

Figure 6-1. Sample Airplane Weighing

1 July 1979

"

n


SECTION e WE!GliT "" BJI,.LANCE/ P.QUU·);\ENT WST

--,-~-.. '---

Do ...... m._. ~."'" fo .. ! ~ ..

N l ."

-......

............ _., .... _' ,- -,

• , •

• ",---:--,-' C',, --;_". , , X· .... ·(.t.I·I ~)."I . • · , -

'- Iltlo.l li c.a."m Il • .1 ,

""::. Qi~ Fil,.. " Ott .. 1.$ ~011 " '"

,~ , ~ lift.T~

CESSNA MODEL 152

--,

I IN.

, ,

1 Jul)' 18'111

SAMPLEWEIGHTANDBALANCERECORD

Continuous

HistoryofChanges

inStructureor

AIRPLANEMODEL

DATE

ITEM

NO.

In

Out

DESCRIPTION

OFARTICLEORMODIFICATION

Equipment

AffectingWeightandBalance

SERIALNUMBER

PAGENUMBER

WEIGHTCHANGE

ADDED

(+)

Wt.

(Ib.

)

Arm

(In.)

Moment

/1000

REMOVED

(-)

Wt.

(Ib.)

Arm

(In.)

Moment

/1000

RUNNIN

EMPTY

V

Wt.

(Ib.)

GBASIC

HEIGHT

Moment

/1000

an

to

a;

Figure

6-2.

SampleWeightandBalanceRecord

M 0 i—i

S M z r

0 a 8° WCfi

?*^

n^

~-

en


-

---

CESSN~ MOOt.:L 1~2

o ~ o u w ~

w u z < ~ < 00 O Z < ~ I ~ W ~ W ~ ~ , < 00

l l I • f J • l l

• ! •

l ·

• • • • • • , < ~

• ! • -< , ~

-• I -j • • •

l Ju11' 1979

~, Il " ., H " ~!

" , Il • n -ì --• • -, .-.

• ,. • li • , -• -o ,-, .. ~

o • .. • g l , .

, ! i ~ , . , -,

• < • o

, , • , • , , -• ,

SECTION e W!':TGlfT .lo DALANCEI

EQUlPMENT 1.1ST

: , • <

••

SECTION 6 CESSNA

WEIGHT & BALANCE/ MODEL 152

EQUIPMENT LIST

WEIGHT AND BALANCE

The following information will enable you to operate your Cessna

within the prescribed weight and center of gravity limitations. To figure

weight and balance, use the Sample Problem, Loading Graph, and Center

of Gravity Moment Envelope as follows:

Take the basic empty weight and moment from appropriate weight and

balance records carried in your airplane, and enter them in the column

titled YOUR AIRPLANE on the Sample Loading Problem.

NOTE

In addition to the basic empty weight and moment noted on

these records, the C.G. arm (fuselage station) is also

shown, but need not be used on the Sample Loading

Problem. The moment which is shown must be divided by

1000 and this value used as the moment/1000 on the loading

problem.

Use the Loading Graph to determine the moment/1000 for each

additional item to be carried; then list these on the loading problem.

NOTE

Loading Graph information for the pilot, passengers and

baggage is based on seats positioned for average occu

pants and baggage loaded in the center of the baggage

areas as shown on the Loading Arrangements diagram.

For loadings which may differ from these, the Sample

Loading Problem lists fuselage stations for these items to

indicate their forward and aft C.G. range limitation (seat

travel and baggage area limitation). Additional moment

calculations, based on the actual weight and C.G. arm

(fuselage station) of the item being loaded, must be made if

the position of the load is different from that shown on the

Loading Graph.

Total the weights and moments/1000 and plot these values on the

Center of Gravity Moment Envelope to determine whether the point falls

within the envelope, and if the loading is acceptable.

"

6-6 1 July 1979

n

il


SECTION 6 WEIOHT '" IIA!.ANCE,;/ k:QU1PMENT UST

WEIGHT ANO BALANCE

CESSNA MODEL 152

1'he lollo ... hll InIOM .. tlO" .. m ... IObI" .vOl1 .0 ope .... "" ),OU. Ce ... "" .. i!.hl .. ,II .. preaeribed .. "lrM .. nd eenter 01 r .... vh.v IIml""lIolla. To Ilru.-e ' ... !ghl.nd l>&I.n"". u .. ilio S""'pl. f'rt>bl.m. !.<>Mlnr Onph. and c .... ...". 01 O .. "ity Mom.,,1 E"v.lope a. 1011_.:

T.ko !ho buIe omp'.v wollbllnd ..omf", lrom "pprop"at.wo'l!'ht IUld ballUlC'e reoord, curie<! In .vou •• Itp: ..... &Dd , .. Il". IIIcm lo !be colwna IiUIIICI YOUR AlRI'LANE OD !be S ..... ple Loadllli Probl,,1Il.

No'n:

lo addllion \O U.I b1aiclmpty ... II!'M and mnmenl nOled on u. ..... ....,.,rd •. l1Ie c.a. arm (fu .. l~ ltallonl l. al"" 1OI .. 'w .... bu, need noi 1M u_ on 1111 S.mple !.oadinl!' ProblclIl. Tlle mOm."" wh;ch" .hown mu.' boo d;vided by IOOOa.nd ,lIil vll..e uOlC'd •• u.o ~,om.ntlloooDn u.. loadiDK probl" ....

U ... Ihe !.oadlns G'"ph IO "-tum,nl th. mnmlnt/looo lo r .""h additi"nal ilom \O lM clrr,"": thln III: Ih ... on Ihe loading prnhl .. m.

NO'TE

LoAdlnr O •• ph Inlor", .. !!on for 'he pUOI. PassenllCrs and bariap l. baud on Hai. poshloned for .ver.ie oco,,· p~n", .. nd baH .... 10ad"" In 'he oenl4lr 01 III" baii~ ...... &11 U Il,,,_ on Ih. !.o""l~i Arra.nge",enl. dl", ... m. ~'or loadlngR wh lch m .. )' ~11I. r IMm .h •••. 'h. Slmple !.oadlng P",blom Ila'" 111.81.8'1 .'aUonl lor 'h ... i'eml '" lndl.,.lo u.." I"rw .. rd .nd alt c.a .... n8'" lim!""'!"n \ .... , travel a.nd baggag ....... Umilolion). Add!Ucno.l m"ment calculaUon •. bued on u.. IoOlual w.'ll:hl ond c.a ... nn (fu_I.". ola,i",,) 01 III. h.m bIIin" loadod. muollM made jl III, _h.lo" 01 !hl 10.<1 i. dlll~r~">llroLD IlI .. 1 thow<I Oli !hc Lo"di,.. Or."b.

TotallM welihlG IUld mome"IS/ IOOO a.nd ,,101 .hese v.lllM on Ih. ~n",r 01 Ornt1y Momecl Envelope IO del4lrml", wh.,M, 111. potol lall. wilhln Ih. """"lopa •• nd Il Ih. loadlnr l, a.eeep""bie

I Ju!y 1919

-

-

CESSNA

MODEL 152

SECTION 6

WEIGHT & BALANCE/

EQUIPMENT LIST

LOADING ARRANGEMENTS

NOTES:

*Pilot or passenger center of gravity on adjustable seats positioned for average occupant.

Numbers in parenthesis indicate forward and aft limits of occupant center of gravity range.

"Arms measured to the center of the areas shown.

1. The usable fuel C.G. arm for standard tanks is located at station 42.0; the C.G.

arm for usable fuel in long range tanks is station 39.5.

2. The aft baggage wall (approximate station 94} can be used as a convenient interior

reference point for determining the location of baggage area fuselage stations.

STATION

C.G. ARM)

•39

(33 TO 41)

"64

"84

94

JL

_ AREA

- AREA

JL

1

2

STATION

(C.G. ARM)

•39 —

(33 TO 41)

64 ■

**84-

94-

:hild seat

- AREA 2

STANDARD SEATING OPTIONAL SEATING

Figure 6-3. Loading Arrangements

BAGGAGE LOADING and TIE-DOWN

BAGGAGE AREA

MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE LOADS

AREA ® = 120 POUNDS

AREA © = 40 POUNDS

AREAS Q + © =120 POUNDS

TIE-DOWN NET ATTACH POINTS

: A cargo tie-down net is provided to secure baggage in the baggage area.

The net attaches to six tie-down rings. Two rings are located on the floor

just aft of the seat backs and one ring is located two inches above the floor

on each cabin wall at the aft end of area (T) . Two additional rings arelocated at the top, aft end of area (2) . At least four rings should be usedto restrain the maximum baggage load of 120tf.

Figure 6-4. Baggage Loading and Tie-Down

1 July 1979 6-7


CESSN A MODEl.l~

SECT10N 8 WE1GHT " BALANC1=: /

EQU1PMENT 1.1ST

""'lO

I LOADING ARRANGEMENTS I ._ .. __ .. ........ _-_ ... _--. ..... • ---"'-'''--''--.... __ ..... --.... _-, .... _ ... e. ... _ .. _ ......... _ .. _"" ..... "". ....... - ..... __ ...... _.1-, "" .. ___ .. '"-_Nl ..... _ .. . __ ... -_ ......... .... _ .. _---su,"'" "'-I<. ... " .'" 1<.0 . .... '

".- - -Il. ". -Il. ""c." ,."0"1

"".- - A'" , • _~"o .. .,

"".-... ,., "".-..... , • •

., ........ 0 .... """ <TP1t<WA'_H""

l'',cu''' 8-'1. 1.O",,'ng ........ ng.mon ••

8AGGAGE LOADING A N D T I E-DOWN

lAG GAGI U l A MU ' MUM . "O W ABL< LO"ol

.. I ... <D • Ilo 'OU .. al

..... CD < <o .DU NOI

."01 0' CD • Ilo MU ND'

L J"ly 19'>9 .'

SECTION 6

WEIGHT & BALANCE/

EQUIPMENT LIST

CESSNA _

MODEL 152

CABIN HEIGHT MEASUREMENTS

FIREWALL^

-FACE OF INSTRUMENT PANEL 56°

DOOR OPENING DIMENSIONS

REAR WALL OF CABIN-

1

n

n

nWIDTH

(TOP)

31"

WIDTH

(BOTTOM)

33'/4"

HEIGHT

(FRONT)

31'/2"

HEIGHT

(REAR)

31"

WIDTH

• LWR WINDOW LINE

* CABIN FLOOR

CABIN WIDTH MEASUREMENTS

CABIN

STATIONS 0.0 10 20 30 40 50(C.G. ARMS) 560

TIE DOWN RINGS (6)

• 27'/2"

*24'/2"

60 70 80 9094

Figure 6-5. Internal Cabin Dimensions

6-81 July 1979


SECl'ION G WEIO HT ... SAl.ANCEI EQUlPMENT \..1ST

CES$NA MOOEL 1&

flU""An

C .... SIN HElGHT Me .... SUREMENTS

•

1i " ,.

.-----.. --_.'

."

--

...... --1 rACi O f H<lSIIUMIIII PAlln lUI "" ... n or CA 'III

DOO R OPENING DIMENSIONS

Il''

CAB1I< H AIIONS IC D AlMI)

..

I "" 101 11 II0nOM )

HIIGHI I fIOIlT )

111'0 "

1011 10111

I·' .... ) _ "" 101101 _

• ( Wl WIIIDO"" Il '''

* C .... III flOOI

CABIN WIDTH MEASUREMENTS

• /1'~1' DO""N tlNOS (. ,

•

I Jul)' 1m

-

-

SAMPLE

LOADINGPROBLEM

1.BasicEmpty

Weight

(Usethe

data

pertaining

toyour

airplane

as

itis

presently

equipped.

Includes

unusable

fueland

full

oil)

2.Usable

Fuel

(At

6Lbs./Gal.)

StandardTanks

(24.5

Gal.Maximum)

Long

RangeTanks

(37.5

Gal.Maximum)

Reduced

Fuel

(As

limitedbymaximum

weight)....

3.Pilotand

Passenqer

(Station33

to41)

4.*Baggage

-Area

1(O

rpassengeron

child's

seat)

(Station50

to

76,120

Lbs.

Max.)

5.*Baggage

-Area

2(Station

76

to94,40

Lbs.

Max.

)

6.RAMPWEIGHTANDMOMENT

7.Fuelallowance

forengine

start,

taxi,andrunup

8.TAKEOFFWEIGHTANDMOMENT

(SubtractStep

7from

Step

6)

SAMPLE

AIRPLANE

Weight

(lbs

.)

1136

147

340

52

1675

-5

1670

Moment

(Ib.

-ins.

/1000)

34.0

6.2

13.3

3.3

56.8

-.2

56.6

YOUR

AIRPLANE

Weight

(lbs

.)

Moment

(Ib.-ins.

/1000)

9.Locate

this

point

(1670

at

56.6)on

the

Center

of

GravityMoment

Envelope,

and

since

thispoint

fall

swithin

theenvelope,

the

loading

isacceptable.

*Themaximum

allowablecombined

weight

capa

city

forbaggage

area

s1and

2is

120

pounds.

§8 01to

h2

en

Figure

6-6.

SampleLoadingProblem

£> a H SI H r CO

WCM

>H

tr1O

n^


CESSNA MODF.I, 1M.

" Bg z < l'C -• • < • ,-, ., O ~->

" z

IH < " • • < w - j,"""' • • , ! < •

" "' -' al

w o -' '" "- "-" " <C z I)l -

D <C o -'

l Juty H/79

• " ~ •

• " ~ •

., !! • , ,. rl Il! ~u «

" .~ ! ~ • H i "li ~ ,

0-- , , n -<3 ~_

~ ., § j ~ l< ì!~ ~ ~ c! • .... .::! • -"SoL .. Ii ... " ! !." ~ ~ ... f.i: r' -. l

~~ ~ , • ,- • ''1 .... ~"ll r !l o:

, H. , oIl·- , , •• - • "

~ ;

" • , •

l • l •

l , • -. • • • •

Il , ,

• • , - o

'" • , • ., • ,- o • • --" - • js , • , ,

, , • ;.:

l! I ~ • O!§ • • , • • • •

SECTION 6 WI! IGHT '" BALANCEI

EQU IPMENT LlST

< • • , , -

• , -, l

• ~ ,-.. '. ! '. " ., , <c

t ,--~ì , - ,

l ~ii

" ., • •• • < ~ ,

" •

i ! , -• " l -, ,

l I

"I "

III ~·i .( ~ J ~ Q!' < li ! , 'I

<

!

" , • ;~ • l , ,

~€ , ~: ~ - -j!, : ~ ~ " r ' • • ". •

• • ~

,-o

LOADMOMENT/1000(KILOGRAM-MILLIMETERS)

50

75

100

125

400

-200

Ltt-

175

r-H-H--

150

7R

:-125

PILOT.PASSENGERAND

FUEL

ILONGRANGE

TANKS}

@6«/GAL.

[072KG/LITERI

FUEL(STANDARDTANKS!

816./GAL

[072KG/LITERI

BAGGAGE

INAREA®

1OR

PASSENGERON

CHILD'SSEAT)

120»MAX

[514KGMAXI

BAGGAGE

INAREA@

4CUMAX

118

1KGMAXI

37.5GAL.

(141

liters)

max:;;

(92.7LITERS)MAXLOADINGGRAPH

-100

-75

-50

-25

12

I3

14

I5

LOADMOMENT/1000

(POUND-INCHES)

NOTES:

Line

representing

adjustable

seatsshows

the

pilot

or

passenger

center

of

gravityon

adjustable

seatspositioned

foran

averageoccupant.

Refer

to

the

LoadingArrangements

Diagram

for

forwardand

aft

limits

ofoccupant

C.G.

range.

Figure

6-7.

LoadingGraph

S)cr

ID .■■ (Kl1-X <3

H 0 I(

H 1—I

H

0 H trJ

tr1

O M

m a o CD

8^


SEC'l'JON ~ WE1GHT" HALANCIi:/ EQUlf'MENT LIST

<"

CESSNA MODEL1~

, • •

• , • •

l July 1979

-

350

l

_1700

to

D Z O

400

i

LOADEDAIRPLANEMOMENT/1000(KILOGRAM-MILLIMETERS)

450

500

550

600

1600

CENTEROF

GRAVITY

MOMENTENVELOPE

1500

1400

Q UJ

Q < O

1300

1200

1100

1000

650

i

700

,I

30

35

40

45

50

55

LOADEDAIRPLANEMOMENT/1000

(POUND-INCHES)

60

r800

r775

SQ.

r750

725

^700

^675

r650

lu

E-625

600

-575

&■

^-550

r525

500

65

I

Figure

6-8.

Center

ofGravityMomentEnvelope


-

CESSNA MODEL l~

, • • • l , , • < • 8 • , I • > • • ! • l • • , o

!

l J~ly li79

SECTION 8 WEIOHT 40 BALANCEI

EQUIPMENT LIIIT

1!I'f\IW!lO'I~1 .I.tI~I", JNV'l.w,~ "."~Ql

, • ! • ,

>

l , > • , ~

• , •

I ,

• ,

; > • • • , o • • • • • , , ,

• , • < ; o • , • l ~

SECTION 6

WEIGHT & BALANCE/

EQUIPMENT LIST

CESSNA

MODEL 152

(SIAIVH9O1IX) 1HDI3M 3NVldHIV Q3QVOT

Ln

CM -

en

o

D

D

O j_Q

— r-. JH CO<j-

co

cr

5 o

=1 °°2

D

—i

dCJ

LU

*^-

LD

C

C

c

1

D

5o

f

■

LT (

i

i

■

Dn

11 <

s

r/2b

v

s

■

_

-

—

c_

cp»

))

1

ss

IS

r-

u:

I

:

\

i

_>

-

\

L

Cc

s

•> cM C3 t

d ir

D LT

C

L

L

"1—•"

v

3"i

1

■

]11

r475"""

f

1

oo

CO

oo

1HDI3M 3NV1dUIV

oo

CM

oo

n

n

6-12

LO

CO

ro

CO

CM

CO

an

1

a

LL

o

LL.

Ln

LU

X

o

-IN

H

dO

1

dd

LU

_J

0-

<

July

mita

a^~

o

h

5o

09

CD

«

1979

—

_

H

n


SI::CTION G WE!CHT" BALANCEI EQUIPMENT UST

!Sl'{YIIOO', ~ 1 !Htl'JM iNV101W'''' OUl"'O'

• • • • o < li

~ • o -e • • < • • " • , " • < 2 • < -~ • • • u • <

H • •

."

CESSNA MODEL 152

• o • • ~

~ , a J • > o • > • , < o • • -g o

• , ~ o

~ , ~ • • " , o o o

" • • • , • <

I July 1il7'9

-

-

CESSNA SECTION 6


EQUIPMENT LIST

EQUIPMENT LIST

The following equipment list is a comprehensive list of all Cessna equipment

available for this airplane. A separate equipment list of items installed in your

specific airplane is provided in your aircraft file. The following list and the specific

list for your airplane have a similar order of listing.

This equipment list provides the following information:

An item number gives the identification number for the item. Each number is

prefixed with a letter which identifies the descriptive grouping (exam

ple: A. Powerplant & Accessories) under which it is listed. Suffix letters

identify the equipment as a required item, a standard item or an optional

item. Suffix letters are as follows:

-R = required items of equipment for FAA certification

-S = standard equipment items

-O = optional equipment items replacing required or standard

items

-A = optional equipment items which are in addition to

required or standard items

A reference drawing column provides the drawing number for the item.

NOTE

If additional equipment is to be installed, it must be done in

accordance with the reference drawing, accessory kit instruc

tions, or a separate FAA approval.

Columns showing weight (in pounds) and arm (in inches) provide the weight

and center of gravity location for the equipment.

NOTE

Unless otherwise indicated, true values (not net change

values) for the weight and arm are shown. Positive arms are

distances aft of the airplane datum; negative arms are distan

ces forward of the datum.

NOTE

Asterisks (*) after the item weight and arm indicate complete

assembly installations. Some major components of the assem

bly are listed on the lines immediately following. The summa

tion of these major components does not necessarily equal the

complete assembly installation.

1 July 1979 6-13


-

-

-

CEsaNA MODEL 11>2

8ECTION 6 WEIOHT a. 8ALANCEI

J!:QUIPMENT LlST

EQU IPMENT LlST

'ho Jo/IowIns oqu","",m h, ......... "' .......... Iioo 01 011 C-... ~ ..... ~ , ... rhil.if!>Io"". A_" . _,_, III 01 k .... '''' .. Ded ln_ ..,..cI1Ic"~ "P'_In_' ...... ~ Hio. , ... _n .... ,11<1 ,,,"<pOriIIc .... ""_ .. ~ ....... _00_,,1\10>' .. n... ""'~, ... ",ov;w. the IdIowInllnfomo.>lI<wo-

IUI -... ............ I_ .... _lic.'_"""""""",he~ lodo ......... .. !'"'lo-! ....... Id, .... hot/o ..... ,,~ .... .... ipoi.c ,,_ le .. .... pio; A. _pI,o ... " Actwoo<oeol ........ _ ....... od. s../r..: ""<n _il}' ..... ~, ... "",_od M .............. ,d ~ .... Of .n _ODN! ...... !ouIU .. lenm I<t!"_'

••• ~ k ..... 01 *'101_,.. I ... I AA ctmflCMion ·s • " ...... '" equIpoMnI ....... -O - op< ....... ~ ~"'" ,op/A<1""NfoI"Mlo< .. _.4

il ..... • 11 . "",..,.,..1 equ..,....... ....... ......." ... lo ><Idi • .,.. lO ,."",,«1 O< >I. n<!.I,d "emi

" ,.1#< .......... .....,. <OIu ... " ~,00'Id00 ,ho dt.~nl numlle< "" ,ho ;~m.

Non

Il ...w,h(>n'] f<lUI~''';' la be In".I~, k mu" be _In .«o,d,n," w,,), 'ho ,~Ic","'. d"",",. K< ....... , ~il "'",""" """'.01' "PO"'~ fM ."",g.,I.

Colu mn. ,""wl", ... ",hl (In P0 .qul"",."",

l JuJy \limI

Un"'" ...... , .. , .. ,,,,,,,,.-..d, "Ole .. ,"'" l''''' _ th>n~ •• 1~110l tll(, _,h, ."j .'''' "e "-'" """"I.-e ....... e dr. .......... r, ol ,II(, ."pIo~ d."~,,,; ...... >1, ... ' ..... e dò" .... ... i", ... "d ol 'ho ... (~"'

NOIl

'ITEM

NO

AOl-R

A"-R

409-R

A17-R

A21-A

433-R

A4

1-R

Abl-A

A73-S

A73-A

BO1-R-1

BO1-R-?

EQUIPMENT

LIST

DESCRIPTION

A.

POWERPLANT

£ACCESSORIES

ENGINE,

LYCOMING

O-235-L2C

(INCLUDES

STARTER,

CARBJRETOR,

SPARK

PLJGS

AND

ALTERNATOR

BRACKETS)

FILTER,

CARBURETOR

AIR

^TFRNATOR,

60

AM',

?3

\I31T

(BELT

DRIVE)

'TIL

COOLER

INSTALLATION

TIL

COOLER

(STEWART

WARNER)

OIL

FILTFR

INSTALLATION

(SPIN-JN

ELEMENT)

JT

Mf-T

ru

AMrc

PROPELLER

INSTALLATION

"KDPELLER,

MCCAULEY

FIXED

3ITCH

1A103/TCM6958

SPINNER

INSTALLATION,

PROPELLER

SPINNER

DOME

AFT

BULKHEAD

(BACK

SIDE

OF

PRl)P)

FWO

BULKHEAD

(FWD

SIDE

OF

PROP)

VACUUM

SYSTEM,

ENGINE

iRIVEN

VACUUM

PU"P

OR

VACUUM

PUMP

VACJJM

RELIEF

VALVE

ENGINE

PRIMING

SYSTEM

VALVF,

ENGINE

OIL

QUIC<

DRAIN

(NET

CHANGE!

B.

LANDING

GEAR

£ACCESSORIES

WHFEL,

BRAKE

STIRE

ASSY,

6.00X6

MAIN

(2)

WHEEL

ASSEMBLY,

MCCAULEY

(FACH)

3RAKE

ASSEMBLY,

^CCAJLEY

(LEFT)

BRAKE

ASSEMBLY,

MCCAULtY

(RIGHT)

TIRE,

.+-PLY

BLACKWALL

(EACH)

TUflP

(EACH)

•IHEELi

3R4KE

iTint

ASSY,

6.00X6

MAIN

(2)

WHEEL

ASSY,

CLEVELAND

M-1I3

(EACH)

BRAKE

ASSY,

CLEVELAND

30-75A

(LEFT)

BRAKE

ASSY,

CLEVELAND

30-75A

(RIGHT)

TIRE,

4-PLY

BLACKWALL

(EACH)

TUBE

(EACH)

REFDRAWING

0450371

C294510-02Cl

3611503-0102

0453^71

3406J

OR

8406M

C450412

0450077

C161001-3501

0450377

C450073-1

0453372-1

'1450076-1

0413466

C431003-T101

C431003-01(H

C4B2001-0401

1701Olb

C163019-0201

C163006-3101

C163332-0111

C163032-0112

C262303-0101

C2S2023-D10Z

1241156-iO

C163001-310

1

C163033-01

11

C163033-31

12

C262003-0101

:262023-0102

WT

LBS

243.5

0.5

10.7

3.6

1.9

2.5

?8.2*

26.6

2.4*

0.3

1.1

0.3

2.8*

1.8

1.8

0.5

0.5

0.0

40.3*

7.4

1.7

1.7

8.5

1.8

37.6*

6.2

1.9

1.9

8.5

1.8

ARM

INS

-13.2

-16.3

-27.5

-24.0*

-27.4

-6.0

-36.5*

-36.5

-38.6*

-33.4

-38.3

-37.4

-5.2

-7.5

-7.

5

1.5

3.1

_—

46.8*

47.

1

43.7

43.7

47.

1

47.

146.8*

47.

1

43.7

43.7

47.

1

47.

1

tnt"

1

3S a oo

ro


SECTION B Wr.!GHT" 8ALANCEI EQUIPMENT !..IST

-• ~

z O ~ ~

~

Z>l ~ O

in ~

!Z ~

" ~ ~

5'1

o • • • •

6·)4

• • ; , " u •

• • u , • • • , •

• • ,

• • • •

• • • , O

s •

• , , • •

. . . . . ,,-"h~ ......... , , , ..

••• , " .. -, .. --.

· · • •

• , , -•

-•• -. •• "

-" , . " ..

• , • " ,

-........... ----. ... ...... ..._~~-~_. ..,_ ... , . , , , , ,

- . .. ... _...., ........... 0 ... .... .. . ""-" ... _-<>,, ...

. , . .. , ... -- <"-<" '" '" ... """"' ....... - ... --..... ~""..., -"..,......, .. "'<'" ... " ........ _-- "

"'-"'_.. <> ........... .,..,... .. "..,0. QU, .... _

• • , , , • • • •

• o o • u

-• • • ,

• • " -.. ••

• -· ~ • , u •

• • , " • , • • , •

CESSNA MODE!.. 1(12

- -.,-~--.. ---.. ......... . _ ...... ~~,,~ ......... -~## ................ #

· -"' ........ ....... "'''' ... ''' .. ............ ,---.. -.--.. -, . ___ N _ N _ .... _ ..

• "'_ .... ~, ~-<" • ... --_ ..... ,,-----......."' ...... _~ ~,.,...,.,.

J...:..!.:..l,.:.~.!. ... .',.:. .:. _ ........... "'-..,,-... , .. ~" ... """._ ........ n - ... -............ -.... ... "" " ......... ~ .... " .. --_ ...... --... .. ............................ , ... . • •

• ~--••• ""'-" w .... _ _

........... " "'-- ,",,' • • ........ w ... "'-........

.--... ~'-''''' .. -.--0'-,.-.,., .. -"""--~ % '" , ' ... . .. ",,,, .. ...........

.. ".,,, .... ,,= ... ~j;: ;: :::::~;: .. · .. '-"H .......... "

.. """ :-; .':';."i:~ .. . .. , .......... =:::0: =':::~.; ~ .. '" -

"' >:~~"-"' " ... ::: _ ..... .,- ~ .... -.. _ ............ -.. .... .",,,,,,,, , ............ , .. " .................... ... • •• ......... . ~_ .... . ..:::n'~ ":::~t:;' .'''' ._-, ... T,. ...... '' '" .... --......... --, , · ; · .. , , • • , , , · , • • •

l JUly 1m

-

-

CESSNA

MODEL 152

SECTION 6

WEIGHT & BALANCE/

EQUIPMENT LIST

CO

SE

oe

CO

CD

►—

CO

1 i 1

o

Q_

_ _

COUJ

o

—J

1—

UJ

Q_

Z3

LLJ

o

sLU

* * *

COCOcOCOODCOaOCCrOirtlALn

ooooot-

1 1 1 1 1 1

# *r--*ar\lt—i-

corn j-—:a>rr

COCO.—iryp-t^-1 r\

OOOOtNJ —

1 1 1 1 1 1

OOOO—I—

r-i—*r\)(\J<Nt\

OU( H 1^ —

lu lup-

oo oor^

Q o 1

vt"

LT\ LT

X _l XC

OLU< O<

<O >

•O<t ••UJ

>-t_) _J >- 1

ooSIcq o0c_

OO (/>

-O

r\i—t

oo

i—t*-t

oo

1 1

mnmfnN

OOMOMN

CvJ f\J Lf^ LA l/^ >J"

( H.JOOOO

LJ

■-• "^

< LL (_!

LJ >->- i-i —«3 LUo; c^

_j !/:»-•»—'oo

m ■■-»■< <O

LLU_2"

>- OO »—"

U'OOQ, LUoOQ. 2LULUI—'

a.oo r£oo

1— |—

_J ■■ _J

111 <y cc lL

U-" UJX X

^ "3:

1 1a. a.

i i

<■ ^"

o oCO CO

1 »-tUJUJ-

_l

uUJ

1

LU

Lninin o»

rnunn 1-*

1 1 1

in0m0 f"— fN

-tf-

^n in r\j ro ro ^1

cr^opinin

£££££

■»

LTvtNJ--tPsJrO

mino rvoocOHOoociON

cc

a

OOOO1^^^

0000

1 1 1 1

cooo?

Uj

0

<r

t—

_IO

CDUJ

> X

k- LU

=) XO

h- w-)—

O"3 T li-LJ

ccn o_)

«"5Oa.1 uj _JUJ

UOX 1 OC1QLU

-J_ji—<

OOZ LU

.^ ^ I—^>

fvjr\ifi;i an

CUUJ

- •'t—UJl/J

lulu ctiac:^

I— Wh- C^<t _J cC

dJCO< O

o£Oc£ •<

til 1■—j,—1 ^- r*-

ore 0

CNJf\J f*-f\l

C:C5 OO

r-J 1—tf~

\ 1 i

rsj^r^r^or\

n

r-i|i

CO S!

M J ^

XLU O

f>X <

_1 CC

1

-iO X

~Z)~ LU<

<2l-Jfl.

0.O 2*LL >-(_)I5>—(-

LUX O»-

^ 1 c^^ ~z.

(_ a_c —

ono. »—

>~<3:c- UO_JJ~U_

CDh~ X CE1— LO (_} CL C.D

CLCL5" 7" _t

<t«a <r <i<£

1 I 1 1 1sOO-JLH 00 rn

000 oouooo

p~* -J^t

O —IOO

1 III

in 1 000

ljoooo

LL

a

UJ —

Z fMt—

O LU

C 3 il. LO

•—' UJ

<r ccy—m

\— CZiUCL

►- I——t—

LL L/l

< az

i-« k- 00

ouu

IjIGZ1-'00

on

LLJ LLJ l— 1— ^J

a. _j»—q.-^ <r _i

UJh-OOLUIJJ

Xuo^cax

-JLUh-k-_J—

|

<»-

U

COO)

1 1

oco

On

00

_j

3cDCD |

LUGO

•J

<_5—)

—5<yio

11 •

□ i-

_j

<rx

h- CD

2-J

x<

22

w"

Z7

«J_J

1 1

1 1

z

LLJ

QC

zMM

•

a

-0

0

0

01

■J-

0

0

■0

0

Q

LU

LU

a

00

EC

Q-

O

h—

LJ

O

2!

•—

Cm

1

O

1 July 1979 6-15


CESSNA MODEt. L~

• •

•

Z 52 le ~ U ~ ~ C

t;; ~

o • • -=

• • • .,._ ..... -· ... ... .... . <>0"""""_"<> - ---_ ...... " " " "

... .. ....... ....... _ ...... -.... ...,

, .. • .. • •• • , • • • ~" .' • ... ,. ~ -. 0_' " .... .. ~: ... ••• .. ... ~. -. ... ... ~ , , ... ... •• ..

o" _. o' ... ... -..

l July l imi

• • , -• • • • • w • -w • • • w

SECTION 6 WEIO HT ... IIAt.ANCE/

EQUIPMENT WST

-' ~ • • _. ... . -----

• • .. _ ........ .. ...,.... ... .. .. .. ... - -.".,. "...-.. ... ._",,,,,"- ---• • -_ ... - ....... -. . . . . . . . . . . .

..."O<:'~o...., ..

•• ... --- --':?'i''i' I .. ~<;' ;'i'<;' ~~~~~"_N ...... ~O~~_NO~~~~' """<"---.. ... .. ", <,.. !!_~ .. ~:~::;~ ~~~ .. ........ .. .. 4~ .. 4. ..,..........,<>0"""0 ..............

• , .. • •

.. • • --• • •• • · -

-'" --• • -• • -•• • -• •• •• ---t • •• •• -•• .-• à •• .. .. • • •• .-

• , _ • -• • • • o

• •

• "

• • o • , • , w

• • • • • • • • • -•

...

ITEM

NO

Til-0

f)rj—p

0T7-G-1

D07-H-2

016-A-l

D16-A-2

D16-A-3

D19-R

D25-A-1

O25-A-2

028-P.

D37-R

037-n

040-R

049-A

D59-A

D64-A

067-A

082-A

085-R

038-A-l

08S-A-?

D9

1-A

E05-R

E05-0

EQUIPMENT

LIST

DESCRIPTION

INDICATOR,

TRUE

AIRSPE€O

(0513279)

ALTIMETER,

SENSITIVE

ALTIMETER,

SENSITIVE

(20

FT

MARKINGS)

(FEET

A«0

MILLIBARS)

ALTIMETER,

SENSITIVE

(50

FT.

MARKINGS)

(FEET

ANO

MILLIBARSI

ENCODING

ALTIMETER

(INCLUDES

RELOCATION

OF

CONVENTIONAL

ALTIMETER)

ENCO

iDI)

JGALTI

MjE

T'ER

,-r

ffi|Tr,&

r^N

\7EN

tI^N

AIALTIMETER)

ALTITUDE

ENCODER

(BLIND,

DOES

NOT

REQUIRE

PANEL

MOUNTING)

AMMETER

CLOCK

INSTALLATION

CLOCK,

ELECTRIC

CLOCK

INSTALLATION,

DIGITAL

READOUT

CLOCK-TIMER,

DIGITAL

COMPASS

INSTRUMENT

CLUSTER

(LH

FJEL

£RH

FUEL)

INSTRUMENT

CLUSTER

(LH

£RH

FUEL)

(USED

WITH

G92-O,

LONG

RANGE

WINGS

ONLY)

INSTRUMENT

CLUSTER

(OIL

PRES.

£OIL

TEMP.)

ECONCMY

MIXTURE

INDICATOR

(EGTI

INDICATOR,

'G'

METER

GYRO

INSTALLATION

(REQUIRES

ITEM

A61-A)

DIRECTIONAL

INDICATOR

ATTITUDE

INDICATOR

RECORDER,

ENGINE

HOUR

METER

OUTSIOEAH

TEMPERATURE

INDICATOR

TACHOMETER

INSTALLATION,

ENGINE

RECORDING

TACH

INDICATOR

INDICATOR,

TURN

COORDINATOR

(24

VOLT

ONLY)

INDICATOR,

TURN

COORDINATOR

(10-30

V3LT)

INDICATOR,

VERTICAL

SPEED

E.

CABIN

ACCOMMODATIONS

SEAT,

PILOT

INDIVIDUAL

SLIDING

SEAT,

VERTICALLY

ADJUSTABLE,

PILOT

REFDRAWING

C661065-0105

C661071-0101

C661025-0102

C661071-01G2

0401013

0401013

0401019

S-1320-5

0400341

C664508-0102

0470426-1

C664511-0101

C660501-0102

C669537~01C4

C669537-0105

C669535-0101

0401028-1

0400335

0413466-1

C661075

C661076

0401017

C668507-

0400500

C668020-0120

C661003-0505

C661003-0506

C661080-0101

0414084

0414085

WT

LBS

0.7

0.7

0.7

0.7

2.9

2.9

1.5

0.5

0.4*

0.3

0.4*

0.3

0.5

8:4-

0.4

0.7

0.7

6.3*

2.5

2.2

0.6

0.1

1.0*

0.6

1.3

1.3

1.0

11.1

17.0

ARM

INS

17.3

17.6

17.6

17.6

17.0

17.0

2.0

18.0

14.4*

18.1

14.4*

18.

1

20.0

18.6

18.0

18.0

9.0

17.4

13.0*

14.7

15.3

5.2

22.0

12.5*

17.0

17.2

17.2

18.0

45.2

45.2

CD

Z^

O5

>CD

a

I)


SECTION ft WEIOHT .. BAl.ANCEI EQUlPMENT LlST

• • • • - n •• • • • • .... -.. - _ .. n " , ''''''''"NO - · .. · · • • · ... .... .......... .. . --- --- • ............. -_ _ "" .. n ...........

• - n - • --- - - -- ---• • • • • • - -- -• • • ..................... .. ................ _"'co - · · · · · · .. .. .. .. · ....... .....

• - • • • • • oQ( -00000 00.,,, ... =0 __

" - • • -- - 0 ...... -

" _.

O • .- O

_. • · -- • _ .. • ~ • ._-.-- """,,,, , , , , • , , , , , , , , , , , , , , • - · • • • ,--- ........... _ ...... • _. - · • - " ....... 0- _ ........ .....,..."""'. O - • • • • ----..... ....,.". """ ..... o<"co"O<>Oo"'" - - - • - .. " .......... - ........... _._-• '" • • • • ,,:~UU ~~:;:~~:::: • • • ,

"~ • • n -~- .......,."'.~

- -• · -• • .n O • • O - .. - • • • _. • " - • - • - , •

Z • O n -• .> n -> " • • .. • , ~ . • • O - • - , - • .- • " -- • ~ - O ~ , - -• , • - • • •• • • ,

~ • • • -, • - -• -. •• n • • • - • ,. - .. .. ~ - O -- • • - ~ - .- --ii • · .. ~ • - ~ • --.- , • ~- • :~3 - • • C" ....... • -, -W - . n -••• O -- .. ...... 0 ~ • • • ... · - -. • -. • . ....... , "'_ ... _ u _ _ , ". ,.,.!i~ 6;: .. ,,. .... ,,~"' - .. "' ............ -. .,,---.. ~ • • ~- ... -- . -._~ ........ .,_ "> nn ... ...... "'''' .. -.. • -" -;;:!~à'::!:~~ .... ~ ",.,. .. ,. .. - • ~ ----,. .......... -- ," .... ,"- ... ", .. %_ o .. ""'" "" ... - .. _-_ ...... .. ..., •• .-= =-'i'.5!.::!.. .. ~3 ... ~ z .. :;;;:;;=:;;=:!~ •• -.- ............ ",. ..... ,,>:-O' ---W ",.", .. ,."'_7a "'_ ......... ,,= .= .. . ...... ,,_ .... a ...

'" :::::e:.,:J: .,=:: =...;SS -- ......... "~ .... -... ,, ~"'~ ....... ~ .............. . ""/= :> -~ .. ~ . "..r~_ .. ~'" <",",- "' " .. _~:> ~

.... ................. -.. --- ... - <> -_. .. • -, O ~.;..!..,,~ . .3~ ......... " ..... Wl:'.~~::;.= ..... ~~~;; W ;:::;z::-.:!"~~;~-o;-g:::~::O:~~ ::;!~:;';';

~!!!~~~·;:;:::~~:~~~re-;~-Q~~ .. -- " .. -'o O ,~ ""' .... -, • M

!:;;:; • • , , .. • ,.. ..... ~ .-. n. • • • ' u u ~ -~ .~ --

o - o - • • • - -. , , , , , , , , , • 'ì,.'i' , • • • •• • ... ...... ••• • •• • , , , , , , , " , ... .:..:. , , , , " • -- - • • • •• , .- --... = o .. • .. - - ~ .. ~ ...

"'" ~,g~ 0- • , o • o, o 0= .... ...

CEsaNA MODEL 152

-· · -•• -· · --

.. --•• -•• ..

n

" • - • • - -- • • , -n.

" •• O -• -• -• ., O

'" • .. - > • - , • " • .. .. O · .. • ---o> .. .. •• --

o • , , -" -I Jul,. \979

-

-

--

ITEM

NO

ev-7-s

Fn

~?—n

E09-A

E15-R

E15-S

El9-0

F23-S

E34-U

E39-A

C55-A

E57-O

E65-S

E35-A

E89-0

E93-R

F'M-P

F'U-0-1

f-.m-o-?

F04-»

F16-R

G?7-A

G13-A

EQUIPMENT

LIST

DESCRIPTION

SFAT,

CO-PILOT

INDIVIDUAL

SLIDING

SEAT,

VERTICALLY

ADJUSTABLE,

CJ-PILOT

SFAT

INSTALLATION,

AUXILIARY

UPPER

BACK

REST

CUSHION

LOWER

SEAT

CUSHION

ASSEMBLY

LAP

BELT

ASSEMBLY

Bt-LT

ASSY,

PILOT

LAP

SHTULDER

HARNESS

ASSY,

PILOT

SHOULDER

HARNESS

INERTIA

INSTL.,

PILOT

&CO-PILOT

(NET

CHANGE)

HFLT

LSHOULDER

HARNESS

ASSY,

CO-PILOT

INTERIOR,

DELUXE

(NET

CHANGE)

.JJNmwS,

OVERHEAD

CABIN

TOP

(MET

INCREASE)

SUN

VISOKS

(SET

OF

2)

WINDOWS,

TINTEO,

CABIN

(NET

CHANGE)

BAGGAGE

NET

DUAL

CONTROLS

(WHEEL,

PEDALS

&THE

BRAKES)

ALL

PURPOSE

CONTROL

WHEEL

(RQD

WITH

C25-A)

(KT-NET

CHANGF)

HEATING

SYSTEM,

CABIN

(INCLUDES

ENGINE

EXHAUST

SYSTEM)

F.

PLACARDS,

WARNINGS

6MANUALS

OPERATIONAL

LIMITATIONS

PLACARD

VFR-UAY

OPERATIONAL

LIMITATIONS

PLACARD

VF^-DAY

■NIGHT

OPERATIONAL

LIMITATIONS

PLACARD

IFR-DAY

kI1f

IT

\|I'in

1

STALL

WARNING

HORN,

PNFJMATIC,

AUDIBLE

PILOT'S

OPERATING

HANDBOOK

AND

FAA

APPROVED

AIRPLANE

FLIGHT

MANUAL

G.

AUXILIARY

EQUIPMENT

HOISTING

RINGS,

AIRCRAFT

CAbIN

TOP

(NOT

FACTORY

INSTALLED)

CORROSION

PROOFING,

INTERNAL

REFDRAWING

0414084

0414085

3400134-1

0711030-1

0400136-9

S-1746-2

S-2275-104

S-2275-202

0401012-1

S-2275-4

0415020

0413492

0514166

0400324-1

2015009-2

0460118-2

0450071

040

5068-1

04C5068-2

0405068-3

0413029

D1170-13PH

0541115

0400027-2

WT

LBS

11.1

17.0

10.5*

1.3

6.4

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.3

2.0

1.5

0.5

l.C

0.0

0.5

4.1

NEGL

14.0

NEGL

NEGL

NEGL

0.5

0.5

2.0

4.5

ARM

INS

45.2

45.2

66.5*

72.9

64.5

66.0

39.0

39.0

71.1

39.0

40.C

49.0

27.0

84.0

12.1

-22.0

23.0

23.0

23.C

21.5

42.0

68.0

to

(3d>

For Flight Training Reference Only-

CKSSNA MODIlI.. I~

-• • • •

• •

o • • -"

• -...,,,,,,.. . . . . . . . .. "'~"' ..... ~.... _~ .. ""' .. • _ .. rno~ ... .. .. .. __ "_4 ___ _

• .. • •

.,.,"'" . .,- , .. ~O~~, .. N, ........ N "'_ • • ,

""'~""'"'-- ,., .. ." ..... O_"""i! ..

-.. . .. , .............. ""' .. 0"""_ "0 .. _""'_ -... .. .-.<__ -<>_·0 , ., ....... .,< ..... ....,,-.. n

C'7 .. .. .. • • O

• • • • ~ :: il~

• .. .. - . ,- . ..

_. , " ... ~-:'7 -:''i''7~7-:'~'i' ~

~ .... --~ .......... ~ • ,,< -- -- .... " ...... .... .. _w ~~~~ ...... _~ "

Iluty 111711

• • .. •

SEC'TION 8 WEIOHT .. BAL.I<Nçlll

EQQIPMBNT I..IST

-" " " ,

-· . -• • • • •• ."" O •

~i -•• -••

" " •• • •• • • -.. •• " .-••

• , , •• , , , ,. .. •

•• , , .. .. ..

, o o • • •

o. ..

;

• -, , • • • .. ..

."

ITEM

NO

G16-A

G19-A

G22-A

G25-S

331-A

G34-A

G49-H

G55-A

G58-A

G67-A

G88-A

G9?-A

HH-A

H07-A

H38-A-1

EQUIPMENT

LIST

DESCRIPTION

STATIC

DISCHARGERS

(SET

OK

10)

STABILIZER

A3RAS10N

SOOTS

TOW

3A*,

AIRCRAFT

NOSE

WHEEL

(STOWED)

PAINT,

OVERALL

EXTERIOR

OVERALL

<USE

WHITE

COLUK

STRIPE

CARt.FS,

CORROSION

RESISTANT

CONTROL

(NET

fjAMI'C

ILnA

\ljC

I

LIGHTER,

CIGARETTE

WING

TIPS,

MODIFIED

CONICAL

(NET

CHANGE)

FIRE

EXTINGUISHER,

HAND

TYPt

STEPS

SHANDLES,

REFUELING

ASSIST

3EOAL

EXTENSIONS,

RUDDER,

REMOVABLE

-SET

OF

2(STOWABLE

-INSTALLED

\R*

SHOWN)

AVAILABLE

FROM

DEALERS

ONLY

WINTERIZATION

KIT

INSTALLATION,

ENGINE

COVER

PLATES,

FWO

COWL

(SET

OF

2INSTALLED)

COVER

PLATES,

FORWARD

COWL

(STOWED)

CRAVIKCASE

I3RFATHER

TUBE

INSULATION

WINGS

WITH

39

GALLON

CAPACITY,

EXTENDED

RANGE

FUEL

TANKS,

(NET

CHANGE)

H.

AVIONICS

£AUTOPILOTS

CESSNA

300

ADF

RECEIVER

WITH

BFO

(K-546E)

INDICATOR

UN-346A1

ANTENNA

INSTALLATION

LOOP

ANTENNA

INSTALLATION

CABLE

INSTALLATION

MISC.

INSTALLATION

COMPONENTS

CESSNA

400

GLIDESLOPE

WITH

ILS

INDICATOR

EXCHANGED

FOR

LOC

INDICATOR

RECEIVER

(R-443B)

MOUNTING,

RIGID

ANTENNA

AUTO

RAOIAI

CENTERING

INDICATOR

ARC/LOC

EXCHANGE

FOR

VOR/LOCIN

ITE^S

H22-A

AND

H?5-A

REFDRAWING

0401015

0500341

D501019-1

0404034

0400027

0401023

0523565

04010C1

0413456

0701048

0401024

—_

—_

0401018

3919159-11

41240-0001

40980-1001

0473400-62

1

3950104-14

3910157-13

42100-0000

36450-3CD0

1200098-2

46860-1203

WT

LBS

0.4

2.5

1.6

9.4*

8.7

0.3

0.0

0.1

2.5

3.0

2.

12.3

0.5*

0.1

0.1

0.2

5.9

8.2*

3.3

0.9

0.2

1.4

1.8

0.6

4.1*

2.1

0.3

0.2

0.2

ARM

INS

117.6

179.4

84.0

80.3*

79.0

115.1

13.0

41.0

9.

5

9.9

8.0

-20.9*

-33.0

84.0

-12.0

37.3

17.4*

13.5

15.5

96.5

24.2

12.3

14.4

78.9*

105.3

105.3

22.0

15.5

CO 5

Q a 2

I


SECTION" Wf;ICHT", BALANCEI EQUIPMENT L1ST

-• ; .. " ,.

• • • .. ii

z O

:;: ~

ii] O

t;; ~ -Z ~ ,. ~

~

= ~

• > .. -...

• .. .. O"'.,~, . . . . , . ~bo .. O .. "" _ ... ~ ~ - - .. --... -.

• .0 •• -" • --... .. .... ... , . .. .

0..._ ....... O ......... '" --. ,

"'."' .. -~"-.. • • • .... "n

~ ... '3 ~' "~ "c.~O

• O

-, -• • , •

0 -.. .~ ~

;. ...;;; :; .. .... _il .. .:: ..

, •

_ _ _ ...... r

... .. "' -,... . ;: - B :: ~;;,,~~: - ~ ~<~~~-~ '" ....... -><l _ _

t .. ~ S 0!~.; .. ~~ . - -~- ..... '" ~w~ .. ~i~~~~ .... ,~-..... " .. ..,~_ ....

",, _ .. % .. " ,,' ..... z~w_ .. c w.,"_~

.. " _r ..... . '" ~ ::;;::::;::'" ?; :;:~ .... ""J: . ~ .. .. ~_ ~_:r~~~~ ..

• 0'0 o • '-0 .--... -.......... -.., ., ... ... ,. ,.. .. ~--: • - o 0-«o" ..... ,-..

0-

'" .. , . O » ... -... " '0. " .. ~<i: .. ~ .. ~ .. ~.. ~~~e .. ~ ~ WG

~~~;,;~ ~;~6~~...r;o; ... ~~ <, -O' _" _ " .. " __ ...... ... .. ." .............. <..- .... ,. .. ~ .... _~.,.I~.,: .. ~ ~ ...... ~ .. -r _ _ ....... u-...... -c .. ~ > ... _ ........ ,,<."'_ ..

_ H ""'"'''_ . ''_'' ___ ''''''' ......... ·w ....... ~_~ .. . ,. .. ,.~,. ::;";;.~~;;:, .... ':~~~~!s:z,: .. _~_ ~ ""' __ 0" .. _ _ r " .. ____ _ _ ..... _.. u ~ .• _ .. ~.. ..

........ , , , , ----._~ .. "e"'" , "'" - ~,,-~ .... ,n.,

" "''''''h>

• , • , • ,

• ,

o O

• -• • •

, > •

•

• • .. ... ,,"'..-.. .. · ...... . ~~ ........... .. -~ .. ~-• •

CESSNA MODEL 152

-....... ~ --.. ........ .. _OC_..,... ..C'O<>

--- . -"'. -'"0' , ~- . :::';'1'~ ............ n o:::'!~':; t ....... '" ...

• , ,

, -• O

j .-

• , --

o • ,. o • " ,-.•• •• O ' -o 0 -0-, .. .-

, -, • , • ,

I J\lly 197'9

I

e-i

P CD ■5 CD 03

CO

ITEM

NO

H08-A-2

H13-A

H16-A-1

H16-A-2

H22-A

H?5-A

H28-A-1

H28-A-2

H34-A

H37-A

EQUIPMENT

LIST

DESCRIPTION

AUTO

RADIAL

CENTERING

INDICATOR,

ARC/ILS

EXCHANGE

FOR

VOR/ILS

INDICATOR

IN

ITEM

H17-A

ONLY

CESSNA

40C

MARKER

BEACON

RECEIVER

(R-402A)

ANTENNA,

LSHAPED

RJD

CESSNA

300

TRANSPONOER

TRANSCEIVER

(RT-359A)

ANTENNA

CFSSNA

400

TRANSPONDER

(EXPORT

USE)

TRANSCEIVER

(RT-459A)

ANTENNA

CESSNA

3?T

NAV/COM,

720

CH

COM

1ST

UNIT

(REQUIRES

H34-A

TO

BE

OPERATIONAL)

RECEIVER-TRANSCEIVER

(RT-385A)

VOR/LQC

INDICATOR

(IN-385A)

MOUNT,

WIRING

&MISC

ITEMS

CESSNA

300

NAV/CQM,

720

CH

COM

2N0

UNIT

(REQUIRES

H37-A

TO

BE

OPERATIONAL)

RECEIVER-TRANSCEIVER

(RT-385A)

VOR/LOC

INDICATOR

(IN-385A)

MOUNT,

WIRING

£MISC

ITEMS

EMERGENCY

LOCATOR

TRANSMITTER

TRANSMITTER

(0

SM

DMELT-6-1)

ANTENNA

EMERGENCY

LOCATOR

TRANSMITTER

(USED

IN

ra

hiana

tLANAJAI

TRANSMITTER

<0

&M

DMELT-6-1C)

ANTENNA

3ASIC

AVIONICS

KII

(USED

rfITH

1ST

UNIT

NAV/COM

FACTORY

INSTALLATION)

RAOIO

COOLING

NOISE

FILTER

(AU0I0K0N

ALTERNATOR)

LH

COM

ANTENNA

CABLE

OMNI

ANTENNA

CABLE

OMMI

ANTENNA

INSTALLATION

VHF

L.H.

COM

ANTENNA

MICROPHONE

INSTALLATION

AUOIO

CONTROL

CABIN

SPEAKFR

INSTL

HEADPHONE

INSTALLATION

COM

ANTENNA

£OMNI

COUPLER

KIT

(AVAILABLE

REFDRAWING

46860-2200

——

42410-5128

0770681-1

3910127-1

41420-0028

42943-0030

3910128-20

41470-1028

42940-0000

3913183

46660-100T

46860-1003

3910183

46660-1000

46860-1000

C470419-1

C589511-0117

C589511-0109

0470419-2

C589511-0113

C589511-0109

3910186

3930208

3940148-1

3950104-3

3950104-4

3960132-9

3960113-1

3970117-1

3970145

3970123-6

3970125-1

WT

LBS

0.2

2.2*

0.8

0.6

3.6*

2.7

0.1

3.6*

2.8

0.1

8.1*

5.5

1.6

1.0

8.1*

5.5

1.6

1.3

3.5*

3.3

0.1

3.5*

3.3

0.1

5.3*

1.0

0.1

0.4

0.9

0.5

0.4

0.3

0.4

1.1

0.2

1.0*

ARM

INS

15.5

35.4*

11.7

86.0

18.6*

13.0

67.0

18.6*

13.0

67.0

13.9*

13.6

15.5

12.9

13.9*

13.6

15.5

12.9

102.5*

102.6

131.3

102.5*

102.6

101.3

60.2*

15.6

-25.0

20.2

105.0

223.9

55.9

18.2

14.0

51.1

17.2

30.6*

go cn


L

-

-

CESSNA MODEL 1&2

• !

, , , , • , •

z Q -~ ~

'" -Q

t;; ~ -z -~ '" Q Q -• • • •

1 July

• •

•

• • • • , • • • •

., , • , • , ,m

• • • • ~~", .. ~ .. oO~ · . . . . . . . , . _ .... - ., .... ~ .. _~~._-• • • • ~"' .. _-.... _-........ .. .. "0 ... ....., ... "".

• , , • • • • , , , ,

• • • • • • , ,

._. ' ... _ .

• . _ . . , .. ---•• •• -- • , , • -•• • .. •• • •• •

• , • • •

• • ~,,~"'~~'" ....... ....... _-.. _~ ....... n" ----

• • ........... -....... ...--.......

----, , -•• •• •• ..

• , , • • , , • • " • , •

• _. , " .-

• , • •

• ...,""""' .. ....,~~ .. .. ....... .. ...... " ........ .... ~~" --:''''~--~''

• .,.. .... "' .. ,...-..., .. ....... .. -<><>000<><0_"'_

• , • •

."

N o

c-i

CD

ITEM

NO

H"55-A

H56-A

JO1-A

J04-A

EQUIPMENT

LIST

DESCRIPTION

ON

?ND

UNIT

NAV/COM

FACTURY

INSTL

ONLY)

RH

COM

ANTENNA

INSTALLATION

RH

COM

ANTENNA

CABLE

OMNI

COUPLER

(SIGNAL

SPLITTER)

&CABLE

HtMlSET-MICRUPHONE,

RQS

ALL'PURPOSE

roMTfjni

uijcr

iO

"-'N

1rsLJL

"diCLt

PADDED

HEADPHONE-MIKE

ASSY,

REQUIRES

ALL-

PURPOSE

CONTROL

WHEEL

J.

SPECIAL

OPTION

PACKAGES

152-11

PACKAGE

EQUIPMENT

A61-A

VACUUM

SYSTFM

(FOR

3YRDS)

C43-A

OMNI

FLASHING

BFAC3N

C49-A-1

LANDING

LIGHT

SINGLE

BJLB

064-A

GYRH

INSTALLATION

D82-A

OUTSIDE

AIR

TEMPERATURE

IND

088-A

TURN

COORDINATOR

D91-A

RATE

OF

CLIMB

IND.

E55-A

SUN

VISORS

G05-A

DUAL

CONTROLS

G34-A

CIGARETTE

LIGHTER

H22-A

CESSNA

300

MAV/CQM

RT-385A

H34-A

B4SIC

AVIONICS

KIT

152

II

NAV-PAC

EQUIPMENT

H16-A-1

CESSNA

301

TRANSPONDER

3T-3S9A

H25-A

RT-385A

?ND

UNIT

H^7-A

COM

ANTENNA

E,COUPLER

KIT

REFDRAWING

S-2086-1

C596530-0101

C596531-0101

0413466-2

0406003-1

0401022

0413466

C663507-n01

C661003-0505

C661080-0101

0514166

0460118-2

040102

33910183

3910127

3910183

WT

LBS

0.4

0.4

0.?

0.2

1.1

32.1*

2.8

1.3

1.0

6.3

0.1

1.3

0.7

1.0

4.1

0.

1

8.

1

5.3

12.7*

3.6

8.1

1.0

ARM

INS

55.9

20.2

1.0

17.2

26

1*

-5.2

193.7

-28.3

13.0

22.0

17.2

17.3

27.0

12.1

18.0

13.9

60.2

16.5*

18.6

13.9

30.6

H<

Cfi

cii-

iO

Ho_

-^Z&

«»ha o

I


SECTION e WE! OHT .. BALANCEI EQUlPMENT L18T

" • ~":~ o

• .0_ o ., ---" ~':~ -• o • -- -•

• • - • o • --~ ' 0 o .. o

" · - - • , - • •• • - •• • ,. • - • -• • , • • • • • • , • • • Z • •

Q , -. • • - • ~ • -. - • ~ - ~. • " • ~ " c, • •

" -. • • U - • ~ -- .. o • ~ .. •• • C '. • • • • •• •• • .. -•• -lo; ~- ..... '" • -

5-;~S'" .. • ~ • o ... -'-'- . -=< .. .. ~ f !! • ~ • z "'~~ .. ~~: -

~ • '" --- ~ • --. ,,: • ~ ~;:~~~~" • ~ O "" ......... ~ o "'0- ... te: -~ "'"""'i:;:,,~ !"" .. ~ .... ., .... ;:;~~

" . , • -• • • • , , - • • = , • ,

o o ~-ce~~-c~~~~~ ......... .. ...... ~~m~~~N~~O '.~n ~'~~_N ___ ~ __ ~

_o

o o _~~o~~~o ___ ~~~-o .. ..... .. ... ... .. ~ __ ~-o_~c.~~~_

• -_. c''''''' --.- co. • o , , , , , ...... ~~ ... ~..,~ .. '"'- -. _ ... c"" .. ~-." •• .... " ...... 0<- _ .-.,_ -... ~--_ ...... '" -_0-" .... - ::1- .-.... .... ........ ,.. ... '" •• O<:"o-vv"",~ ... --• • o -• • • , - • - • - -• - • • -c • - • • • , • • • , - • • ";;3 - • , • • • o" o o .- o • 0"_"" Q co_ e; .. .!l .... ... c ..... ,. 'o. -. - .. ,.., - -- 't _ ... _.- .,. .. .... ",- .. -. ., ............. .... " ...

,.~ ,.." ... •• --.. -:;> .. _ _ 1> ."' __ c • •• .. ~ .... :_ ...... _""r "e" ......

~ ~"'_ ..... U"'_~ ... _6'· .... .. _. • • ""- .. ,.-.. • .... ~"'""" .. "'c .. "' .-~~ .. -"uc_~ .. u .. ~"

~~ _ - ,. ~"""~Z.'" :>_Q"',",ZW _.- .-~~~~;~~!g~~~~! .. ,.C~==-~~ ~c~u.",

• o

• - .. • , ., ~""""~""""'"'''''''''' "", .. "." '" _ .. ~--........ -.. ,..... _ ~~"~Dm~~~~~~~

, ......... "'<>CC ......... ,,::- .-, • • • • - -• • , , - • o , -

CESSNA MODE L I~

I July 1979

CESSNA SECTION 7

MODEL 152 AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS

SECTION 7

AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS

DESCRIPTIONS


Introduction 7-3

Airframe 7-3

Flight Controls 7-8

Trim System 7-8

Instrument Panel 7-8

Ground Control 7-9

Wing Flap System 7-10

Landing Gear System 7-10

Baggage Compartment 7-10

Seats 7-11

Seat Belts And Shoulder Harnesses 7-13

Seat Belts 7-13

Shoulder Harnesses 7-13

Integrated Seat Belt/Shoulder Harnesses With Inertia Reels 7-14

Entrance Doors And Cabin Windows 7-14

Control Locks 7-15

Engine 7-15

Engine Controls 7-15

Engine Instruments 7-16

New Engine Break-In And Operation 7-17

Engine Oil System 7-17

Ignition-Starter System 7-18

Air Induction System 7-18

Exhaust System 7-18

Carburetor And Priming System 7-18

Cooling System 7-19

Propeller 7-19

Fuel System 7-19

Brake System 7-22

Electrical System 7-22

Master Switch 7-22

Ammeter 7-24

1 July 1979 7-1


--

-

-

CEsaNA MODEL 1112

SECTtON7 AIRPLANS '" 8YSTEMS D"SCItIPTIONS

SECTION 7 AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS

DESCRIPTIONS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

'"U'Od"eUoa .. Airframe Pllehl Controis

Tl'lm SyslOm I,,,"rumenl Pallel Grntlnd Conlro! Wlng f'lap 5yBlam !.andlng o ... , Syx'-m Bal(lI"&gtI Comp .. nmlnt s.. .. l~ ••• Se", BellSl And Shoulde< H.rn~ ......

S"I\I scn.. . ... ShOllld ... Hames".. . . . . .. .. 1"1""410<1 SUI n"UIShoulder H •• nnee, Wllb lnerlia R.,.,la

I;ntranee Doof1l And CAbl" Windows Conlml 1..0<:1.. • • • • . E"Kj,,~ . . . . •. . .. .

ERilnn C"nlmla ... . Enlfino 'nSlrUmOnls. • . N ..... En&1ne Bl'Hk In A!Id OperatlOl> l':nl:lne 011 Sysu-m Ign!\lon-Starter SyslOm Alt IndueUon 5ys"'m ExhRu~' Sy."'''' Carbura"" An" ".,mlnl Sy."'", Coo11n1l' Sy ... ...

Propeller ... . Pue' Sy.Ie'" B~e Sy."'m ELec.rlc.J Syalem

M-..lOr S_lIel! Ammollir

1 July 18?9

•

•

'" '" ,. ,. ,-, " 7-10

' · 10 7_10 ~-H

7·13 7·13 7·13 ' ·14 7- H 7 15 7·1 ~

7·1~

7·16 ' _17 7_17 7_111 7_111 7_ 111 n, 7-19 7-19 7- 19 ,-~

,-~

,-~

,-~

~SECTION 7 CESSNA _

AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS MODEL 152


Alternator Control Unit And Low-Voltage Warning Light . . 7-24

Circuit Breakers And Fuses 7-25

Ground Service Plug Receptacle 7-25

Lighting Systems 7-25

Exterior Lighting 7-25

Interior Lighting 7-26

Cabin Heating, Ventilating And Defrosting System 7-27

Pitot-Static System And Instruments 7-27

Airspeed Indicator 7-29

Vertical Speed Indicator 7-29

Altimeter 7-29

Vacuum System And Instruments 7-29

Attitude Indicator 7-31

Directional Indicator 7-31

Suction Gage 7-31

Stall Warning System 7-31

Avionics Support Equipment 7-32

Audio Control Panel . 7-32

Transmitter Selector Switch 7-32

Audio Selector Switches 7-34

Com Auto Audio Selector Switch 7-34

Coin Both Audio Selector Switch 7-35

Annunciator Lights Brightness And Test Switch 7-35

Sidetone Operation 7-35

Microphone-Headset Installations 7-36

Static Dischargers 7-36

n

7-2 . 1 July 1979

n

n

n


SECTION 7 AIRPLANE lo 8YSTEMS OESCRIPTIONS

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)

CESSNA MODEI. llll!

.... AIt.rn"lOr eonll'Ol VIII. And Low.Volta..,. Waml ... 1.1eto. Cll'<'ull BrNk.rs And P'Us ....

7·24 '.~ ,.~

,.~

,.~

,.~

,.~

7·27 ,.~

'·W ,,, ,,, 7·3 ,

'" ,~,

Oround SlrvI.,. Ptug lWc:.pt~l.

WltnlDl S)'I",ml ... . EX\&rlOT Lll11l1nl ..... . In~.lOT Ll,h!!n, ..... .

Cabin H .. .,ng. Vlntllating An d o..fro.llng S)'.I.m 1'1,,,,,S'.lle Syo'a'" And In. t.uroon'.

Al .. ""e<lln<llcalOr . Von1eoJ SI>ee<llndic .. lOr AI,lmete. . ....•..•

Va.euum Syllem And InltfUmen'Atthudt' IndlcalO. OI . .... UOft.1 1 .... ' .... 10. Suc'lo .. O~

SL&ll WanU"1 SyMem Avlo .. lc. SUppoR t:qulpment Au<llo Conl ..... 1 "'IoIMI ....

T ..... mll ... Selecw. Swltch AudIo SelKlOr S .. ltch •• Cl>m AulO Audil> BaI..:IO. SWltch Com BoUl Audio 8,,1..,10. S .. itch • An"""CI .. IO. 1.lghll 8rillll,neaa An" Tnt Bwitch SldolOno Opc> ... Uon . . . .

MI~rophone·II_H,I"8t&Il.Uons

SI"!!C Oloroh.'lers ..

,.,

•

,~,

,.~

,.~

,.~

,.~

,.~

,~

,.~

,.~

,." ,."

I July 11119

-

CESSNA

SECTION

7

MODEL

152

AIRPLANE&SYSTEMSDESCRIPTIONS

INTRODUCTION

Thissectionprovidesdescriptionandoperationoftheairplaneandits

systems.Some

equipment

describedherein

isoptionalandmay

notbe

installedinthe

airplane.RefertoSection

9,Supplements,

fordetailsof

otheroptionalsystemsandequipment.

AIRFRAME

The

airplane

isan

all-metal,

two-place,

high-wing,

single-engine

airplaneequippedwith

tricyclelandinggearanddesigned

forgeneral

utilitypurposes.

Theconstructionofthefuselageisaconventionalformedsheetmetal

bulkhead,

stringer,andskindesignreferredtoassemimonocoque.Major

itemsofstructurearethefrontandrearcarry-throughsparstowhichthe

wings

are

attached,

abulkhead

and

forgings

formain

landing

gear

attachmentatthebaseofthereardoorposts,andabulkheadwithattaching

plates

atthebaseoftheforwarddoorpostsforthelowerattachmentofthe

wing

struts.Fourenginemount

stringersarealsoattachedtotheforward

doorpostsandextendforward

tothefirewall.

Theexternallybracedwings,containingthefueltanks,areconstruct

ed

ofa

frontand

rearsparwithformed

sheetmetal

ribs,doublers,and

stringers.The

entirestructure

iscoveredwithaluminum

skin.The

front

spars

areequippedwithwing-to-fuselageand

wing-to-strutattach

fit

tings.The

aftsparsareequippedwithwing-to-fuselageattachfittings,and

arepartial-spanspars.Conventionalhinged

aileronsand

single-slotted

flaps

are

attached

tothe

trailingedge

ofthewings.The

ailerons

are

constructedofaforwardsparcontaining

balanceweights,formedsheet

metal

ribsand"V"typecorrugatedaluminumskinjoinedtogether

atthe

trailingedge.Theflapsareconstructedbasicallythesameastheailerons,

withtheexceptionofthebalanceweightsandtheadditionofaformedsheet

metalleadingedge

section.

Theempennage

(tailassembly)

consists

ofaconventional

vertical

stabilizer,rudder,horizontalstabilizer,andelevator.Theverticalstabiliz

erconsistsofaspar,formedsheetmetalribsandreinforcements,awrap

aroundskinpanel,formedleadingedgeskinandadorsal.Therudder

is

constructedofaformedleadingedgeskincontaininghingehalves,awrap

aroundskinpaneland

ribs,andaformedtrailingedgeskinwithaground

adjustabletrimtabatitsbase.Thetopoftherudderincorporatesaleading

edgeextensionwhichcontainsabalanceweight.Thehorizontalstabilizei

isconstructed

ofaforward

spar,main

spar,formed

sheetmetal

ribsanc

stiffeners,awrap-aroundskinpanel,andformedleadingedgeskins.The

1July

1979

7-;

For F

light

Tra

inin

g R

efer

ence

Onl

y

~e !~1!~5] ~]~~]1~i~~i 1·1l.~"-~"~l!-" ;.:: '0 ~n = _ ~.s.!! .~ .. "1S.! ~~ ~I~ ~~l ~ ._~~~.i~ei "E:;; 00 ,,, =. ,,~ ~·~~"·"i~~i o •

E~ · " l'' i';:;;~~i8 ~.i _E.!l? i ~ ., -~ "'''''6'' .<> ,,- .... E !i ~8~ lf.2 ife,,~.c= ;"~-~~iio o 01 -e." .2 ~l 1 ~~t~g .~~~I~ .. ~g=~ ;;~! . ~c"c1-i ·'e" .,,~~]_o o .hi .... o"";; • .., ... .!I-5 ~ ~~ ~.; oE"E·~ ~1:"". o -., i - ~lCi, :Il;~ - ·!!"~a;~ '" , " 0 ."" ~- - -!a o e" .. ~ ~ 0°- ~] J ~.2J~~ I~aii~i~~= ." _., ., i5==!:,":5;; "_"".2;; i"~-! .' > ." 1! ii~~~H~ ~Hit}~ihi o

&.!! .. • • • •• c.~ Q81-ff ~i! .!! t lf _ · .' l ~""1i:l ~i :";l!" h.., 3Bh1 ;;B~ .:. 1': ~ 11 01 E !I-~"iI-' H'" ~ - - ~ ~~ ~ " .. o 825 3 <>_

;j- j~hlH; ~~.!f;":;B""H; • "5.1: g 0!!-

H jlU~]~] n~rlr;a~l!j. - 1:~~r , ~ -3'; ; -O:"

.. !i 5iiJ~~~~ lig~r~5i!5H ." . ~ z • • •

",,!l~a ~!.! "E"St~p~; ~~·.5iS! l!.H o 1'- .~ o," i c -"ttl ,;!o ; e-, - o." '!lo> ,,- 5-1°' ,,1:0 ~.c ~ .,- _> ~ ,- . w ~I~ ~'~§5!~= ~iio!!-c.51",a!i · " u " O> _ -

""" c- D"" ~".c. 13] c. .. ~ 2S:;. :E p~ ;Ep~ • .;~ ~;; i'ii';~ U.!! e~-·i--"-· ! o i,g.!!§ ,,- - .... ~ . • et ;;i" ~i;ei:;p .. g.5~3e !in "f;1:h:;f:;;~ = ,- o ··li a: . "CI. c 13"~;";\~ c"a l-t;:.;'';.!! ... ;..,~..,,, t;" • %~ ~=§O ,,\il s~ , ." ~ ~ 8", o ~ ~!~ ~~Ej~i~~ ~13E5i II~~~~ ., ~ ... ; - , .0 ~ ,!t ~L ~l?-;;" _'1l -tl§ z .. ,

et ."S i~J";lai~ "li. i.,;"" s!:)a i;'.!! "5

J 1 , .J

SECTION 7

AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONSCESSNA

MODEL 152

AILERON CONTROL SYSTEM

RUDDER CONTROL SYSTEM

Figure 7-1. Flight Control and Trim Systems (Sheet 1 of 2)

n

n

n

n

r

n

n

n

.7-4 1 July 1979

n


SEC'l'ION 7 AlRPLANE .. SYSTII:MS DSSCtm'TIONS

AlJ..BRON CONTROL 8Y8TEM

RUDDER CONTROL SYSTE'"

CESSNA MOOELIGl!

P'1eure 7_1. F1.IlIhl Coa U'OI ..... Trtm S)'.~"" (Sb ... , 1 ora)

1 J" ly 197\1 -

u

CESSNA

MODEL 152SECTION 7

AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS

ELEVATOR CONTROL SYSTEM

ELEVATOR TRIM CONTROL SYSTEM

Figure 7-1. Flight Control and Trim Systems (Sheet 2 of 2)

1 July 1979 7-


-

-

(;!;Sl!NA MODE!.. III

8t:CTION 1 AIRPLANII. 8Y~ Or:sCFUrnONI

6U1VATOR CONTROL SYSTIUII

ELEVA TOll Tll.Df CONTJI.OL SYSTIIM

l Jyly lt7'l 7·

nSECTION 7

AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONSCESSNA

MODEL 152

Figure 7-2. Instrument Panel (Sheet 1 of 2)

n

n

7-6 1 July 1979

n

n

n

n

n


SECTlON7 AffiPLANE • 8YSTEM8 DESCHlf"TIONS

"i.,.. .. 7·2. In.tnlmenl PMel (8b,,",t I 01 11)

,.,

CESSNA MOD&L 1112

I

CD

CD1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

11.

12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

17.

18.

19.

20.

21.

22.

Turn Coordinator

Airspeed Indicator

Suction Gage

Directional Indicator

Attitude Indicator

Airplane Registration Number

Vertical Speed Indicator

Altimeter

Digital Clock

Course Deviation and ILS Glide

Slope Indicator

Transponder

ADF Radio

Marker Beacon Indicator Lights

and Switches

Nav/Com Radio

Audio Control Panel

Flight Hour Recorder

Tachometer

Economy Mixture Indicator (EGT)

ADF Bearing Indicator

Additional Instrument Space

Low-Voltage Warning Light

Ammeter

23.

24.

25.

26.

27.

28.

29.

30.

31.

32.

33.

34.

35.

36.

37.

38.

39.

40.

41.

42.

Map Compartment

Cabin Heat Control

Cabin Air Control

Circuit Breakers

Wing Flap Switch and Position

Indicator

Mixture Control

Throttle (With Friction Lock)

Microphone

Elevator Trim Control Wheel

and Position Indicator

Carburetor Heat Control

Electrical Switches

Oil Pressure Gage

Oil Temperature Gage

Cigar Lighter

Instrument Panel and Radio

Dial Lights Rheostat

Left and Right Fuel

Quantity Indicators

Ignition Switch

Master Switch

Primer

Parking Brake Control

>I—I

a

t-<

zK

EP

w

ra

HM

Cfi

O

w

-.1

CD -J

For Flight Training Reference O

nly

( , ( L , r

- <o - o· ~ o· "oo ~ ~~ ,. Turn CoordlnalOr " M.p Comp~rlment , , Alra.peed l"dl<>a\Ot " C .. bin Hu&< eon.ro] , , Suc:Uon Gag. ~. C .. bl" Alt Control • •• DI,,,,,Uonal Indic .. 'or .. Clreult Bre&lr.ers , ,. AIUlude lndic"lOt " Wlng f'lo.p Swtlcll and PoIII!!on • < •• Alrplane Regi.t'Mion Number lndk .. tor • ,. Ve,Ife .. ] Speed Indle ... or .. Mialu .... Com.w

• Allimeter " 'l'hrotlle (WlIh Frle!!on l.<x:k) • , DigitaI Clock " M icrophone

i " Cou .... Devi"';on and ILS Olido " ElevAtor 1'rim Control Wh ... t > , Slope lndlc&tor end Po.ltion Indle ... or , • " 'l'nnspon<ler ,. Cuburetor HUI Conlrol , ,

" AOP !\adIo n Eloctrlcal SW;Whu ~ > ,

" Marlte, Be"""n Indicato. Llgh\a ". 011 P, ... "u .... GAgo Z • • Rnd SwiLche8 " Dii Tempo,a..u", G~ • , ". Nav/Com Ro.dlo " Clga. Liglt\n • -. " Audio Control Panel " In.\cume"l Pan.l .00 !\adIo • • " l'Hg)>! Hour Recorder 01 .. 1 Lij:h18 Rheolll.' < • • , ". l'8.<)hom."" " LoIf1 .. nd ftight J'ul>l " " ". Eoonomy Mb:lu .... Indiea lor (EOT) QuanU1y Indlct.lors • < a " ADI" Bea""g IndlealOr " Ignillon Swllcll • " 00. Addillo n.l InBlmmaDI Spa.ce ". M"" ... r S ... Uch ~ ". L<>w.voll&g<l W. rnlng Llghi " Prlmer

~. Ammeter ., ParklDI Br.lle Conlrol • a. '. ~~ 88

~ ZZ "<

n

SECTION 7 CESSNA


horizontal stabilizer also contains the elevator trim tab actuator. Con

struction of the elevator consists of a main spar and bellcrank, left and

right wrap-around skin panels, and a formed trailing edge skin on the left

half of the elevator; the entire trailing edge of the right half is hinged and

forms the elevator trim tab. The leading edge of both left and right elevator

tips incorporate extensions which contain balance weights. "

FLIGHT CONTROLS

The airplane's flight control system (see figure 7-1) consists of

conventional aileron, rudder, and elevator control surfaces. The control

surfaces are manually operated through mechanical linkage using a

control wheel for the ailerons and elevator, and rudder/brake pedals for

the rudder.

Extensions are available for the rudder/brake pedals. They consist of a

rudder pedal face, two spacers and two spring clips. To install an exten

sion, place the clip on the bottom of the extension under the bottom of the

rudder pedal and snap the top clip over the top of the rudder pedal. Check

that the extension is firmly in place. To remove the extensions, reverse the

above procedures.

TRIM SYSTEM _

A manually-operated elevator trim tab is provided. Elevator trimming

is accomplished through the elevator trim tab by utilizing the vertically

mounted trim control wheel. Forward rotation of the trim wheel will trim

nose-down; conversely, aft rotation will trim nose-up.

INSTRUMENT PANEL

The instrument panel (see figure 7-2) is designed to place the primary

flight instruments directly in front of the pilot. The gyro-operated flight

instruments are arranged one above the other, slightly to the left of the

control column. To the left of these instruments are the airspeed indicator,

turn coordinator, and suction gage. The clock, altimeter, vertical speed

indicator, and navigation instruments are above and/or to the right of the

control column. Avionics equipment is stacked approximately on the

centerline of the panel, with space for additional equipment on the lower

right side of the instrument panel. The right side of the panel also contains

the tachometer, ammeter, low-voltage light, economy mixture indicator

(EGT) and additional instruments such as a flight hour recorder. The left

switch and control panel, under the primary instrument panel, contains

7-8 1 July 1979


SECTION 7 AIItP!.ANI!: '" 8YST&MS D~SCRIPTIONS

CESSNA MOD!.:!. 1~

M.I'M"'I .'Ohll\U1' o,.., "".lOlno 1M .Iovotor trlm 'oh oetuoto,_ Con· .'",ctlo<! 01 1M ol.v"'o, con . "'-" 01 o m o!n 1p.t.' .M I>oUe.....,k. lenond n&bt .... p-around .kln pon.l •. orni . 10""0<I .... lIIn."" ••• kln on 'h. 10ft ba!! al "'" .I.v.",,, ..... ntl ... 'nllinll odll. al .b. nlbl h.lI io blnllod oDd IQ""" 'b •• Inato' trlm IOb. Th.l.adlol"""" 01 bolill.noDd n .... ' elevo,"", Ilpo Uto<>rpor." u"n,loDo wblch con.aID 1>al .... oo w.lllb ••.

FUGHT CONTROLS

TIte al!"l'lon.·' ili .... ""'''t'OI ';r."'" 1_ 1l1JU'" 7.1l """"101.0 01 ç"''''o.tlonol .1l0t'Oo. rudd., ...... d .'.volOr 0<> .. ",1 ,urI",,". TIto con.",I ouri",," or. "'",,0011..- "!M'n"'" "'",uRb _ .... 10.1 Ilnk""" ua,., • ",,"Uol wb .. llor <bo oll.,..,.o Ond . Iovotor. &Dd ru_,/1>r&lte pedalo lor Iho ruddot.

Exto""IQDO ueovo,loblolor<bo ruddorlbn.llo pedalo. TbOYOODObl 010 >"U01<! ... po<I'" fooo. two 'p_n .M t",o OprtDg ollp • . To 'n"." .., ex," •• olon. plOOO 1It. dlp OD 'bo boIlOm <>I 'ho u,"noioD wtd., .b. bo''''''' 01 <bo rudder ~al ..,d .D.p 'bo top clip OV" iii. IOp 0111>. tu_. l'OdoJ. Cbr<:k \ho, 1It. o~te""loa lo rInnly la pl~. Ta.-.mave <ho o" te"ol""o. rovo,... .bo _bovo proc«lur ...

TRIM SYSTEM

INSTRUM ENT PANEL

TlHt In",,,,mo .. ' panol (000 llgu .. 7_2) IO do"gnO<l to pl_ .ho p",,,ary flip. inotn>monta d''''''Uy In f1o<>.t o' 'ho pii",. TI>o lfYJ"O-<>""rate~ Uillhl I .. "",,,,,n,-" a ....... ...,..., ono _bovo lIto alltor. ,UlhtlY to "'" 1.11 al Uto oOnl"'l oolumn. To!ho I.n QllIt ••• I ... """"'nta .... "'" .InI~ IMltator. lu,n """"U"ator •• nd ."",tIan i'S", no clook. "'U"","',. '.rtloal .~ Indico"' •. ond uavlgoUan IDolrllrn.D,-" ~ _bov. andio, IO "'" righI ol<ho 00",,..,1 calamo. Avlo"l .. oqulpmon, I •• ....,kod a pprnx lmAtoly GO \ho ""n,.,rUne 01 <ho panol ... ,'" opaee lar addltlonal .q'Hp",on. on Ilt. lo ... , n .. h •• ,do 01 .bo Instrumont pano' . Tho ngM .Id. 0111>0 1"'-"01 0.100 "",,"'mo <h • ....,""m ... '. omm ... ,. 1O .. ·vollO," Il .. b~ oooo_y ml" uro Indlc._ (EOT) 'nd addi.lao.1 in.'''' ..... '' .. o"cb .. o fllibt ba", RICOrdo,. TlHt 1.11 ''''lOh Ond con«<>' i>'"ol. und., <ho p,lmary In.trum.", po"ol. ""n •• lno

,., 'Ju'y'''''''

CESSNA

SECTION

7

MODEL

152


the

fuelquantity

indicators,cigarlighter,andengineinstrumentsposi

tionedbelowthepilot'scontrolwheel.The

electricalswitches,paneland

radio

light

rheostat

knob,

ignitionand

master

switches,

primer,

and

parkingbrakecontrolarelocatedaroundtheseinstruments.Theengine

controls,wingflapswitch,andcabinairandheatcontrolknobsaretothe

rightofthe

pilot,

atthecenter

oftheswitchandcontrolpanel.Directly

below

these

controls

are

theelevatortrim

controlwheel,trimposition

indicator,microphone,andcircuitbreakers.Amapcompartment

isonthe

extremerightsideoftheswitchandcontrolpanel.

Fordetailsconcerningtheinstruments,switches,circuitbreakers,and

controlsonthispanel,referinthissectiontothedescriptionofthesystems

towhichtheseitemsarerelated.

GROUNDCONTROL

Effectivegroundcontrolwhiletaxiing

isaccomplishedthroughnose

wheelsteeringbyusingtherudderpedals;leftrudderpedaltosteerleftand

rightrudder

pedal

to

steer

right.When

arudderpedal

isdepressed,

a

spring-loadedsteeringbungee(which

isconnectedtothenosegearandto

therudderbars)willturnthenosewheelthroughanarcofapproximately

8.5°eachsideofcenter.Byapplyingeitherleftorrightbrake,thedegreeof

turnmay

beincreasedup

to30°each

sideofcenter.

>>>

Figure

7-3.WingFlapSystem

1July

1979

7-9

For F

light

Tra

inin

g R

efer

ence

Onl

y

-. .;ni~~H '! s ... ·gJ;o'O /\ ~ ZZ o'i"~ 92 i'i' 3~::~ " "= 5" §~ ~i~·5i:il.!: ' . f,.!: ~ ~ E ~ ." • ]Jj . ~ " ,"'! etaf-<p.H H .I <lo:r. ~ ·0 ~ .. -lI ~ g;'s. • e.., .l!]p~ .0 i 3 ,!!" .. ':;: ~ ~!I"" ..: ·0

:!-~ ,,--." ,~i 'l"" • ;tJ:!gH",~ ::: r; f!: , O-l ""~8 " "'M !l"f." E "e .. .a g g~ a.-' H I-lIH h3 ,

c_~ -l .~ • _li! .. cS" ,. "ti "'~.

, > ih!.!I..,8<3. •• e"~"Oll " • " .!:ie~eh • • ."a:!l'SSl! "'il " • ~.. .- ~ "-::" 8:10: .. l ; sj:"" ~..: ~- 'o " ~g!l·--"2 • o 9.!!i!.-5':2 ,,-' ~.~ ... il

-"",-I .. • =:" " g~" l!:.:a..aOl", ""0 - .. ..,. - h,,~ ,

~·"'l'\l<l>'::· ';~,;S~I.!3 ~ - ~ .!!~" .1 _~ '-0 >,

~ ,,;t Et .... ~ .. ~ ~ .,} " ) 'I:!c;;. o - .. 1""9 • .. = l!: e,,§e_" •

.!li!? " -,::; ~e"'''" ~ ~ • .. .., <Il ~

e..: .. z 8t:3"i!~1 , . . l;ii=i-o , , o 8 "'~ "

~>. J~ f ~.., "l- g .' ! .... " 0_

g-~i~~il:!> ., o ~~ =l~h , h-s z (/ ~ t ,. "j11", ",,' -!''' ....

-; ::: .. .!! 'Ii:!l Il E . .- ~ ] ~·d.::: ~ z· ,n~ •

~! 21.!3:H.:;~~~ o 10i i.;; l' 2 ~ E ~ .0 .. ~a·"-'.!- 00 " ... ,,;;.,, :, E -o, :; 8d_= " " ~i:,,':!ii.,a

l , l l J J 1

SECTION 7 CESSNA


Moving the airplane by hand is most easily accomplished by attaching

a tow bar to the nose gear strut. If a tow bar is not available, or pushing is

required, use the wing struts as push points. Do not use the vertical or

horizontal surfaces to move the airplane. If the airplane is to be towed by

vehicle, never turn the nose wheel more than 30° either side of center or

structural damage to the nose gear could result.

LANDING GEAR SYSTEM

The landing gear is of the tricycle type with a steerable nose wheel and

two main wheels. The landing gear may be equipped with wheel fairings.

Shock absorption is provided by the tubular spring-steel main landing

gear struts and the air/ oil nose gear shock strut. Each main gear wheel is

equipped with a hydraulically actuated disc-type brake on the inboard side

of each wheel. When wheel fairings are installed an aerodynamic fairing

covers each brake.

BAGGAGE COMPARTMENT

The baggage compartment consists of the area from the back of the

pilot and passenger's seats to the aft cabin bulkhead. Access to the baggage

n

nThe minimum turning radius of the airplane, using differential

braking and nose wheel steering during taxi, is approximately 24 feet 8

inches. To obtain a minimum radius turn during ground handling, the

airplane may be rotated around either main landing gear by pressing down

on the tailcone just forward of the vertical stabilizer to raise the nose wheel

off the ground.

WING FLAP SYSTEM

nThe wing flaps are of the single-slot type with a maximum deflection of

30° (see figure 7-3). They are extended or retracted by positioning the wing

flap switch lever on the instrument panel to the desired flap deflection

position. The switch lever is moved up or down in a slot in the instrument

panel that provides mechanical stops at the 10° and 20° positions. For flap

settings greater than 10°, move the switch lever to the right to clear the stop

and position it as desired. A scale and pointer on the left side of the switch

lever indicates flap travel in degrees. The wing flap system circuit is

protected by a 15-ampere circuit breaker, labeled FLAP, on the right side of

the instrument panel.

"

n

7-10 1 July 1979


$ECTION 7 Cl!;$SN .... AIRPLANE • SYSTEM$ DESCR IPTIONS MODEL 1~

Mo"I'" llIe urpl.ne by Il,,,,d l, moaleuily aooompUlIlIed by Mlacl>lnr • IO'" b...- IO tbe nOM eee. $l.NL II .. 1ft-. bl.r t. no' .. val1able. or puolline I. roqulred. UM Ula .. 1"1' . ' N'" .. pu_h potnlL DD not u .. llIe ve"l,,""l o r horl.ontal.urf..,.. '" ",ove u. •• Irpl ...... Il UI •• Irpl"". 1.10 bo IOwed by v.llld •• I1.v.r luru Ibo ........ h"1 more UI .... 30" .lIh~r .ide or ",,,,I<>, Or ~INC1.Ural do.map \O Ihe..- get.. oould .... uIL

n, minlmum .urulnl ..... 11 ... 01 III •• Irplan •. _h'l dilr ... "ua.l bralnns- and n<>Q wh"1 _leerlnr d .. r lnll" taxi. ia &pp",,,h"a"'ly Z4 1_ B iDeb.,.. To obla.l" a mln.l",,,,,, tsd.I".. I ...... d",inII" IrolUld 1Ir.mllin,. !be .apI""" may be roI.I.ted uou"delUl' ..... 1n IaDdln"urby preMi", do .... OD .b. ""lIoo".Jul\lo ...... ..., oflhe vertleal nablllzer IO raI..,lh, n ..... wll .... ] alt Ihe ero" ......

WING FLAP SYSTEM

ne '" Ine nap. a r. o, lha sin (fl ••• lOl type wlth e m e~ m 11m deneello" 01 lO" (_ ngu .. 7,3), They e,. ..... ndltd o, nolraet.<! by po.lllonine III, .. In, n.p .,..ll<:h la",r on UI, 1""Nm."1 p"".l '" Ula <1 .. 1.-..1 nap d,n""u"n poai.lon. Th. a ... ll<:h levar le moved up o . down In e .101 In \he Ine'N", .. n' pana] Utal provida. mMehenlcal ."'p. al III. III" end 20" po.lllona. l'o. n.p HItWIl"" II"",QIIt. lh&n. IO', mO"tU.a,w!WIl lo,,, •• '" 111M .Ight IOdn.llla ."'p .nd poaitlou Il .. d~~lrod, A sul~ a"<1 poi"IC:. 011 !lIQ I.rl old. 0.1111. "wllcll leve. Indl"""'a nap Iravel In deVflctI. The ",Inll: flllp Iyww", circuiI Lo prol«l1.e<l by .. I~ .• mpe,. Clroull b."keT.]~beIO<l PLAP, on Ille d,hl sldc 01 111e tnslrom .. n1 pane!.

LANDING GEAR SYSTEM

Tb, tandin" " .... I. al u.. 1,lcycl. typa Wllh ......... bi. nu •• wb ... land IwO mai" .. h.al., Th,I&n.IlliIIIU' ",ay t.t equ lppood wUh wll ... 1 f&irIDg:a. Shock oboorplIDn Il pl'O>,ldod by Iho lub"la. Iprllll·ot.WIIIl&ID la<l<ll"lI" re&/" 9Iru ...... <1 Ihe .. 1'/011 nOMlnrshock SI'''\' Ea.ch m"ln IJM' ... be&11fI equlpped wlUl a bydraulleal1y &Clu ....... dl_type b.al<. on 'helnbo .. rd .\de or .. eh wh.,l. Wban "'ha,l f.,r,ng:a e,. ;n ... IlOKl,." aen>dyoamlc lelrlne cova •• a"",1l b . alca,

BAGGAGECOMPARTMENT

Thc t>a.Kk"ll' oo."p&J'\lllenl conll,n 01 III ... re .. lrom III. back DI th. pll<M .... d p.aseop."H&lIlO the &.Ile .. blll b .. lkhcll4. ACC9'~ '" Ih~ ~

7·10 I July \979

CESSNA SECTION 7


compartment is gained from within the airplane cabin. A baggage net with

six tie-down straps is provided for securing baggage and is attached by

tying the straps to tie-down rings provided in the airplane. When loading

the airplane, children should not be placed or permitted in the baggage

compartment, unless a child's seat is installed, and any material that

might be hazardous to the airplane or occupants should not be placed

anywhere in the airplane. For baggage area dimensions, refer to Section 6.

SEATS

The seating arrangement consists of two separate adjustable seats for

the pilot and passenger and, if installed, a child's seat in the rear cabin

area. The pilot's and passenger's seats are available in two designs: four-

way and six-way adjustable.

Four-way seats may be moved forward or aft, and the seat back angle

changed. To position either seat, lift the lever under the inboard corner of

the seat, slide the seat into position, release the lever, and check that the

seat is locked in place. To adjust the seat back, pull forward on the knob

under the center of the seat and apply pressure to the back. To return the

seat back to the upright position, pull forward on the exposed portion of the

seat back frame. Both seat backs will also fold full forward.

The six-way seats may be moved forward or aft, adjusted for height,

and the seat back angle changed. Position either seat by lifting the tubular

handle under the inboard front corner of the seat bottom and slide the seat

to the desired position. Release the lever and check that the seat is locked in

place. To raise or lower the seat, rotate the crank located under the

outboard corner of each seat. Seat back angle is adjustable by rotating a

lever on the rear inboard corner of each seat. To adjust either seat back,

rotate the lever aft and apply pressure against the back until it stops

moving; then release the lever. The seat back may be returned to the

upright position by pulling forward on the exposed portion of the lower

seat back frame. Check that the release lever has returned to its vertical

position. Both seat backs will fold full forward.

A child's seat is available for installation in the rear of the cabin. The

seat back is secured to the cabin sidewalls, and the seat bottom is attached

to brackets on the floor. This seat is non-adjustable.

1 July 1979 7-11


-

-

CESSNA MODEL 11>2

SECTlON7 AIRPLANB .. 8Y8TEM8 DE8CRIPTtONS

<:<nnpUl.lnenlll .... IliO<! lrom ....tllllllille .. Irplaneoabln. A ..... rraee nel .. ilh sil< <le·down s!r .. pe I. provldO<! fo • ...,.,rlnr b .... sa«e and I •• tlAe~ed by ,ylna: III. str .. p. '" Ila-do .. n . Ingo p ....... l"ed In tbl .Irpl..., • . Wb.., laa.dlng Ihe .. Irpl.n • . "III I" ... n 1II0uld nOI bi pliICed Or po-nnll\ed l .. tbl ba.gg"l!" eompanrn.n .. unl .. 1 • ~IIUd·. _, Il Inl\alle<l. and lUlY m"\eri&! 1II.1 mlllli bi Il,,,,anlQu. IO tbe &!.rp1Nl' o. -"p""'l8 ~uld nOI be plr.oed a.nywbere In ~ .Irpl.n .. For b&&I,.... • .-.&dlm .... lon •. r.t.r"'Sect.ion II.

SEATS Tl>e .... Ilnl ....... nnm.nl C<>"8ill8 01 110'0 M~1e adlu$\able _1.8 tor 'h. pllo •• nd pal .. npr I0Il<1. U 1n""UO<! ... ~1I1ld.·. _I m !be rea' eabIn

.... L T~ pdOl·. and p-u ....... er. ".18 ....... vaUtoble In ",""deslpc: !ou ... way &noi li,,·way adjuslable.

FOO.· ... , .... 18 m .. , bi mo""" to ..... 1""11 Dr alt. Ind u.. ... 1 b&ek .ngle cll.nge<!. To poRlllon olth ........ 11111110 lov.. undo. 1M 1nb<>,,1""11 come.ol Ih ....... olld, tho ••• , In'" po.llion .... 1 .... the lenr. and "beck th.111uI .... 1 i. IDCk"" in piace. To o.dJ"lil IhO .00' back. p"U lorwanl o .. Ihe Itnob ""dc. Ihe """ter .. 1 Iho "'"1 .. ,,01 Ippl, prell"ure \O the baok. To rolurn tho "" .. I back \O Iha up.l,hl posilion. pull !orw .. r<t on Ihe ""po""" \XI"lon 01 the ..,al back Ir.mo. BOlli seal bMb wll! .. 180 10101 full !orw~rd.

Thl .Ix_w"l" ." .. " mal' bi movod lorwlrd or .. ft. a4jUltod to. bela:h~ .,,01 thl ..... 1 b&ek Inile cb&nied. POlilion ellber lui by IIftlnr \he lubul..,. b .... dle undor !be IIIhc>J.rd front {)Orne' 01 Ih. se.t bol"'m .nd 81\"" \h ........ \O \.bo de sl.-.cl \XI,ltI 011. ne!_ th. 1 tver &noi ~b""k Ih.t th. "".11. locked In plll<le. To r.lse O. lO"" Ihe ... " .. rot.te th. c.ank loc.ted un ... \ho OUll)o.ard {)Om.r 01 .... h ..... S .. I b""k anSi. 1.lldju.labl. by ",talinA" " le" .. on \h. ",LI" IlIbQ,o.rd oome. or ,,,,,b ..,&1. To adJulI\ " Ither ""'.1 b&<:k. rotate \h . I.vo •• n IDd Ipply pre .. uro .... linf\!be b&<:k untU II ,,,,,,,, movlnlr. \hell rel ... e \he lever. The ""I baIok m.y bo returnecl lo \he upria"bl _ilioll by pulUn .. Icnoilord OD th •• ~_ portlOD 01 llul lo .... ... , b...::k "&1IIe. Check th.I!b, ... 1_ Ilv •• Il ...... 1"",111 '" I .. v.";cu P'Nlllon. 80th .... 1 b&ek ... 111 101" full lo .... rd.

A cbilel·, ..... 1 ilo Iv&IJabl, lo. 1II..u.u.1I011 In !be teer 01 !be .,&bln. Tbe _I b&c:k b .""".-.cI "'!b" Q&bln ~_&lJI. IDd !be _t beltolA ".tleChed \O b.....,ke .. cn u.. noor. T:b..I, ""II, 1I01I-&dJlUllable.

I Ju ly lt'l'11 7-11

SECTION 7


STANDARD SHOULDER

HARNESS

NARROW RELEASE ST

(Pull up when lengthi

harness)

FREE END OF HARNESS

(Pull down to tighten!

SHOULDER HARNESS

CONNECTING LINK

(Snap onto retaining st

SEAT BELT LINK HALF

\ND SHOULDER HARNE

DETAINING STUD

FREE END OF SEAT BELT

(Pull to tighten)

CESSNA

MODEL 152

(PILOT'SSEATSHOWN)

SEAT BELT/SHOULDER

HARNESS WITH INERTIA

REEL

SEAT BELT BUCKLE

(Non adjustable)

SEAT BELT/SHOULDER HARNESS

ADJUSTABLE LINK

(Position link just below shoulder

level; pull link and harness down

ward to connect to seat belt buckle)

Figure 7-4. Seat Belts and Shoulder Harnesses

7-12 1 July 1979

n

n

-

-

-

r

r

n


SEC'TION 7 AIRf'I..ANE .k SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS

"ONO". '""", ... " .. "'"

....... _---------- ...... _--_~_M __ .....

CESSNA MOOEL 1:.2

l'''OT"' " ... , '''OW,, )

" .. "" /'"""'0 11 .UN'" """ '.10" • .. "

r lgu .. 7 ..... So., Bol .. o.n<I Srn,uJdo, Ho .... __

CESSNA SECTION 7


SEAT BELTS AND SHOULDER HARNESSES

All seat positions are equipped with seat belts (see figure 7-4). The

pilot's and passenger's seats are also equipped with separate shoulder

harnesses. Integrated seat belt/shoulder harnesses with inertia reels can

be furnished for the pilot's and passenger's seat positions if desired.

SEAT BELTS

The seat belts used with the pilot's seat, passenger's seat, and the

child's seat (if installed) are attached to fittings on the floorboard. The

buckle half of the seat belt is inboard of each seat and has a fixed length; the

link half of the belt is outboard and is the adjustable part of the belt.

To use the seat belts for the pilot's and passenger's seats, position the

seat as desired, and then lengthen the link half of the belt as needed by-

grasping the sides of the link and pulling against the belt. Insert and lock

the belt link into the buckle. Tighten the belt to a snug fit by pulling the free

end of the belt. The seat belt for the child's seat (if installed) is used in the

same manner as the belts for the pilot's and passenger's seats. To release

the seat belts, grasp the top of the buckle opposite the link and pull upward.

SHOULDER HARNESSES

Each shoulder harness is attached to a rear doorpost above the window

line and is stowed behind a stowage sheath above the cabin door. To stow

the harness, fold it and place it behind the sheath. No harness is available

for the child's seat.

The shoulder harnesses are used by fastening and adjusting the seat

belt first. Then, lengthen the harness as required by pulling on the

connecting link on the end of the harness and the narrow release strap.

Snap the connecting link firmly onto the retaining stud on the seat belt link

half. Then adjust to length. Removing the harness is accomplished by

pulling upward on the narrow release strap and removing the harness

connecting link from the stud on the seat belt link. In an emergency, the

shoulder harness may be removed by releasing the seat belt first and

allowing the harness, still attached to the link half of the seat belt, to drop to

the side of the seat.

Adjustment of the shoulder harness is important. A properly adjusted

harness will permit the occupant to lean forward enough to sit completely

erect, but prevent excessive forward movement and contact with objects

during sudden deceleration. Also, the pilot will want the freedom to reach

all controls easily.

1 July 1979 7-l£


-

-

-

-

CESSNA MODEL !~

SECTION7 AIRPI.ANE & SYSTEMS DESCRWl10NS

SEAT BELTS ANO SHOULOER HARNESSES

AH .... , POOIUOD' .... oqUip~ ",'b _, bol .. ( ... Ii"" ... ?-i), Th. pilO\', .... " _age"o ......... ùoo oqulppo<l .. i'h "p ....... ""oul<lll, ham ....... lnl<tsrated .. o, bolli """ul<lll, lu.rn . ..... w]t~ la.nla .... 1. ca.. bo lumlobo<! lor Iba pllo", &od pUHOp'·O ... , _"1000 \f 400h.:'.

SEAT 8ElTS

Th ... o.' bollO "ood .. 11b Ibo pil"", _~ P .... OIl"· ..... ,. IUId Ibo ohlld· • ..,., (H 1 ..... lIod) .re .. _Md to fiUlng. 011 Ib. noo..-rd The buo~" haJ. o ' 'ho ........ ",. In""a"" ol • ..,h ........ d bu .. I,nd longlh: lhII llnk hall 01 .h. boli l. O<>'_rd 0JId I. lhII adj,,",""l. po.rt 01 ilio .... l~

To u .. \ho .... bol .. lo, \h. pilo'·. aod po ... oSO,· ...... , "".]t;.,,, \he .. a ... doaltod ..... ,d lIIon lonll""o UI. Ilnk haJ! 01 Ib. bol ... D_by Il ..... plog 'ho o,de. 01 IhIIllok .od pulUng agaln •• 'be boli. In .. " and I""k 'he boli Unk Into "'O buOklo_ T!gb"'n IO. bo" to U,.ug tttby pu'''ngtno' .... • nd Of Ih. boli. Tho ... , boell lo, III. ohild· ...... (II In,"'l4od) I. "Nel In 'ho ""'0 ......",..r u Ib. boel .. lor Ib. 1',1",' ..... d p ..... o"." .... tt_ To "'l . . .. \h. on' bol ... STuP "'" top o!th.bucklooppo.l1<tIb.Unkaod pulJ upwonL

SHQULDER HARNESSES

Eaen o~""'d" Hm .... I •• "ae~tlo doo<, To .lO" "'. bo.m .... lold li r.nd ,,1_ il bohi.o.d lhII oltooth. No hom ... i. ovol!ab" lo, .b. oblld '. H.L

The ohould., h""'oSS<lo ..... uxd by I •• "'o,ng .od ad)u •• ing <ho~" boli IIn, Th.n. '.oll'lhoo lhII bom ..... ,oqulrod by pulUnS 00 Ihe <",,,,,,,,Un~ Jmk 00 ili • • nd of "'. b.,ne ... od.bo Darrow ... 1 .... alnp-8nap Iheconn""Uolllnk nO'ntlyonlO <b. ", .. l~!n~~'"don 'hO .... boli Ilnk hol!, Th.n adj"o' to I.nlr'h. fl<tmoving th. ham .... i. oocompH.hed by p""!nll' upwan:l <>11 Ib. n.l'TOw ... loUII .. rap r.nd .... """'Ing "'o home .. ""nno,,"og Un~ 'rom!h. "U<! OD Ih ..... bolO IInk. I .. "" ."'. 'gonoy. 'M .Muld.." h .... n ••• Inay bo ... ",.,...o<! by ... 1 ... 101 "'o .... boH li", ..... d .110,.. !t>. "'. ba ....... , •• dl .,....,hO<l IO III. llnk hall QI!ho .. al bo U. IO d'QP to 'h • • id, ot th. Ha'.

I\dj"~'m.nl Qf ,h. oho.1d. , hm .... I. ImponanL Il pro"""y adJ".tod ham" .. ..,lll l'''rnI'' "'O """"pan< to le"" !.,.,...rd on..ugh IO.H ""mpletoly .~', bUI p,,"von, .. ., ••• Ivo lo""ord mOvOmOn' r.nd con...., ... I.h Ob}K1O du,inl .uddeo <1«01 ..... <100. Alto. u.o l'Ilo' .. III """I ",.I .. O<Iom IO .. .ch aU wolrol •• uUy.

I Ju'y 177\1 ?U

To open the doors from outside the airplane, utilize the recessed door

handle near the aft edge of each door. Grasp the forward edge of the handle

and pull out. To close or open the doors from inside the airplane, use the

recessed door handle and arm rest. Both cabin doors should be checked for

security prior to flight, and should not be opened intentionally during

flight.

NOTE

Accidental opening of a cabin door in flight due to

improper closing does not constitute a need to land the

airplane. The best procedure is to set up the airplane in a

trimmed condition at approximately 65 KIAS, momentar

ily shove the door outward slightly, and forcefully close

the door.

Exit from the airplane is accomplished by grasping the forward edge

of the door handle and pulling. To lock the airplane, lock the right cabin

door from the inside by lifting up on the lever near the aft edge of the door,

close the left cabin door, and using the ignition key, lock the door.

7-14 1 July 1979

"SECTION 7 CESSNA


"INTEGRATED SEAT BELT/SHOULDER HARNESSES WITH

INERTIA REELS

Integrated seat belt/ shoulder harnesses with inertia reels are availa

ble for the pilot and front seat passenger. The seat belt/ shoulder harnesses

extend from inertia reels located in the upper cabin sidewall just aft of each

cabin door to attach points outboard of the front seats. A separate seat belt

half and buckle is located inboard of the seats. Inertia reels allow complete

freedom of body movement. However, in the event of a sudden deceleration,

they will lock automatically to protect the occupants.

To use the seat belt/shoulder harness, position the adjustable metal

link on the harness at about shoulder level, pull the link and harness

downward, and insert the link in the seat belt buckle. Adjust belt tension

across the lap by pulling upward on the shoulder harness. Removal is

accomplished by releasing the seat belt buckle, which will allow the

inertia reel to pull the harness outboard of the seat.

ENTRANCE DOORS AND CABIN WINDOWS

Entry to, and exit from the airplane is accomplished through either of

two entry doors, one on each side of the cabin (refer to Section 6 for cabin

and cabin door dimensions). The doors incorporate a recessed exterior and

interior door handle, a key-operated door lock (left door only), a door stop

mechanism, and an openable window.

"

n


SECTION 7 AIRPLANE '" SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS

CESSNA MODEL 152

lNTEGRATED SEAT 8ELTl SHOU LDER HARNES SES WlTH INERTI A REElS

In'ft~ .. 1ed ..... bell/abnulM' h .. m .... 1 .. III> In.rtlo. ... 1. "no a""I1 ... bi. (o. the p,l'" ... d lronl",ll p ...... IlIrt'. Th ....... 1o.1l1.huulda, ba"' ....... cxleBd from IAertl" ..... '-l_!ed ID'bl uppercabiJIaide .. IlIJ ... t o.tloloa.cb Cablll door IO attacb poln .. OIItbo&rd of lIIe lTon l seale. A sepa.ace se'" belI half u.d 00""111. 10()&!ed InlMl.rd of 1II", ... te. Inlrtlo. .... ballo .. oompl_ rr-tom of~ m.,.,.m.nl. HO,""I'. ,nlll •• ".n,m o. ."_'1 LleceII".llon. 1II&,. ... m 1",,1l .. ulomo.'i""U,. IO prollC' III. """"p ......

To ..... lIIe ... , boitllllhov.lder h&nIItH. pOlillon I.lw adi .. ""'bil .... 1&1. linll. "" UL<r b.rne ... , .t>ou' IlLoulde, leve!' pull tbe liJllI. a&Ld banHIalo down .... n! .... d iJI..,n Ihe UMln III .... , bel'_le. AdJ ... , btl'lens"''' acron \be l.p by pul1hll upwal"d OD obe aboulde. h.me .... Remo"", b acoom pllshod by releulnl ili. HaI bel. bucll:le. whleh .. m .Uow \be lnenl ...... 1 IO plill \bI h.,.,. ... oulbo&", 01 lIIe .... 1.

ENTRANCE DOORS ANO CABIN WINDOWS

.:nll)' lo .... d uil from \b" .l.planl l. """"mpll.h.,d Ihrolllh IllIIe. or 'wo Inll)' dom'" ono on .. cb .ido 0 1 Il .. cab,n ( .. fl' lo Sectlon 810 . cabln &nd ~.bi" doo,dimen.iO..-). Tbt doo .. !ncorpo ....... <:tII_ oxl.eno. and Interio, don, b&JIdle .• 1lo)"Op\l,"11/d don . lnek Olh doo. un1y) ... doo •• Iop ",echa.uJ"",. a.nd ,"o openahlo wl"dOw.

TO opan ULe doo •• from oulllide lhe.lrplano. IIlil1ao Ibe reoouc<l door h"odle neM Ibe ~ft odle Ol ...... h don •. G, .... p 'he fOrwMd .,dre oIlhe hand!e .. nd pllii Olll TO olose O' open Che doors fTom Inslde 'he alrplane. use Ihe .... ce •• od doo. handle and arm ..... C. Uot~. ubln don ••• hollld be che<;kod for """". ICy l'Mo . '" nlrhl .• nd should noi be openod Incenllonal1y durlnl flIlM.

N'''' Aeeldlnca.! oponln, of a cabln d"". In l!I .. hC dUI '" lmp""", ' cl ... lnl' do .. nOI ""n,U' ..... noed lo l""d ti". &1rplan •. Th. _ I prllOlCl ..... tllO MI up u.. airpl .. ". In" "',mmld "" .. d,"<> ... 1 a pprod ...... ly 8a KIAS. momeot&l'· !Il' Ilio". Ibe door oulwud. ,U,btly. &1,d fo,"""fully d" .. Uli don •.

Edl frwn \be o.lrpl&JIetl o.ooompltohed by ,.upln, lIIe lorwud..,dre of!be doo. handll and pulllIlC. To lock \bI .lrplane. l""k lIIe tip, c.aJ>ln door Il'Om Ih. In.IM h)' llfUIIC IIp on Ih. l,,, •• n"'T \b. att Id", of lIIe don • . dOA'h, Iin .,.,bin don •• and ... inS Ib, Isn,lloll kll'. lIx:k \he dooT.

7·14 1 JIII)' 11179

-

CESSNA SECTION 7


Both cabin doors are equipped with openable windows. The windows

are held in the closed position by a detent equipped latch on the lower edge

of the window frame. To open either window, rotate the latch upward. The

windows are equipped with a spring-loaded retaining arm which will help

rotate the window outward, and hold it there. If required, the windows may

be opened at any speed up to 149 KIAS. All other cabin windows are of the

fixed type and cannot be opened. Two additional fixed windows may be

installed in the cabin top.

CONTROL LOCKS

A control lock is provided to lock the aileron and elevator control

surfaces to prevent damage to these systems by wind buffeting while the

airplane is parked. The lock consists of a shaped steel rod with a red metal

flag attached to it. The flag is labeled CONTROL LOCK, REMOVE

BEFORE STARTING ENGINE. To install the control lock, align the hole

in the top of the pilot's control wheel shaft with the hole in the top of the

shaft collar on the instrument panel and insert the rod into the aligned

holes. Installation of the lock will secure the ailerons in a neutral position

and the elevators in a slightly trailing edge down position. Proper

installation of the lock will place the red flag over the ignition switch. In

areas where high or gusty winds occur, a control surface lock should be

installed over the vertical stabilizer and rudder. The control lock and any

other type of locking device should be removed prior to starting the engine.

ENGINE

The airplane is powered by a horizontally-opposed, four-cylinder,

overhead-valve, air-cooled, carbureted engine with a wet sump oil system.

The engine is a Lycoming Model O-235-L2C and is rated at 110 horsepower

at 2550 RPM. Major engine accessories (mounted on the front of the engine)

include a starter, a belt-driven alternator, and an oil cooler. Dual magnetos

are mounted on an accessory drive pad on the rear of the engine. Provi

sions are also made for a vacuum pump and full flow oil filter.

ENGINE CONTROLS

Engine power is controlled by a throttle located on the lower center

portion of the instrument panel. The throttle operates in a conventional

manner; in the full forward position, the throttle is open, and in the full aft

position, it is closed. A friction lock, which is a round knurled disk, is

located at the base of the throttle and is operated by rotating the lock

clockwise to increase friction or counterclockwise to decrease it.

1 July 1979 7-15


CESSNA MOOI':L .:\2

CONTROl LOCKS

SECTI0N7 AIRI'LANE .lo SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS

" iD<k &:Id ony

otbu L,ypoo cl Io<kIng "-vi"" .hould bo l'<lmovO<l prtor IO . 1.Utlog lhe .nIrln •.

ENGINE

ENGINE CONTROLS

• JulJ' .979 7· 1~

SECTION 7 CESSNA


The mixture control, mounted above the right corner of the control

pedestal, is a red knob with raised points around the circumference and is

equipped ■with a lock button in the end of the knob. The rich position is full

forward, and full aft is the idle cut-off position. For small adjustments, the

control may be moved forward by rotating the knob clockwise, and aft by

rotating the knob counterclockwise. For rapid or large adjustments, the

knob may be moved forward or aft by depressing the lock button in the end

of the control, and then positioning the control as desired.

ENGINE INSTRUMENTS

Engine operation is monitored by the following instruments: oil

pressure gage, oil temperature gage, and a tachometer. An economy

mixture (EGT) indicator is also available.

The oil pressure gage, located on the left switch and control panel, is

operated by oil pressure. A direct pressure oil line from the engine delivers

oil at engine operating pressure to the oil pressure gage. Gage markings

indicate that minimum idling pressure is 25 PSI (red line), the normal

operating range is 60 to 90 PSI (green arc), and maximum pressure is 115

PSI (red line). —

Oil temperature is indicated by a gage located on the left switch and

control panel. The gage is operated by an electrical-resistance type

temperature sensor which receives power from the airplane electrical

system. Oil temperature limitations are the normal operating range (green —

arc) which is 100°F (38°C) to 245°F (118°C), and the maximum (red line)

which is 245°F(118°C).

The engine-driven mechanical tachometer is located near the upper —.

center portion of the instrument panel. The instrument is calibrated in

increments of 100 RPM and indicates both engine and propeller speed. An

hour meter below the center of the tachometer dial records elapsed engine

time in hours and tenths. Instrument markings include a normal operating

range (green arc) of 1900 to 2550 RPM, and a maximum (red line) of 2550

RPM. The upper end of the green arc is "stepped" to indicate approximate

RPM for 75% engine power at sea level (2350 RPM), at 4000 feet (2450 RPM),

and at 8000 feet (2550 RPM).

An economy mixture (EGT) indicator is available for the airplane and

is located on the right side of the instrument panel. A thermocouple probe

in the muffler tailpipe measures exhaust gas temperature and transmits it

to the indicator. The indicator serves as a visual aid to the pilot in adjusting

cruise mixture. Exhaust gas temperature varies with fuel-to-air ratio,

power, and RPM. However, the difference between the peak EGT and the

EGT at the cruise mixture setting is essentially constant and this provides

a useful leaning aid. The indicator is equipped with a manually positioned

reference pointer.

7-16 1 July 1979


SECTION' AIRPLANE '" SYSTEMS OESCR1PTIONS

TII4 ml ~,",o 000''''''. m~"n"" .. t>ovo ,. ,

ENGINE INSTRUMENTS

CEseNA MODEL La:!

••

E .. ,,"~ 01>* .... 110" I. mon'","'" by ,~. followl .. g I .. o.rumo .... , 011 p ...... ",. iati .. cII .... "'per.''' .... 110-110 ... "~ .. _bomo"',. An """DOrny mb,,, .. (EOT) In~lo .. "'r I . .. I.., _nn_bio.

Tho DII p ...... u .... g~ •. L",,""" on 1"0"'11 .wll<:h .... d 00010""(>1 p.Q"I,lo opera .... ~yOII p_.u ..... A dI""" p .... " .. oillino lrom ULeongUwdellve .. 0,1 . , oOlllno opentlng pro"",o IO 'ho oLI ~ro .. u ... Ii""t<". O,..... m .... kln p ""ho.Le IhL mlQ;muro IdlLnl< ~, ... ou,o I. 'I:f l'SI (re<! IIn.l. Lho norm..J o~e<aùog rango io !IO IO BO PSI (,,,_n &/"01. and mnlm"m p .... ,,'" l. II~ l'Sllrod lino),

011 "'mpe""u" ,. indl .... od by a golf1' l"" .. ,"" OD Iholon OWII<!t."" control 1' ..... 1. n. 11080 lo opor .... d by "" ol.ctrl.o.I·reoio"'noo Lypo "''''p'tra'" .... noo. which .-.Ivoo "" .... ,"'''' the ~Irplane ol .. trl.al BY8"'m. Ol! ",mpera,,, .. II,,,U",o •• U1I Lho ""rmoJ o""'a'I"' .... h~ (,,"" a rei whlob I. 100'1' (38· 0) '" 14~' " (118'C) .... d Llto m .. lm"m (r<>d lino) whlOh I. 2.,' r (118'0)

TIt. ~ngtn ... dt1v ... m..,nonl •• l ... nome"" I. j""."d nu, .no ~ppe, -a".' PDrll"n o, 'hO lu,,,,",,,", pan.l. Tn. Ino'",m.nt lo oallb ...... In i"o",mon," of '00 RPM &nd Indio."'. ""'b 'OgID' and p",,,,,1)", opoed, A.D hDar mole' bolo .. \.ho con",."f 'ho "",hom."', dio! """,,,,," .Iopa«! OD"'" ,,"'. in Mu .. &Dd "'D'ho. l Do<rumOD' m ot1<in,o IDOI ude a "" rm.l ."", .. "ng ...... go ("Nn ."'1 of 1Il00 '" 2f>OO RPM , oM. rnulmum ( ..... "n.)~,l!MO IU'M. TM ap",", """ of LIt. ~D &/"O lo " ... ppfoI).

l July 1m

CESSNA SECTION 7


NEW ENGINE BREAK-IN AND OPERATION

The engine underwent a run-in at the factory and is ready for the full

range of use. It is, however, suggested that cruising be accomplished at a

minimum of 75% power until a total of 25 hours has accumulated or oil

consumption has stabilized. This will ensure proper seating of the rings.

The airplane is delivered from the factory with corrosion preventive

oil in the engine. If, during the first 25 hours, oil must be added, use only

aviation grade straight mineral oil conforming to Specification No. MIL-

L-6082.

ENGINE OIL SYSTEM

Oil for engine lubrication is supplied from a sump on the bottom of the

engine. The capacity of the engine sump is six quarts (one additional quart

is required if a full flow oil filter is installed). Oil is drawn from the sump

through an oil suction strainer screen into the engine-driven oil pump.

From the pump, oil is routed directly to the oil cooler and returns to the

engine where it passes through the pressure screen, if the engine does not

incorporate a full flow oil filter. If the engine is equipped with a full flow oil

filter, oil passes from the pump to a thermostatically controlled bypass

valve. If the oil is cold, the bypass valve allows the oil to bypass the oil

cooler and flow directly to the filter. If the oil is hot, the bypass valve routes

the oil from the accessory case forward through a flexible hose to the

engine oil cooler mounted on the left forward side of the engine. Returning

to the accessory case, the oil passes through the filter. The filtered oil then

enters a pressure relief valve which regulates engine oil pressure by

allowing excessive oil to return to the sump, while the balance of the

pressure oil is circulated to various engine parts for lubrication. Residual

oil returns to the sump by gravity flow.

An oil filler cap/oil dipstick is located at the rear of the engine on the

right side. The filler cap/dipstick is accessible through an access door in

the engine cowling. The engine should not be operated on less than four

quarts of oil. To minimize loss of oil through the breather, fill to five quarts

for normal flights of less than three hours. For extended flight, fill to six

quarts (dipstick indication only). For engine oil grade and specifications,

refer to Section 8 of this handbook.

An oil quick-drain valve is available to replace the drain plug in the oil

sump drain port, and provides quicker, cleaner draining of the engine oil.

To drain the oil with this valve installed, slip a hose over the end of the

valve and push upward on the end of the valve until it snaps into the open

position. Spring clips will hold the valve open. After draining, use a

suitable tool to snap the valve into the extended (closed) position and

remove the drain hose.

1 July 1979 7-17


CESSNA MODEL 1~

"'ECT10N 7 "'''/'LANE '' !>YS'l'EM6 D&60"IPl'lONS

NEW ENGI NE BAEAK·IN ANO OPEAATION

~ Tbo O",''"'' ""do"".'" a ..... "·'n al 1II01..,1o<)'...,d lo roody 'or ilio /un <U.~ o, "'0. 1\ io. howover. o"gg .. IocIIb., crulai.l>g J. ...,.,.,mpll~hod ., • rnlDlmu ... 01 ~ powor UDW. Iota.! 01:M houro b ... ..,.,umuloled or 011 co"ou,npllon b ....... b11l""" Tb/o .. \11 eno ..... propor "".Un, <>I tho rtngo.

Tbo oJrpl .... e I. d.lIvo ..... l rom 111. loeIo'Y ,,'III corroo_ prevo"Uve 011 In 111. en~n .. Il. dUrlng th. hrs1 "" """r o. 011 mti", bO ""<kId. ti ... Qn!y ov'.Uo" ,r""o .""gM m'no'OI 011 conlorml" .. '" S_lIIeoHop No. MIL_

" ~

u

ENGINE Oll SYSTEM

Ali oiI UIlOr co.ploll dlpo.'l<:k lo Io<:o'od a, 111 ....... 01 'hoonllno <>Il 1bo nght oid •. Tho flUO( eopl<l!po\1Ok 'o ..,,,,,o"blo 1II""",b &ti """" •• door in 'he '''ilno 0010 11"11. Tb. ODjjiDO .ho"ld ,,'" J. oJ>O"'tod O" I ... \h..., lo"r qu ..... ot 011. To mlolmlzo 10 .. aI 011 'hrouih U.obro.\IIor.1II1 IO Il'''''1''0'''' lor ·ormal fiI .. b •• 0/1 .... III .... III .... bou",. 'or . " 0"<1<0<1 nl,h' . 1111 '" .I l< quo'" (dlpotlcl< indloallo" only). For e"iflno oll ,nod. and opocifloa,lono.. """"0 "'"""on 5 of 'ilio nondl><><>k.

AD oU qwok ·dnln voJvoi. avo1lobi. '" ropIOQO'bodnl. plu, [fi ""'011 ""mp drolD port. IUId provI"'" 'Iulckor. 01.&1> .. drol"'"jj" 0/\110 ."g;". 011. To d .... ln ,bo <>11 wltb 'bi. voJvoln,'oJlod.. ollp o hOH over 'h ond 01 'no voJv. Md pu"," upw~rd "" ,bo end c/ ,bo volvo untlllt &<l.poln'" 'b. opcn po."lon. Sprl"ll <llp, wlll bold .bo voJve """n. Ahor d .... i"ln,. u .... • ul .. ~I. \001 'o an"p 'be vOlve ln'o 'ne _endO<! «10_) po.llion and '"",""vo Ih. dralo hOH.

I July 1l17li

H

SECTION 7 CESSNA


IGNITION-STARTER SYSTEM

Engine ignition is provided by two engine-driven magnetos, and two

spark plugs in each cylinder. The right magneto fires the lower right and

the upper left spark plugs, and the left magneto fires the lower left and

upper right spark plugs. Normal operation is conducted with both magne

tos due to the more complete burning of the fuel-air mixture with dual

ignition.

Ignition and starter operation is controlled by a rotary type switch

located on the left switch and control panel. The switch is labeled clock

wise, OFF, R, L, BOTH, and START. The engine should be operated on both

magnetos (BOTH position) except for magneto checks. The R and L

positions are for checking purposes and emergency use only. When the

switch is rotated to the spring-loaded START position, (with the master

switch in the ON position), the starter contactor is energized and the

starter will crank the engine. When the switch is released, it will automati

cally return to the BOTH position.

AIR INDUCTION SYSTEM

The engine air induction system receives ram air through an intake in

the lower portion of the engine cowling. The intake is covered by an air

filter which removes dust and other foreign matter from the induction air.

Airflow passing through the filter enters an airbox. After passing through

the airbox, induction air enters the inlet in the carburetor which is under

the engine, and is then ducted to the engine cylinders through intake

manifold tubes. In the event carburetor ice is encountered or the intake

filter becomes blocked, alternate heated air can be obtained from a shroud

around an exhaust riser through a duct to a valve, in the airbox, operated

by the carburetor heat control on the instrument panel. Heated air from the

shroud is obtained from an unfiltered outside source. Use of full carburetor

heat at full throttle will result in a loss of approximately 150 RPM.

EXHAUST SYSTEM

Exhaust gas from each cylinder passes through riser assemblies to a

muffler and tailpipe on the underside of the engine. The muffler is

constructed with a shroud around the outside which forms a heating

chamber for carburetor heat and cabin heater air.

CARBURETOR AND PRIMING SYSTEM n

The engine is equipped with an up-draft, float-type, fixed jet carburetor

mounted on the bottom of the engine. The carburetor is equipped with an

enclosed accelerator pump, an idle cut-off mechanism, and a manual

mixture control. Fuel is delivered to the carburetor by gravity flow from

7-18 1 July 1979


SECT10N 7 AIRPI. ... m" SY8TEM8 OESCRIPTIO;<lS

JGN ITION · STARTER SYSTEM

CESSNA MODEI. IO!

EnglM Ign"'QtI. I. pro01dod by " "oenlflne·d'I".n m~ .. o ...... d 1_ apH~ plug. In "en eyllno .... 'filo <Igh! "''''''''0 Il .... 'hO 10 .... <rl" hI ond Ulo uppo ' ,~ft .pu~ plugr.,.no "'o l.ft "'.""10 Il ... ,n. 10"0' 101, """ upPfl" "gM opot'lt plugo. Nonnl-I opo.allon l. OODdu< .... .. ,U. bo\h",. gu •. ..,.. duo IO ,n. rnor. compI . ... ~W"Dlo. 01 Ulo ruol·"I, mi~!ut. wlUl dual 1..,1lI0D.

llf'liliOD .... d OIarlot opoto.<lon lo C(I.Il'roIlod by O <91OrY 1.1' .... ",Ik:h 1"".1«1 on lI!o 10ft . .. hob .... d canlml panel. Th • .... il<:h J. lobelod eloolr· wl". O"". R. L., BOTH. &Dd ST ART_ Tbo_lli"o ."""Id beopetaledon 110'" mat;n ..... (60TH pOOI"QtI.) '~C01" '0. mago"", ehock._ 'fii. R """ L pO.ltion • ..,.. lo. ohecklng pur-pON-t "nd o", •••• ncy UN only. When li, • • wlld. l. ro ... o..\ IO th. oprlo.·loaded STAR! p<).iUoo. (wlll! "'" _.<et .wll<h In \h. ON p<>.moo). !b •• t ...... t ooot.olO' lO' onennMd .... d lile .... rte. wlU orOZlll !be . " !lino. WII.o Ib .... Ik:1I I. ",leued. Il ,,, illnlOm.U· co.llr .... ,uro IO "'. 50TH poomon.

AIR INDUCT10N SYSTEM

EXHAUST SYSTEM

f:xhuot~ .. ltom • .ch oyllod •• p ...... ,-"",ullh tI .... a .. ombllH IO • mulne. and ",lIplpO On \h. ~nd"",ld. or Ih •• n~i .... Th. mulfl •• I. "" .... truo'od wiUl a .hroud &r<>Und llIe oulOide whlch fo.mo .. hoa""1\" eham"", lor oul>ul'et(l, h ... , • .ca <"h!n b .. t •• al._

CARBURETOR ANO PRIM ING SYSTEM

Tn •• nllin. luqu! pp04 ... \ln an U p.d,.&lt. n(lO."'YpO. I!~ ... l.' < .. bU "'0< moun,od Oh 'b. bottom ". llIe .nline. Th. <uburolO. lo *,!ulppod wUh an ondQoe<! &<oel.,olO. pUlllp. "" Idi. cu'·QIf mocl",ni .. n ..... d • manuo.l mlxtu .. oooltol. ~"u.1 i. doll~._ 'o Ib. cubu .. IO, by g.nlty now fr<Im

--

7-18 I July '97'iI ..,

CESSNA SECTION 7


the fuel system. In the carburetor, fuel is atomized, proportionally mixed

with intake air, and delivered to the cylinders through intake manifold

tubes. The proportion of atomized fuel to air is controlled, within limits, by

the mixture control on the instrument panel.

For starting, the engine is equipped with a manual priming system.

The primer is actually a small pump which draws fuel from the fuel

strainer when the plunger is pulled out, and injects it into the cylinder

intake ports when the plunger is pushed back in. The plunger knob, on the

instrument panel, is equipped with a lock and, after being pushed full in,

must be rotated either left or right until the knob cannot be pulled out.

COOLING SYSTEM

Ram air for engine cooling enters through two intake openings in the

front of the engine cowling. The cooling air is directed around the cylinders

and other areas of the engine by baffling, and is then exhausted through an

opening at the bottom aft edge of the cowling. No manual cooling system

control is provided.

A winterization kit is available for the airplane. Details of this kit are

presented in Section 9, Supplements.

PROPELLER

The airplane is equipped with a two-bladed, fixed-pitch, one-piece

forged aluminum alloy propeller which is anodized to retard corrosion.

The propeller is 69 inches in diameter.

FUEL SYSTEM

The airplane may be equipped with either a standard fuel system or

long range system (see figure 7-6). Both systems consist of two vented fuel

tanks (one in each wing), a fuel shutoff valve, fuel strainer, manual primer,

and carburetor. Refer to figure 7-5 for fuel quantity data for both systems.

Fuel flows by gravity from the two wing tanks to a fuel shutoff valve.

With the valve in the ON position, fuel flows through a strainer to the

carburetor. From the carburetor, mixed fuel and air flows to the cylinders

through intake manifold tubes. The manual primer draws its fuel from the

fuel strainer and injects it into the cylinder intake ports.

Fuel system venting is essential to system operation. Blockage of the

venting system will result in a decreasing fuel flow and eventual engine

stoppage. Venting is accomplished by an interconnecting line from the

right fuel tank to the left tank. The left tank is vented overboard through a

vent line which is equipped with a check valve, and protrudes from the

1 July 1979 7-19


CESS:>!A MODEL l~

SECTIONl AIRPLANE iii SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS

Ib& fuol oy."'m. In th& Cl.rbtll"&to •• fu.' 'o aIO"" ..... PTOp<>n!ODolly "" ~,,, .,Ib ", ... Ile a". and d.""._ IO "'. "Yllnd." "'''''uslt ," ... b "'",,;101<1 tubo .. Tho pn>pan'oD "I atom'_ 'bo'IO.,.I. """t""" .... .. Ilbln hml ... by Ib. mlS'b"" eont",,1 on u.. lnonu",.'" 1>&".1.

"'''' oto.nlnl. ,n. "lino I. 6QUIPP"" .. IUt. "'''D .... I p'lml""oy."''''. The l'n"",. lo o.otu&lly a omall P\I"'P .. h"'~ <in ... I ... , tn>m Ibo fu. I 01<""'.< .. ho" Uto P'''''P< \.o puU'" o"l and '''lodo Il ',,"'!ho c)'ILodo. IntAk. pa .... wbon "'" pl""p"o p"oh'" "-Il In. Tho pIan .... kn<>l>. <>II tho InOlrumsn. 1'..,.,1. lo ooqulpped wl!h • lock ""~. alte. bolnl' "".hflll tullin. muO' bo roto.l6d ."h .. 10ft '" "eh' uolll Ibe uob <:ann<>t bo puJ!fIII obl

COOUNG S YSTEM

" A wlnlM'lzatlo" Il'' ,. anllohl. lo, U.O 01'1"0 ••. Do"'"ool !hlo klloce

pr ... ,,"'" In So<UOD 9. 6"PI>I.m."lo.

- PROPELLER

-

l'ho .1."1",,. I. 6Q\I'Pp6<I ... 1"'. noo-blad .... IIx ... ·pllch, "" .. p'_ 10'1<'" &I"ml ."m olio)' p""""ne< .. biellio ... odi .... '" .... lanl oolTOoIon. ne propeUo, lo 89 Incb ... l .. <11"",01 ...

FUEL 5YSTEM

l'h. o.Irpl...,e m>.y bo equlPP"" wi\b e,'he,. """".nll".' oyo'.'" 0' "'mg '''''p .y ... m ( ... IIi'!'" 7·S). 90th "Y .. emo ""Dal ... 01 twovent'" fuol W>k. (ORO li, M<:h wl "l'). o lu o, .h ulolh alvo. f".1 o<n.1 no •. mM ual prlm ••. ""d .,.,..,,,"''''. Ref •• '" Il,,, ... 7·~ lo. fu., qoontlty d .... for bQ.h .y-... ..

ruOI oy.tom v .. """' l' ..... "".1 '" OY".'" o~ .... uon. 9IOCk.,. or!h. ... v.nUni' OYOIo". .. ;U ","ull In , d""",uin, luo' no," ""d evtnluol O"!I;no

,"'pp.go. V.nU"8 lo """"",pllobod by "" Inlort»",,<I<lllng l!.n. Irom tb. r1Jh< lu.l .anlt. IO Oh. l.n ""le n o len tonk I. v."to<! ovorl>o&n:l throuih .. von' !In. whlch lo "'Iull>peo:I wlth' elIO<k valvo. and pl'OIrudo. lrom!ho -l Jul)' ,l17li 7'18

"SECTION 7


CESSNA

MODEL 152

FUEL QUANTITY DATA (U. S. GALLONS)

TANKS

STANDARD

(13 Gal. Each)

LONG RANGE

(19.5 Gal. Each)

TOTAL

USABLE FUEL

ALL FLIGHT

CONDITIONS

24.5

37.5

TOTAL

UNUSABLE

FUEL

1.5

1.5

TOTAL

FUEL

VOLUME

26.0

39.0

Figure 7-5. Fuel Quantity Data

bottom surface of the left wing near the wing strut attach point. The right

fuel tank filler cap is also vented.

Fuel quantity is measured by two float-type fuel quantity transmitters

(one in each tank) and indicated by two electrically-operated fuel quantity

indicators on the lower left portion of the instrument panel. An empty tank

is indicated by a red line and the letter E. When an indicator shows an

empty tank, approximately .75 gallon remains in either a standard or long

range tank as unusable fuel. The indicators cannot be relied upon for

accurate readings during skids, slips, or unusual attitudes.

The amount of unusable fuel is relatively small due to the dual outlets

at each tank. The maximum unusable fuel quantity, as determined from the

most critical flight condition, is about 1.5 gallons total. This quantity was

not exceeded by any other reasonable flight condition, including pro

longed 30 second full-rudder sideslips in the landing configuration.

Takeoffs have not been demonstrated with less than 2 gallons total fuel (1

gallon per tank).

The fuel system is equipped with drain valves to provide a means for

the examination of fuel in the system for contamination and grade. The

system should be examined before the first flight of every day and after

each refueling, by using the sampler cup provided to drain fuel from the

wing tank sumps, and by utilizing the fuel strainer drain under an access

■ panel on the right side of the engine cowling. The fuel tanks should be filled

after each flight to prevent condensation.

When the airplane is equipped with long range tanks, it may be

serviced to a reduced fuel capacity to permit heavier cabin loadings. This

is accomplished by filling each tank to the bottom of the indicator on the

fuel filler neck. When filled to this level, the tank contains 13 gallons (12.25

usable in all flight conditions).

"

~

'

7-20 1 July 1979


SECTION 7 AIRPLANE" I:iYSTEM8 DESCRlPTlONS

fUll OUNll1TY [lATA CU. I . " ... llONSl

mTAl TOTAL

T"'NKS USAlLt fl/EL UNUSAlll ALL (LIC..,.

FUH CQHOITI0N5

STNlD"'~O " .• , .. Il) G", h"h)

LONCi RANCi& 31.5 , .. ilU Gol, E"""I

"Ip", 7·~. Fu"C Quanmy Dala

CESSNA MODEL IlII!

TOl.o,L fUlL

V(lLU"'[

". ~,

boM,.. .urf .... DI "'a 1.11 wlng ne'" tbe wi". Il,,,,1 .. ttaçh poiOlI. Tllo <lalll lu.l lank fiLI •• co.p \. al ... v ... ted.

P\lel qu.ntlt)' ~ ...... urwd by 1_ no .. L-IJ'PI' (\I.lqu .... LI\J' tnLaMnI""'''' (ODe In ...::11 l&JIk) &nd jnclicatood by l''''' alecuiclilly-opec.aled fucol quUltlly Indlea.lO ... on tM 10 __ lalt portion 01 11M ina=enl ~"l""'emply u.nlt lo. Ind\eo.ted by .. ....t lino. and tha !.tI .. E. Wb ....... lMloalo, obowa..., empI)' tank. approxtm-"'ly .'75 pllo.oI rem ..... in tlth ..... !.aDdan! or IO!!.1" ........ !.ank ...... ",.0.1>1. CuorL The iDdlo.tono 0UlD01 be reUed upon for &<:curala ... dill,. durill&' oIdda .• UpI. Or ""WI\I&\ anlwd ••.

ne o.mounl 01 un".ab1" fuall.l'1Ilatlva ly .m&ll duo. 1.0 lhe dual. DuLleta a' .. ..,h lanl<. The m&xlmum unu .. bl. (ual quantlly, ... dal.4lnolned lrom Lbot mOlli critte'" fUl'hl ""n'UIlDn, I . .. boll i 1.5j{"'lcnM 1.Olal. 11>111 qUL<lllly w .... nDt uc.-ded by r.ny cUl . ........ ooable !lillbl condlUoo. locludlnil" pro-longed 30 ...,.,nd IIIU_rudder ,Ideallp. In tbe la.ndlo, oonfl,,"n\.lon. T ..... ..,I!. b"vt nOI _" deIllODIII ... 1ed ... 11b le .. Ibr.n t ""uon, tei'" roel (1 " .... 1011 PC' I&nk).

1"he fu .. 1 .yll.." I. Mjwpped .. l\b dmll vlllv •• 1.0 provlde .. me .... lor Ihe .. aznlnallon et Ilid iII Ibe IlYstem ID' _' .... In .. lon ..,d "n.<k!. TM -'l'n .... aII""ld be .,.I<ni ..... belore Ibe n.1II mlbl 01 ev'ry day..,d ..ne. ucl> mutli .... by ualca Ibl ..... p!e. cup prov1<1ed to dn.lll ro,1 lrom. Ilio! w;"8" L&nk Mump •. end hy 1I11It:.IIlC Ibe lod ",""'"eI" dr .. lll .. ncle. aD &eOI'IM pallel ca Ibe riChl ddo oflhe ~",,(lOWUn, . Th"roel L&nkt should !>e/1lI'" alle. c~ flIibl to pAVeIIl oondan .... loa .

Wlwo lbe .. l.pl~ I. oqnlpped wllb lon" ,.."p ta.nk .. Il may bo INIrvlcod te .. rocl.uced fuel ea.po.cll)' to poInnl! ""avlt. c .. bln 10a<Llnp. 1"1". I. acoompllahed by /1IlIn, .&ch ta.nk te the boltom cl lhe IlIdlc .. to. on l lul fuel fiU .. neck. When l!lIed to thle level. Ihe1.&nk conia In. 13 goUono (12.25 .. ,..,hl, In .. 11 n1lht oondlllon_J.

I July 11179

-

CESSNA

MODEL 152

SECTION 7


FUEL QUANTITY INDICATORS

FUEL

QUANTITY

TRANSMITTER

FUEL

QUANTITY

TRANSMITTER

TO ENGINE

CONDITION:

SYSTEM SHOWN WITH

FUELSHUTOFF VALVE

IN ON POSITION

CODE

LZZ]

LZZD

"*—

FUEL SUPPLY

VENT

MECHANICAL

LINKAGE

ELECTRICAL

CONNECTION

TO ENGINE

Due to crossfeeding between fuel

tanks, the tanks should be re-

topped after each refueling to

assure maximum capacity-

Figure 7-6. Fuel System (Standard and Long Range)

1 July 1979 7-21


-

-

CESSNA MODEL 1111

,.. , -'''''''

. "'.-

çDO~

c::::J w.t

''''IO'''' _.~

l Sul~ III'i'Il

SEC'TI0N7 AIRPLANE .. SYSTEMS OESCRTP1'lDr<8

, ... ,,.....,.,,.'-."""

"""'''''''''' ......

Il

------0 '.' .' ....... -_.-n_,,,. _.-

r--'-'---, __ ----O _ ..... ' ..

7 · 21

-SECTION

7CESSNA


MODEL

152

BRAKESYSTEM

Theairplanehas

asingle-disc,hydraulically-actuatedbrakeoneach

mainlandinggearwheel.Eachbrake

isconnected,byahydraulicline,toa

mastercylinderattached

toeach

ofthe

pilot'srudderpedals.Thebrakes

areoperatedbyapplyingpressuretothetop

ofeitherthe

left(pilot's)or

right

(copilot's)

setofrudderpedals,whichareinterconnected.When

the

airplane

isparked,bothmainwheelbrakesmay

be

setby

utilizingthe

parkingbrakewhich

isoperatedby

aknobonthelower

leftside

ofthe

instrumentpanel.

Formaximumbrake

life,keepthebrakesystemproperlymaintained,

andminimizebrakeusageduringtaxioperationsandlandings.

Some

of

thesymptoms

ofimpending

brake

failure

are:

gradual

decrease

inbraking

action

afterbrake

application,noisy

ordragging

brakes,

softorspongy

pedals,and

excessive

travelandweak

braking

action.

Ifany

ofthesesymptoms

appear,thebrakesystem

isinneed

of

immediate

attention.

If,during

taxi

orlanding

roll,braking

actionde

creases,

letupon

thepedalsandthen

re-applythebrakeswithheavy

pressure.

Ifthebrakesbecomespongyorpedaltravelincreases,pumping

thepedalsshouldbuildbrakingpressure.

Ifonebrakebecomesweak

or

fails,

use

the

other

brake

sparingly

while

using

opposite

rudder,

as

required,

tooffsetthegoodbrake.

ELECTRICALSYSTEM

The

airplane

isequipped

with

a28-volt,

direct-current

electrical

system

(seefigure

7-7).Thissystemusesa24-voltbatterymountedonthe

rightforwardsideofthefirewallasthesource

ofelectricalenergyanda

belt-driven60-amp

alternator

tomaintain

the

battery's

stateofcharge.

Power

issupplied

toabus

bar,andamasterswitchcontrolsthispower

to

all

circuits,

except

theengine

ignitionsystem,

clock,and

flighthour

recorder

(ifinstalled).The

flighthourrecorderreceivespowerthrough

activationofanoilpressureswitchwhenevertheengine

isoperating,and

theclock

issuppliedwithcurrent

at

alltimes.Allavionicsequipment

shouldbeturnedoffpriortostartingtheengineorusinganexternalpower

—

source

topreventharmfultransientvoltagesfromdamagingthetransis

torsinthisequipment.

MASTERSWITCH

Themasterswitch

isasplit-rockertypeswitchlabeledMASTER,and

isON

intheuppositionandOFF

inthedownposition.Therighthalfofthe

switch,labeledBAT,

controls

allelectricalpower

totheairplane.The

left

_

half,labeledALT,

controlsthealternator.

7-22

1July

1979

~

For F

light

Tra

inin

g R

efer

ence

Onl

y

I I I

<, 1P!,sH ; ·n'll~~:r~= 'H· ,S '"-:l-''' " '. ! ,. " ~'" ".- ,L "~~'''i'''6 • ~--l "-1 "jjg~~;~e~H1 "" ''''"t ~. <> "

., ' ". al o"'~~. '." ~ "o g~!~"h • _,,~~~5~:~ 11 b'-'8.":-55,;;;!> • i;]. "o "0""",;'; __ ... , , i::: .... - -:;;· '. 5al.!! .. ii ell ~ g ~;~2"=P'H <;:;~ . ~ -,..~~'" '. .... lE5: .. g_ fEjh]lo2:" ~,~e.

<. ,. !! ." li '" -: E 1: §. ~r:- "g !la,, ';;' i •• t; ~OaD~. ... S·· ,, 1 .. - ... -', ':ii ~_ ~". <>.!l ":l- i! ~c :'''>''Ii !'"'.g -, .". -.-~ _;hHr~;~~ - g g l- DOtl2Q ... ! il;.:; ~a:: ~; "'=-J~' "<~e jj~= s~ =~i1(~~~5~~,g I8.t -~"-a"'lo 0:; ",,".Il ..

• ;;;:;'=lIi'li·~ • • .. g;0i~ .. ::::,; :. ~ ."'~ .... " u .. ~ . , ;'i" 8 "H,. Ii'" iii "i.!:!· t-" .. , ~ 8c.1ld~ <o i ~=" ,,~ .. Jt i':'i; u <>

~ ~!!!-''''. "- "i .. l·"<>~~ .. 1.s e.g"l ,'!:o . -j'

" .... o .... ~ -, . ",.-2 ... -", a..,..,:t== .. ~ .. ,,-. :> ;;->

rrt'6f;;~'" 5E=Ii·~oJ_ .. _ '-.' ~!!'i~ ,- -"-'"'-l' - 1 ",,,,,,,,o ".o~~i~l : '~

lll-g _-Sf_D .:. .. 'ii • ~ '!I~oòE .. i .... i ~ " . .. ,,_ r .. -1 Do:>." ,. .-S"""je-. l;;- S -"~.!' ~ ~'C

.. , • - Dft .. t

~i .. .. '" -.: ... w "egJ .. "'~e,,~ <io .. ..,

o : .. S "' .. E '" ~jl[~_ U};~~ ~ - --.!!'/:'" il" ~~ 5.s S ':: -.,,~~

• - '1100" " "' .. ~n • ~ "1 cf"'" > r . ~ -",2 ,- <>. i:ì ~ ~ ." .. . s ... " ~ ~ " .~ a 8 v

" W ;i1~d~ • • S 1-.":::;"". "' ~~. -.gi~'" ~~.'1:;; . '1 ~ O ~ "il..: . > "' ,," ". - ._c..g_ ~" " '"

~ ~ f-3 ~11 3~'6nò:!: '" § .. g.0l!:i • > ~~ .... -i!~; " "1 D_;:0-";I"5_ ~_ ._ c.~ =_ OO~ ... " " " , . .g 0.0""'_0 ~

" .... _~ .. = ~ = "'11": • "' e-~~i~:~~ • • ... o .. "~..ai"O -e-= 11 $ ~".5.!! il .. ~: 1;i~-i ". , . --~"-" • ".5_ ;:= .. -3 ~ -;; i l ~ ~i:::'~.!I;!~.!I

__ l

gj W .il iò':.l 8--" ~ e -~ - ,- ,- r . ~ , e.s~j ~ .dti-i~~ q .-.!! .. ~ q .-o .>.!!~~Og.!lg:!1 •

~EI " :; " .!!..c " ~ " ;~is~ _ /:§~!~a1!~ç:!l~~ (.!:>: !l-.

"~ ... =;o __ ~

<Il ~i 2 E"" ""'" ~ W ~ ;" .. -:i,e- li • ~ ~"j~-~"ilD~i" • °i';i ~ .- E E :; 1: ;j c>..!! , 11;Ht[n~ > .< m W .;; "iii ~.g. li ~ ~ "

CESSNA

MODEL 152

SECTION 7


LOW-VOLTAGE

WARNING LIGHT

rtI ALTERNATOR— CONTROL

UNIT

ALTERNATOR

FIELD

CIRCUIT

BREAKER

TO STROBE LTS.

CIRCUIT BREAKER

(DIGITAL CLOCK ONLY) i|

OIL PRESSURE

SWITCH

FLIGHT HOUR

RECORDER

CIRCUIT BREAKER (AUTO-RESET)

CIRCUIT BREAKER [PUSH-TO-RESET)

-})- CAPACITOR INOISE FILTER)

FUSE -|4« DIODE JVW RESISTOR

CIRCUIT BREAKER

(PULL-OFF, PUSH-TO-RESET)

TO FUEL QUANTITY INDICATORS

TO FLASHING BEACON

TO PITOT HEAT

TO DIGITAL CLOCK

TO STROBE LIGHTS

TO CIGAR LIGHTER (WITH FUSE

AND CIRCUIT BREAKER)

TO LANDING AND TAXI LIGHTS

TO IGNITION SWITCH

TO WING FLAP SYSTEM

— TO RED DOORPOST MAPLIGHT

— TO LOW-VOLTAGE WARNING LIGHT

TO INSTRUMENT, RADIO, COMPASS

AND POST LIGHTS

— TO OIL TEMPERATURE GAGE

— TO TURN COORDINATOR

— TO WHITE DOORPOST MAPLIGHT

-TO AUDIO MUTING RELAY

— TO CONTROL WHEEL MAP LIGHT

— TO NAVIGATION LIGHTS

— TO DOME LIGHT

TO RADIO OR TRANSPONDER

AND ENCODING ALTIMETER

Figure 7-7. Electrical System

1 July 1979 7-23


--

CE8SSA MODEL ur.a

IECTlON7 "'''PLANI: Il SYIfl'EMI DEIC"IPTIOm;

SECTION 7 CESSNA


Normally, both sides of the master switch should be used simultane

ously; however, the BAT side of the switch could be turned ON separately

to check equipment while on the ground. The ALT side of the switch, when

placed in the OFF position, removes the alternator from the electrical

system. With this switch in the OFF position, the entire electrical load is

placed on the battery. Continued operation with the alternator switch in the

OFF position will reduce battery power low enough to open the battery

contactor, remove power from the alternator field, and prevent alternator

restart.

nAMMETER

The ammeter, located on the upper right side of the instrument panel,

indicates the amount of current, in amperes, from the alternator to the

battery or from the battery to the airplane electrical system. When the

engine is operating and the master switch is turned on, the ammeter

indicates the charging rate applied to the battery. In the event the

alternator is not functioning or the electrical load exceeds the output of the

alternator, the ammeter indicates the battery discharge rate.

ALTERNATOR CONTROL UNIT AND LOW-VOLTAGE WARNING

LIGHT n

The airplane is equipped with a combination alternator regulator

high-low voltage control unit mounted on the engine side of the firewall

and a red warning light, labeled LOW VOLTAGE, under the ammeter on the

instrument panel.

In the event an over-voltage condition occurs, the alternator control

unit automatically removes alternator field current which shuts down the

alternator. The battery will then supply system current as shown by a

discharge rate on the ammeter. Under these conditions, depending on

electrical system load, the low-voltage warning light will illuminate when

system voltage drops below normal. The alternator control unit may be

reset by turning the master switch off and back on again. If the warning

light does not illuminate, normal alternator charging has resumed;

however, if the light does illuminate again, a malfunction has occurred,

and the flight should be terminated as soon as practicable.

NOTE

Illumination of the low-voltage light and ammeter dis

charge indications may occur during low RPM conditions

with an electrical load on the system, such as during a low

RPM taxi. Under these conditions, the light will go out at

higher RPM. The master switch need not be recycled since

an over-voltage condition has not occurred to de-activate

"7-24 1 July 1979


SF;C'TION 7 CESSNA MOOEL " .. " AIRPLI<NI!:" SYSTI>MS OESCRIPTIONS

AMMETER

TM .."mo"',. ,,,,, .. <><I OD u.. U,,"", nll"h! ai<kl 01 !b. lD.lnImonl p~~'. lDdlc"''' u.. a",oun' 01 cUITon'. ID 0"'1"''''0. IT<Im .no .".m • ..,. le tM b'U.y O, lrom In. bO'''r)' IO , .... o'.plan. o..,.,tri<:al oy . .. m. Who .. tM e"K'''' ,. OPO."'OO( and tbo m ..... owitcn lo ' u,nod ono 'bo a",,,, ... , Indlc .... u.. cb ..... ri,,~ .... &ppUod IO III. hl"'ry. In Ih. ev.o' III. &J"rna'<" la IlO' luncÙ<>ll.log or llMt .leclricallo&doxcndollleou'p",oltM ol ... ma"' •.• no amme"', lodl.,._ u.. ba'U')' dlocn"'lI. roU.

Al TERNATOR CONTROL UNIT ANO LOW· VOtTAGE WARNING UGHT

Th .... ..,,1 ...... I .... ulppod "'li" o cOnlbln.'ioo 0.1"'0010' '0""'.'0' nlSb.Low voJlap conl",1 uDII ... o"o!ed "" .b •• "i'0' .Ido 01"'" Il,.w.U ...,d. re<! warnloll","'.labo' od LOW VOL T AGE. Under!bo .","' .... '0" !b. In.'rum.n' "a"ol .

In 'IlO w.n,.n <",o.·vo"op coMltlon 0«\0,... •• ho olum&\o, con'ro) uni' au\<l",.,jcally ffm"" ... 'urno"" 1I 0id cU,""'" whlcn .hu\.O oown III • • '10"'010'. Tno ba.lO.,. ..-Ili ,ho" aupply oyo'.", <uno,,' u alwwn by a dlsobarllo , a '" OD !bo ""'m.' .... Uod., 'h ... coDdlUoDO. o'p*"dlnll O" ol"",,-let.! .~a .. ", 10&<1. tIIalow_voU"",wa."lnll",h< wl1ll1l""'I"'" ",ho" ')'lI""" voll"", drop. "'10" oorm.l. "l"he .'lOmolo, oon,rol unII moy bo """'" by 'umlnl!" ,Ite mali"" ""'Ucb 011 ,nd I>&<k 00 ap.ID. JI "'" .. amlDII" lIlI"M <1"". no' III"m! ... "'. nonnal altorn.'o, <harglnl!" .... , .. umM: "o,"ovo •• Il , ... IIln, <10 .. UI"m'n,,,, &galn .• ", •• rune"o" b. oo<:urrod. ~"d ,,,. n!O(ht ,hQuld bo "'rm!na!ed .. ...,n .. pnell •• bl •.

,.>

NOTE

Illumin.'lo" 01 ,ho I" .. ·yo'tap \l,h' 0<10 ammo", di.· .narp '",:l1caUono mo.y "".u ' durlnl!" low RPM oond!tion. "'''' On ol"",c&lload On ono .~."''''. o"e" ... du.ln, .'0 .. RP)! 'u;. Uodo< ,n ... condlt1on •• "'. Il'hl .. ,1) I:oou, .' nlllho, RPM. Tb. "' ..... owllo" ..-DO' bo , .. yclod alnotl '"" "".r·vol..." ""ndllLo" h .. no' oo<:u,.,. .... IO o .. ..."lv ...

I Jul~ ,Q7;

CESSNA SECTION 7


the alternator system.

The warning light may be tested by turning on the landing lights and

momentarily turning off the ALT portion of the master switch while

leaving the BAT portion turned on.

CIRCUIT BREAKERS AND FUSES

Most of the electrical circuits in the airplane are protected by "push-to-

reset" type circuit breakers mounted under the engine controls on the

instrument panel. However, alternator output is protected by a "pull-off"

type circuit breaker. The cigar lighter is equipped with a manually-reset

type circuit breaker located on the back of the lighter and a fuse behind the

instrument panel. The control wheel map light (if installed) is protected by

the NAV/DOME circuit breaker, and a fuse behind the instrument panel.

Electrical circuits which are not protected by circuit breakers are the

battery contactor closing (external power) circuit, clock circuit, and flight

hour recorder circuit. These circuits are protected by fuses mounted

adjacent to the battery.

GROUND SERVICE PLUG RECEPTACLE

A ground service plug receptacle may be installed to permit the use of

an external power source for cold weather starting and during lengthy

maintenance work on the electrical and electronic equipment. Details of

the ground service plug receptacle are presented in Section 9, Supplements.

LIGHTING SYSTEMS

EXTERIOR LIGHTING

Conventional navigation lights are located on the wing tips and top of

the rudder. Additional lighting is available and includes a single or dual

landing/taxi light mounted in the cowling nose cap, a flashing beacon

located on top of the vertical fin, and a strobe light installed on each wing

tip. Details of the strobe light system are presented in Section 9, Supple

ments.

All exterior lights are controlled by rocker switches on the left switch

and control panel. The switches are ON in the up position and OFF in the

down position.

The flashing beacon should not be used when flying through clouds or

overcast; the flashing light reflected from water droplets or particles in the

atmosphere, particularly at night, can produce vertigo and loss of orienta

tion.

1 July 1979 7-25


SECTION ? CESSN A MODEL I~ AIRPLANE & 6 YSTEMS DESCRIP'I'IONS

!.ho o.I'uu.I<I. "" .. om.

'l'h . ... aml ft (l" !l,h' .... )' bo *'-<1 by ,~ ... i.ll Oft Ohol...,d'nllllghlll """ momoft"'rily .umlng olI Ib . ALT pon lon 01 .ho m .......... 1_ .. OU. loavlng Oho 8A T ""n loo . umlNl 00.

CIRCUir 8REAI(ERS ANO FUSES

M.,., o, tb. ele<lrJool d«:" 1111 lo !.he a 'rpl.,.. are pro_III<! by· 'p""h-to....... 1)'"" clreuL' bruko ... mouoted undor Oho onfloo 000 .... 1. O" <ho 1"""''''0''' pan.l. Howov&r. al",,,,,ol<l' C\L'P'" I. pro\eG1.O<l by o ··p uli·olr· type ol",ul. b ... lto r. '!'be nlp, [(,,"b .. , I. oqul pp<><l ... iOh • manually_'o ... type ..... ml' b~alre, l"" ... d on .bo ba< k 01 .ho lISb .. ,."d o ''''' .... o'Od rIMI In .. ",m..,' p .... ,. T'" .,.," .... ' .. n .. ' m.p "S"' (U 'o . .. ""') !O prole<to<ll>y "'. NAVI DOME oL",ullb .. "ko< ..... d a ru .. boh'r>d. tho in."",,, .. ,,t p a.el El.-eh'co.l OUO\l'" .. hlcl> a .. DO' ProlOe'-<l by 0("'\111 o ........ are tho 00'1or;!' 0<>.',",,10. olooh.~ {ule,ul t><>_ rldr<luit. olock dr<uit. and m,h! tLou. """'NO' cl«:u1t. 'l'h .... i",ul .. &M prolOe'''' by ru .... """, ,,le<! ad!"",,"' '" 'he ba'lery.

GROUNO SER VICE PLUG RECEPTAClE

A ço"od ...... .,. plug _eJ><o<:I . may bo 100""'''' lo permit ti,. u .... o, OD oxternal p •• olarlwg OIId durini I.n~y m.' " teUn'" .. ori< 00 Oh • • 1..,lrloo.l ... d .1""",,010 &qulp",e"t. Dotalla 01 'h. ""uod .. ,.,,10. l'lUi< rweop. ocl. a .. p .... ole<! In S..,Iloo 9. Supple. m.n ...

lIGHTlNG SYSTEMS

EXTERIQR LIG HTING

Convenllonal navl, .. lon 11ghla .,..1""01<1<1 on Uto "'nll" "l'O and "'p 01 Ut. ruIldor. Add'''"oo.lli1l:bIL0ll' is avo.ll.bl. and Incl ....... ,ng'. or du" l londlngl tAXi Ilg>t' mount.e(! lo ,ne ..,..iing no .. "ap • • n .... hin' bO"':"n loeuod OZI toP or tho vonioo.l Itn. aod • ""'" Ii,b' inotaUO ••• ,..,bo Uglu .y ••• ", ... p...-ntod In Secllon t. Supple_

-"~

An .~ .. rio, IIgh'. a .. oon.",l1<><1 by "",k ..... i"''''''' 00 .ho !eh awU,," . nd oon.",1 pane!. Tb .... '<ohM ..... ON' •• no up pc.lUen . nd OPI' ,n'ILe down po.,,,cn.

'!'be nMhin, bo...,.,n . n""ld nOI bo"""" wh. n n~I", Ih",u~h oIn""" or ov.,."...., "'. n •• hlns IISh' ",n""t.e<l1 rom w . 10' droplt!13 o. J>&nlel ... I n .h. atmespM' • . pan'eulOtiy " . n'ghl. O ... p_llee vertlgo ond lo .. 01 o".n'" IlOn.

I Julf I~ ,.

■SECTION 7 CESSNA


INTERIOR LIGHTING

Instrument and control panel lighting is provided by flood lighting,

integral lighting, and post lighting (if installed). Two concentric rheostat

control knobs on the left switch and control panel, labeled PANEL LT and

RADIO LT, control intensity of the instrument and control panel lighting.

A slide-type switch (if installed) on the overhead console, labeled PANEL

LIGHTS, is used to select flood lighting in the FLOOD position, post

lighting in the POST position, or a combination of post and flood lighting

in the BOTH position.

Instrument and control panel flood lighting consists of a single red

flood light in the forward part of the overhead console. To use the flood

lighting, rotate the PANEL LT rheostat control knob clockwise to the

desired intensity.

The instrument panel may be equipped with post lights which are

mounted at the edge of each instrument and provide direct lighting. The

lights are operated by placing the PANELLIGHTS selector switch, located

in the overhead console, in the POST position and adjusting light intensity

with the PANEL LT rheostat control knob. By placing the PANEL LIGHTS

selector switch in the BOTH position, the post lights can be used in

combination with the standard flood lighting.

The engine instrument cluster (if post lighting is installed), radio

equipment, and magnetic compass have integral lighting and operate

independently of post or flood lighting. Light intensity of the radio lighting

is controlled by the RADIO LT rheostat control knob. The integral compass

and engine instrument cluster light intensity is controlled by the PANEL

LT rheostat control knob.

A cabin dome light, in the overhead console, is operated by a switch on

the left switch and control panel. To turn the light on, move the switch to

the ON position.

A control wheel map light is available and is mounted on the bottom of

the pilot's control wheel. The light illuminates the lower portion of the

cabin just forward of the pilot and is helpful when checking maps and other

flight data during night operations. To operate the light, first turn on the

NAV LT switch; then adjust the map light's intensity with the rheostat

control knob located at the bottom of the control wheel.

A doorpost map light is available, and is located on the left forward

doorpost. It contains both red and white bulbs and may be positioned to

illuminate any area desired by the pilot. The light is controlled by a switch,

above the light, which is labeled RED, OFF, and WHITE. Placing the switch

in the top position will provide a red light. In the bottom position, standard

7-26 1 July 1979


SECTION? AlRPt.AN'E " SYSTEMS OESCRIPTION8

tNTEAIOR Ll GHTtNG

C";SSNA 1oI00EL l$il

[n.I .... "'.'U .... d conlZ'ol p ..... 1 lilJhUng il pro~i_ b)' nood lilfhling. l.alolgr&l lia;hUnl. &<><i potIllI&"hIiD&" (II Inl\ll.llod). Two ooneeDI.nC , heost.1 COlIlrol kDobs OD \h. loh ... ltoh .... d CODlrol p ..... I. labeled PANEL L T .... d RADIO l. T . oon trol In'."all)' 01 th.lu<rument .... tI ""ntrol pane' I1gMlng A .lIde.\ype .wHellllf I" .WI"") OD. \.b8 "" ... II,ad ""n""I •. lebeled l'ANElo L1GHTS. il ulMld IO ",Ie<:t fiooci U,bUlI1I In 1111 F't.OOD )X>1,1L(Ul. pOlli

liahllnlllD !.he POBT poslUolI. Or • comb'n.\lon 01 posllUld nOO<! IlgllUnll' In Ihe 80TH poettlo... -

In"troment.."d conlrol pAne! nO<><! I1gM!"1 conlll". 01 ~ olnll. r1Id nood ItroM l" III, !orwar<l pe" ollhe Dve,lIead conllOl •. To u .. III. non<! Itghlinl". ,o\et. Ih. l'AN~L l.T ,h..,.lal ""DI,ol knab clock"', .. IO the du'twd l"te""i\y.

Tbl 1.1111"""."1 p .... el may be eqllipplld .. I!.h poti Ilgl:tl8 ",hich &ft

l:IlO\lutod a ,!.he qe 01 e..,h 111&lrumeDI .... d pro"lde dl~ IlI"ti"l. Tht IlrohlS ..... openled b)' pl..,lnl!.he PANELLlOHTS Hlectonwlt.tb. \()Ca"'" In lIIe ovetbea.d 00" .. 1 .. I" the POST pooUlon ancI adjUO.IDgllp.I" ..... hy .. 1111 Ihe PANEL L T 1'1\ ... _' con.rol knob. 8y placlnl the " AN!':L LIGlfTS _J.o::I<l, ... ;t.eb In lIt, 80TH posi" ...... Ib. p01Il U,bl8 ç .... be .. _ i.n combinali ..... w,th Ihe .ta.nd&rd fiooci liglnh,&.

Tbv I lIlJhlt "'attulllODl dusler (I! POSI lirhUnr le Inlu.l\ed). radio "'Iuipu,cllt. lUld marllo.lc oom pa.ss lIave Inlerral lIeMlnr &1Id opo r .. '" w de)X'nde otl)' DI poli Or nood !lp Il n e . LI rhl I n ",n.' Iy or UI. fa,Un 11 gMing l. eDlltro!led bylhl nAOIO L T rh ..... u.I conlrol knob. The lnlllg ... 1 "" ... pae. "nd enrlne lnlt",m.n l elultef lightlntenlity I. """I,,,Il.d b)' Ih. PANEL LT r~eoo ... 1 oonlrol kn ol>.

A CAbin domi 1IrM. l '' Ihl overhN.tl consol., lo oporaled by .. Iwlt<lll Oh !he lef, ",,"ueh snd conlrol p.nel. To lurn thl UeMon. "'OVO Ih.lwlt<lh IO th.ON poillion.

lo c"nlro! wb"1 m.p !labIle Iv&ilabl. end Il D>Ounted On tbl bonomar lite pllo.' .. co,,"ol .. bO<lL Tbc liahl Wumina"'. liti lowwr pOrtio .. of lhIt cabm JIIS' fo""ard oftbepllOi &Dd ls holpllli whtll ~klIIr n.apa .... d oth~r melll d&u. dur1IIe III,h. operatlolll. To ape,"" tbe lIell<. Il, .. ili." 00 \be NA'" LT , .. 1",11. tbell adjuM ilio m.p Urll'·s 1111.",11)' wltb Lbo rlI ..... t.1 OOlIll'Ollmob Ioc&ted altbe bouom cf III. oontrol .. boel

A "oorpo" ",sp 111M Il .vAllable ..... d t. loca"" on ,hl 1.lIlorw ..... <1 d<)<Jrpoe" II conlAin. b<>.h twd ,,"d .. 111'" bulb ..... <1 "'ay 1>1 pol,Uonl<l IO ,lluminl'" any I ... a d .. irad by lite pilcL ThelllJhll. ""n lrollld b)' .IWilch • • bo". thl\l",hL whicb ,ollboll<l REO. OFr ..... <1 WHI TE. Pl""",g litI . w itch '" tbo "'p pOliUolI .. ili provl<1e 1 red \l,III. IlIlh o bol",m pOlilion. Ol.lnd .. rd

7·28 l July lll'lll

CESSNA SECTION 7


white lighting is provided. In the center position, the map light is turned

off. Light intensity of the red light is controlled by the PANEL LT rheostat

control knob.

The most probable cause of a light failure is a burned out bulb;

however, in the event any of the lighting systems fail to illuminate when

turned on, check the appropriate circuit breaker. If the circuit breaker has

opened (white button popped out), and there is no obvious indication of a

short circuit (smoke or odor), turn off the light switch of the affected lights,

reset the breaker, and turn the switch on again. If the breaker opens again,

do not reset it.

CABIN HEATING, VENTILATING AND

DEFROSTING SYSTEM

The temperature and volume of airflow into the cabin can be regulated

by manipulation of the push-pull CABIN HT and CABIN AIR control

knobs (see figure 7-8).

Heated fresh air and outside air are blended in a cabin manifold just aft

of the firewall by adjustment of the heat and air controls; this air is then

vented into the cabin from outlets in the cabin manifold near the pilot's and

passenger's feet. Windshield defrost air is also supplied by a duct leading

from the manifold to a pair of outlets below the windshield.

For cabin ventilation, pull the CABIN AIR knob out. To raise the air

temperature, pull the CABIN HT knob out approximately 1/4 to 1/2 inch

for a small amount of cabin heat. Additional heat is available by pulling

the knob out farther; maximum heat is available with the CABIN HT knob

pulled out and the CABIN AIR knob pushed full in. When no heat is desired

in the cabin, the CABIN HT knob is pushed full in.

Additional ventilation air may be obtained by opening the adjustable

ventilators near the upper left and right corners of the windshield.

PITOT-STATIC SYSTEM AND INSTRUMENTS

The pitot-static system supplies ram air pressure to the airspeed

indicator and static pressure to the airspeed indicator, vertical speed

indicator and altimeter. The system is composed of either an unheated or

heated pitot tube mounted on the lower surface of the left wing, an external

static port on the lower left side of the forward fuselage, and the associated

plumbing necessary to connect the instruments to the sources.

1 July 1979 7-27


CESSNA MODEL 1:12

SECTION7 AIRPLANE ... BYS'TEMB DESCRIl'TIONS

whl .. I4IbU~i I. pnlv!dod. III u.o ooole< _m,,~. \be "'"" Il,,bl io lurnod oli. L1llb< lD ..... lty oIu... _ !111M io """,,..,U .... by U..I'ANEL L T ,b..."""

'- "",,""I kDob.

Tba ",o.' pl'Ol>&bla e'UM <>1 a li"" f,Un,.., l, a bumod <>n' buI!>: bo",va'. In tho ""0,,1 ony of "",U.buna ofa .. ",. f,1l '" Ulum' .. a .. wbOn

"" \uni .... "n. ohe<>k the appropria .. oll"OuU b .... ,kU". Il u.. olT<>ul. b .... &II., ha. opllno<! (wblle buI"'" pOppod oul) . .... d III ..... la no obvIou. ln,,;oa\lOll 01 a o~o'" o lreu Il (aonok, o, odo,). Iu, .. 011 III, llibl , ,.,llcb <>1 u.. r.tIocted IIl1"b'" ......" Iho b.--lou. ood lu,"" "'" . .. jlc~ O" .. aln. Il!h, b ..... kor opll"' .. aln. "" no, .-&&0, IL

CABIN HEATING. VENTILATING ANO OEFRQSTING SYSTEM

TIuI lemporUu ........ d voI umo of al rf1cw 1.1>\0 u., cablo aon bo rtlsuJated b)' m ... lpulaUoD of \b. puob ·pul! C"'S!N HT Ltld CABIN AIR 000""1 ,,"" ... ( .... I~ .. 7-8).

H..- r_~ al, ud. OUlOid, ai, are blaOdO<! 1.1>. oobU. ",r.:ufoldJ"".an or U.o fI ..... &l1 by adjuotmOM of \b. hM' and ,l , oo"trol.; ibis al, l. U;,,'" v.,._ ,,.,,, tho oabl .. lTom ou tlotll lo ilio noli! .. man lfold .... ' lb. puor • ..,.. p ..... ,.,.., .• 100(. W"",oble'd dol", •• al, J. "00 •• ppIlO<! bf • duOl 10...,.1 ... Il"Cm III. mani/old ",. 1',1' 01 ontlo" bo!O" ilio "" .. dohlo!d.

... '0' ... bln vontU.Uon. pull "'" CA81N AIR """~ ,,.n. To .. loo 1lIe.l< tempo ... u",. pun tho CAlltN HT k"ab oul .pp"'Klm .... !f 11 4 \o 1/2 lnch fo. , omaU omGUn' of oollin b .... Addltloo&! bu. lo .v.nollt. by pulll"l ti,. k""" ou' r ....... or. mujmum Mat" ava.tlolllo ""Ih 1110 CA8IN HT Imob pullod ou, .... " Ib. CABIN AIR kMll pu.~'" !\Ili In. Wbon no boat Iodoa'rod t.. 1110 coll,n. ilio CASIN t!T knab 1.0 puobod fldt In.

Addltlonai VtlnUlal10D ai, may be oli""" .... ~y opout..~ !h. adju.Ubl. '- vootl1."' ... nM, .h. uppo.letl and !"11M CO' ....... of III. wlndahleld.

PITOT-STATIC SYSTEM ANO INSTAUMENTS

l Julf "1'19

SECTION 7


CESSNA

MODEL 152

DEFROSTER

OUTLETS

0

—

CODE

RAM AIR FLOW

VENTILATING AIR

HEATED AIR

BLENDED AIR

MECHANICAL

CONNECTION

P

H

n

0

n

0

n

-

Figure 7-8. Cabin Heating, Ventilating, and Defrosting System

7-28 1 July 1979

rFor Flight Training Reference Only

6ECTlON 7 AIRPLANJl: ... 6YSTgMS Ilt;SCRIPTIONS

<:> <:>

CE66NA MODEL lS1l

CODE

<:I ...... ~. 'lOOr

,,.. Y,,,,, .... ,,'<' "' •

.... ....... 0 ...

.... "'_D"' • ••• "'O<.oJo"",c _cr_

FI~ .. 7·L Cabl" H .. liII ... V.nUl&U" ... ."d t>etrosll" .. Syal"'"

I J .. Ly 1f79

-

--

CESSNA

SECTION

7

MODEL

152


Theheatedpitotsystemconsistsofaheatingelementinthepitottube,

arocker-typeswitchlabeledPITOTHTontheleftswitchandcontrolpanel,

a15-amp

circuitbreakerunder

theengine

controlson

theinstrument

panel,andassociatedwiring.When

thepitotheatswitch

isturnedon,the

element

inthepitottube

isheated

electricallytomaintainproperopera

tion

in

possible

icing

conditions.

Pitot

heat

should

be

used

only

as

_required.

AIRSPEEDINDICATOR

The

airspeed

indicator

is

calibrated

inknots

and

miles

per

hour.

Limitationandrangemarkings

(inKIAS)

includethewhite

arc(35to85

knots),greenarc

(40to111knots),yellowarc(111to149knots),andared

line

(149knots).

Ifatrueairspeedindicator

isinstalled,

itisequippedwitharotatable

ringwhichworks

inconjunctionwith

theairspeed

indicator

dialin

a

manner

similar

to

the

operation

of

aflightcomputer.To

operate

the

indicator,

first

rotate

the

ring

untilpressure

altitude

isalignedwith

outside

airtemperature

indegreesFahrenheit.Pressure

altitudeshould

not

be

confused

with

indicated

altitude.To

obtain

pressure

altitude,

momentarily

setthebarometric

scaleon

thealtimeter

to29.92andread

pressurealtitudeonthealtimeter.Besuretoreturnthealtimeterbaromet

ricscaletotheoriginalbarometricsettingafterpressurealtitudehasbeen

obtained.Having

settheringtocorrectforaltitudeandtemperature,read

thetrueairspeedshownontherotatableringbytheindicatorpointer.For

best

accuracy,

the

indicated

airspeedshouldbe

corrected

to

calibrated

airspeedby

referring

to

the

Airspeed

Calibration

chart

in

Section

5.

Knowingthecalibratedairspeed,readtrueairspeedontheringopposite

thecalibratedairspeed.

VERTICALSPEEDINDICATOR

Theverticalspeedindicatordepictsairplanerateofclimbordescentin

feetperminute.Thepointer

isactuatedbyatmosphericpressurechanges

resultingfromchanges

ofaltitudeassuppliedbythe

staticsource.

ALTIMETER

Airplane

altitude

isdepictedby

abarometrictype

altimeter.A

knob

near

thelower

leftportion

ofthe

indicatorprovidesadjustment

ofthe

instrument'sbarometricscaletothecurrentaltimetersetting.

VACUUMSYSTEMANDINSTRUMENTS

An

engine-drivenvacuum

system

(seefigure

7-9)

isavailableand

1July

1979

7-29

For F

light

Tra

inin

g R

efer

ence

Onl

y

•• . ..:;;.!~: ~:ill :Z '" ~~P!.gH rp~.;~ 3' " , ~ ., .8~~~~

~!agH "~o !lo!! ~j;!fS w":~gR -. .-00 • • 0-

§f ", P !11"!1] ~: !!.!:!!'h ! • <~ • ~eh" ., ,- :a" r.,s " "~~~ ./Iti~ ~ ~ ~ .- ""-~f&l ' . .... ~-;!~8! .. ~H "":1 .~ ~ ~- 1< : "5 .. ~ i " . 5g~a" 5~o'b gjs;!!. .. SE..: · ' .. ' ,

• =30 'i,;,":.!. ~ li h Il ~15~ .! . e" .S • • .!l",sS.5.! ,- . , , iji '" o '0 ,

- ~ ~ '" :I " '. &.:lH ~ "' .. 01 e!~ ~1i ~ " CI. ~ ~ • ~..,o~o.., · . " .;-!!. ~~ ! z , , s!:lii'i'3 ''- "'r~rll~'p w

~ =-3~ - "'.= -~ : -g=l ,." ~ t .. e,8 i e'ii .Hee-3~ ~ .- _!l ~ ~ • • :, §a" " - ~"'''' .5~_ • > ~i : ... - '" o;'::::' .. ~ 8~ ... ° "il ;! ee ",,1lt ~ §~i · , ~ • -- -o l! -~'" ... - o • • • • ~~§'ii! · ., =.';;'~I-~ Si .. :!!-;; -e.h ! . - ~ -;:, .. 'i~.!'i" li .. ogOie · , . ~ I • J-i>-~- l" '" f~§e".s'C.cu~ ;,;':~ ,'! '" l .go:~~ <. 3:;'l· ... ":i] .. i~;;i·r " -

li1:::S_o.. ,-- '1' ." . z , " " >C 'i .~'S="'E1,l!iE.!1 1 ' . ..Jl .. , • ;-5=".; -.' -.' .!Igo"t" ~ li!. • o" .,' a ' :: • ~g!;H

"il :=..-< .li o' 1 ~-8ee-l o .-, · . , ." . ., z · "

:;1- .. ts!lg-< " · - '- . .. gli".. s· .... 4 , 8;., oio"" -.' s~ .. "t..,~;; 5"51~1i" • li li ::: .5 ""il

;l~ u '. , , ai' o .. " "'_!. "~E=e=,, .. .5!_ o. ,

~ ,

,-:;:1:-8 • .!!aos- fOl .. 1:o~S" o " , "h iZ ..

o h- 18 e ~ ". ,,- l· '0' ~ t: 11 W

" Z 0_ • , <l • S -.!I~!~-5"!'hh ] .. l -, . ~

i~~l§] • l'o · - o u .s "i l·g~PSgiHcHe o

" • • '" •

III • ,00 > > o ."" ,.\ • ~~':il~~ o 'li 01"'- • 01 . " -- '" j z . , ~ ~h~. ~.!I ·f :!- • Oi =..,

J!~:-51 -01 -~ ~"-:!l~ l-l • · -, ~ ~ " o -', • ;1< ~ , o -. f' ~..,..§=~ i:~s:l!~ .t'se ~ ;.!i~ • ..

§ ':""'1.:1 . • • " -. ~ o <- " - :ii-".::! •. - .. .., ,h f..1! ~ • ~;'"'! !~~h.!l:~~l~ li~ u • ~ • ." ~; L i.s~ • 1; !.,§ ." • " • ;;:;:~ u o ~ .0 -,- • " - <

~~~jg! • , o • - :n~~ s § i! "j ;1; ~ ~ A' " .- 4 .0 • .::;~ :§ • ~J -o. _. CI..= "l: E.!I o " E CI."C o -!3 • :.: :!l > • > -l l j ! , 1 l

"SECTION 7


CESSNA _

MODEL 152

OVERBOARD

VENT LINE

VACUUM

PUMP

VACUUM SYSTEM

AIR FILTER

•*:

aooo

o o o0 O 0 0

o o o

o o o o

o o o

VACUUM RELIEF VALVE

DIRECTIONAL

INDICATOR

n

n

n

n

n

n

Figure 7-9. Vacuum System

7-30

CODE

INLET AIR

VACUUM

DISCHARGE AIR

1 July 1979


SECTION 7 AIRPI..ANE. SYS'J'EMS DESCRIPTIONS

VACOJU" SYSn .. AO~ "cnR

VACUU"

~-

CI=:SSNA MODEJ..I~

O"l~IIOA"D V'''T LO"l

= c::J o~cn .... "

c::::J vACuu .. ~ 01SCHAR(;[ "OR

'JUly UI'/9

CESSNA SECTION 7


provides the suction necessary to operate the attitude indicator and

directional indicator. The system consists of a vacuum pump mounted on

the engine, a vacuum relief valve and vacuum system air filter on the aft

side of the firewall below the instrument panel, and instruments (including

a suction gage) on the left side of the instrument panel.

ATTITUDE INDICATOR

An attitude indicator is available and gives a visual indication of flight

attitude. Bank attitude is presented by a pointer at the top of the indicator

relative to the bank scale which has index marks at 10°, 20°, 30°, 60°, and 90°

either side of the center mark. Pitch and roll attitudes are presented by a

miniature airplane superimposed over a symbolic horizon area divided

into two sections by a white horizon bar. The upper "blue sky" area and the

lower "ground" area have arbitrary pitch reference lines useful for pitch

attitude control. A knob at the bottom of the instrument is provided for

inflight adjustment of the miniature airplane to the horizon bar for a more

accurate flight attitude indication.

DIRECTIONAL INDICATOR

A directional indicator is available and displays airplane heading on a

compass card in relation to a fixed simulated airplane image and index.

The directional indicator will precess slightly over a period of time.

Therefore, the compass card should be set in accordance with the magnetic

compass just prior to takeoff, and occasionally re-adjusted on extended

flights. A knob on the lower left edge of the instrument is used to adjust the

compass card to correct for any precession.

SUCTION GAGE

A suction gage is located on the left side of the instrument panel when

the airplane is equipped with a vacuum system. Suction available for

operation of the attitude indicator and directional indicator is shown by

this gage, which is calibrated in inches of mercury. The desired suction

range is 4.5 to 5.4 inches of mercury. A suction reading below this range

may indicate a system malfunction or improper adjustment, and in this

case, the indicators should not be considered reliable.

STALL WARNING SYSTEM

The airplane is equipped with a pneumatic-type stall warning system

consisting of an inlet in the leading edge of the left wing, an air-operated

horn near the upper left corner of the windshield, and associated plumbing.

As the airplane approaches a stall, the lowpressure on the upper surface of

the wings moves forward around the leading edge of the wings. This low

1 July 1979 7-31


-

CESBNA MODEL 152

SECTION 7 AIRPLANI!: a. SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS

prov"i .. • h • • uç.lon "_'~1lI')' IO Ope ...... 1110 .Ilitu<lc indiCillOr ... d dln>c. IOJlIII Iudica", •. Tho ,,.etam eo."o1 ... 01 • va<:"um p"mp mc"nl6d On !ho enfflne .• vllOUUrn rellol .... I ..... nd vaeuum ,y,"m .1. m ... <m t.b,.n. .ld.OI the "rew,.1! below t.b.lnotrum,nl p .... I. ,.nd Ins.ru"",,"(rndudJ..D.1!: ,. ,,,cll<m pc.) on III, lan .idc of \ha h .. uu .... 111 p .... ol.

ATTITUOE INOICATOR

An .U1'uda indica...,. ilo ,. v,,1 olbia and gl v .... v""., l nd ICIl<\<In 01 fil ,Il' ,.nhude. 8a..n1r. atlltu<la I. P"",,"IN b, ,. poin .... , lite IDp DI t.b. IndI""", • .. 1 ... lvo 101110 bIutk _lo wllleb Ilull>du matII, .110".!lf1>. 3O".eD". ""d_ .11110. aldo 01 Ulo unte. m,."". Plloh and roll aUIW'" ~ p~nled by,. mIni .. " ... 1",1 ..... '''pertmpowd ov •• ,. .ymbollc hortso" _ (\Jvidc!d 'nlD 'wo "",,<lon. by • wlll" IIcn""n b ... Tb.upper "bluo .ky" ........... d the lowtlr ··~uDd .. ..... Il,.ve .rt»lnry pllcll .. I ... ne. lin. u ... 1U1 10rpUob .n ...... d. <>Wl'"'!. A koolo al III. bottom of III, 'no'.,.me .. ' I. prnvlded lo. InnJllII o.dj ... lmeD' 01 \ha mini .. ,,, ..... 1",I,.n. IO ilio Ilon ..... ba. lo •• mc ... lIOCu •• '" mllll .\llIude Indl ... tlon.

OIRECTlONAllNOICATOR

A dl_lIon&lIndI ... IO. I, ,.v.lI .. blol4Cl dl,pl'Y' tJ",I .... e bco.d;""g .... ,. eompa.s. cud In ... 1"'10" IO. Illtfld ,hnul .. 1Od .I.pl .... 1m.1r'! ."d indn. Tho dl.O<lIlOtltJ lodlca.lOr will proce .. 'lIll11ly ov., a pe.lod of lime. Therolore. iliO oompu, ",.d ,1I"uld bo "II .. aooortl,. .. ee wllll IIIc magnotie compa.ss just prlo. IO <alt0<l11. ,.nd _u\on,.U)' .... &<IJus1.ed On eXlendcd m,hla. A knob on the lo", .. lell edle 01 Ihe In81""mon' 'a u""" \O &<Iju.' t.bo cnm p ... c.m to 00""1 lo. ~n1 p.-toslon

SUCTION GAGE

A sue.lon g .. ~ I.loca~on <h,lon aldeolll1elnelrumenl panll wl1en Ihe .. l",lano la equlpPed -..J11l • vo.cuum ")'alem. Suelio .. _v .. doble lor ope ... Uon olthe .lIllude Indica"'. and d,,,,,,,liunal ",d,c.",. l. shown by Ihla ,~. whlch I. c.llb .... d In lnch .. ot mvrcury. Tlte d~ ... "od Sucllo" n.ng<o Il 4.5 IO 1'0.4 \nch .. DI m.reul")'. A .u<>flon re&dlnl wlcw U,ls ran"" may .ndlc." • 0)'111m n",JtuJ1Cllu .. or hDproper adjuSlmen •. and In ,lIi$ eas.. thl 'Ddu, .. ", ... Ilould IlOt be OO"lldore<l ... lIloble

STALL WARNING SYSTEM '!'bI ,.lrplane le equlpped willl ,. p"eum .. U ... ,ype ~C.tJI w.mlng Il'stem

con.uIUn&, o, .n Inlet In liIe leo.dlnl edp of <IMI le!\ wl"l. An tJ ... open.led 110m ne •• t.ba u l'per len 00"'''' oIliIo wl...ah leld . .... d &QOC:\ated pl um bini. Alliba ... ",1." •• pp""",,II •• ,. .... 11 . 'h, low pre ... "reon the "pper ... rr ..... ol \he W"'II" mov .. !o>'w .... ,.round iii. lead'nl edpolthe wlnp. '!'bI .. low

t Jul)'11I'N 7·31

"SECTION 7 CESSNA _


pressure creates a differential pressure in the stall warning system which

draws air through the warning horn, resulting in an audible warning at 5 to

10 knots above stall in all flight conditions.

The stall warning system should be checked during the preflight

inspection by placing a clean handkerchief over the vent opening and

applying suction. A sound from the warning horn will confirm that the

system is operative.

AVIONICS SUPPORT EQUIPMENT

If the airplane is equipped with avionics, various avionics support

equipment may also be installed. Equipment available includes two types

of audio control panels, microphone-headset installations and control

surface static dischargers. The following paragraphs discuss these items.

Description and operation of radio equipment is covered in Section 9 of

this handbook.

AUDIO CONTROL PANEL

Two types of audio control panels (see figure 7-10) are available for

this airplane, depending upon whether the avionics package includes a

marker beacon receiver. The operational features of both audio control

panels are similar and are discussed in the following paragraphs.

TRANSMITTER SELECTOR SWITCH _

When the avionics package includes two transmitters, a two-position

toggle-type switch, labeled TRANS SELECT or XMTR (depending upon

which audio control panel is installed), is provided to switch the micro

phone to the transmitter the pilot desires to use. The numbers 1 (up

position) and 2 (down position) correspond to the first and second (from top

to bottom) transmitters, respectively.

The action of selecting a particular transmitter using the transmitter

selector switch simultaneously selects the audio amplifier associated with

that transmitter to provide speaker audio. For example, if the number one

transmitter is selected, the audio amplifier in the number one NAV/COM

is also selected and is used for ALL speaker audio. In the event the audio

amplifier in use fails, as evidenced by loss of all speaker audio, selecting

the other transmitter will reestablish speaker audio using the other

transmitter audio amplifier. Headset audio is not affected by audio

amplifier operation.

7-32 1 July 1979


SECTION 7 AIRPLA."E '" SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS

CESSNA IdODEL I~

p"'** ..... C .... ~ ... ~lff • ...,llo.l p ............ tn UI. ,t&JI w .... lnJ 1)'11em wblcb drlW' Il. throul'b UI .... mln. homo .u .. llln.ln.." a .. ~lbI .... ml ... aUto IO I<no'- .bo". 11&11 In all (lJ!fht conditlon •.

Thc stall _millll' 1)'I"'m .buuld be cbacl<-.I dU""1f \lI1 p...nlght IMpeellon b)' pl""lnl' • IIlea.n bllldl<erohiei oye. U,e YeHI opo",nll o.nd appl)'lnllue.lon A .o"nd Irom Ule .. unlnll hom ",m OOlII"m IIlal ÙI<1 I)'.'.m lo o~ ... lIv.,

AVIONICS SUPPORT EQUIPMENT

Il u. • .1",1."0 lo "'Iulp~ whb avionicI. v •• lo"l .vlonlca IUpport equlpmcnl w.)' .1.0 be iD.UoUed. Equlpment • .,.Uabl. Incl .. de. tW<l I)'pes 01 audio oonlrol plt.l1ela. mlerophon.-h_'81 Inllallllloni and con.rol ourl_ .... le d1fJChITlJtl .. , 11>. follo,.,ing p~ .... ph. di..,,, .. lI>eu i"'mo. Oescrlp. lon .nd o~.allon 01 .adlo oquipmont ,. oo".,.ed In Sacllob Il 01 Ul1. b.ndbook

AUDIO CONTROL PANEL

l'wo I)'P'" 01 I .. dlo oomrol plllci. (_ n"" ... 7 . 10) .... 1.,&1llble lor 11>,. li",II"I. dlpolldlnr Upoll whclhe. Ihl ulOlllcl packap lncl .. des a ma.ku l>eo.con rO<lolver. Tbe ope •• tlonal feal ...... 01 boUl • .,dlo oonlrol pancia aro alroUa. IlId are dl!lOusse<I iD Ulo follo",lnr p.UfrTllph ••

TRANSMITTER SElECTOA SW ITCH

Whcn tbc .",onico pacujle irn:lud .. Iwo In.rullnu", ... I Iwo.po.IUnn IOfrfrla ·l),pe I wllCb . l.bolcd TRANS SELECT o. XMTR (doopond!nl!l' upo" ",blch ... dlo co"lrol panell. IIIS\.aUM). lo pro.,lded IO Iwl\(!h ÙIonl IO Ih. lI'a!Ulmll~. Ihe pllo' deslres IO "H. Tbo numho:no l (Up p!1lillon) .."d 11 (down pO'lIIlon) CO r""'pond '" UI, Il,,,1 and ..."",d (Irom IOp IO bonom) tr&lUlmlu. ....... peellvlly.

The ICtiOIl 01 .. ""'11"8 • p.n",uI •• U'1Dlmm ... ullnC UI. tno.nsm!tlC" .. l.., IO •• w; IIOh I i m U 1'-... 0 ... 1)' .l.et. Ihe audIO am p III"' .. "'OC::I. Wc! wl UI lI>alln!1Smil~. IO proYldo opo"'., audi<>. Fo •• "unplo. lf Ula numbe ' one I.;l.ttsmh~. llocltctc:d. Ule ludio amplll; ... In thol " .. mba .. o ... NAVICOM la olso Mloc::te,. ALL 8POoJ.te. a .. dlo. Inlhe ~""nl u,. ludlo amplln •• ln"N fllll .... .,ldence-d by !osI 01 alllpoak., I .. dlo. .. leclinj!; Ulo Olh.r I.a ... mll~. ",m ~stabUsh speoke, a .. dlo utlng Ih. o>lh •• ",.nlmiller a"dlo Rmplilier. Hoa.d$l' Audio I. noi &1/0<ltc:d by audio Ampl,/i .. """rallon,

1 hl)' llI'7lj

-

CESSNA

MODEL 152

SECTION 7


USED WITHOUT MARKER BEACON

SPEAKER.

NAV/COM

1 2

SIDETONE

ADF

(5) OFF

J I

zTRANSMITTER

SELECTOR

SWITCH

AUDIO SELECTOR

SWITCHES

AUDIO SELECTOR

SWITCH

SPEAKER

SIDETONE

VOLUME

CONTROL

USED WITH MARKER BEACON

COM BOTH

AUDIOSELECTOR

SWITCH

HEADSET SIDETONE

INTERNAL ADJUSTMENT

ACCESS

SPEAKER SIDETONE

■INTERNAL

ADJUSTMENT ACCESS

XMTR ANN LTS

TRANSMITTER-

SELECTOR

SWITCH

COM AUTO-1AUDIOSELECTOR

SWITCH

AUDIOSELECTOR'

SWITCHES

ANNUNCIATOR

LIGHTS

BRIGHTNESS

AND TEST

SWITCH

Figure 7-10. Audio Control Panel

1 July 1979 7-33


--

-

CESSNA MOD"!. I~

SECTION 7 A!RPLANE • BYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS

USEO W!THOUT MARKER BEACON

~'O"l

lll_"nEII sntero" -,~

"'UOIO SHEClOI'I SWlTCHES

... UDIO s.&L[ClOII SWlTCH

SPE"'KER $1l'ETONE VOLUM( CONTAOL

U$EO WITH MARKER BEACON

COIoIIOTH-"""" NJDIOiUECTOI'I ~,~

>II;"ClSH SlOETOOIf 'NTER ..... L "DJU$IM~N' "CC[$$

51'1:"KEI'I SIOErONE IHTUNAl ADJVSlMENT Ac.ceSll

ANN lT~ I~!~ , ADI OMI "~n

, Q 1"1 ."tà': .. .~

~ut

TIIAN$MITTEA SELlCTOI! SWlrc ..

I July LII7'i

•

CO" ... UTO AVOlO $H{CTO~ ~,~

NJDIO 51cLECTO~ SWlTCHU

ftgu,," 7·\0. Audio Coulfoll'Met

ANHONCI'" TOII llGHTS el!'GHINtSS ANDTUT $WITCH

SECTION

7CESSNA


MODEL

152

NOTE

Volume

level

isadjustedusing

the

individual

receiver

volume

controlsoneach

radio.

When

amarkerbeaconreceiver

isnotinstalled,audiofrombothNAV

andCOM

frequencies

iscombined,and

isselectedbytheaudio

selector

switcheslabeledNAV/COM,

1and

2.

COMAUTOAUDIOSELECTORSWITCH

7-34

1July

1979

"

AUDIOSELECTORSWITCHES

Bothaudiocontrolpanels

(seefigure7-10)incorporatethree-position

toggle-type

audio

selectorswitches

forindividual

control

oftheaudio

from

systems

installed

in

the

airplane.These

switches

allow

receiver

audiotobedirectedtotheairplanespeakerortoaheadset,andheard

singlyorincombinationwithotherreceivers.Tohear

aparticular

receiverontheairplanespeaker,placethatreceiver'saudioselector

switchintheup(SPEAKER)

position.Tolistentoareceiveroverthe

headset,placethatreceiver'saudioselectorswitch

inthedown(PHONE)

position.Thecenter(OFF)positionturnsoffallaudiofromtheassociated

receiver.

n n n

Aspecialfeatureoftheaudiocontrolpanelusedwithamarkerbeacon

receiver

isseparatecontrolofNAV

andCOM

audiofromtheNAV/COM

radios.With

thisinstallation,theaudioselectorswitcheslabeledNAV,

1

and

2selectaudiofromthenavigationreceivers

oftheNAV/COM

radios

only.Communication

receiveraudio

isselectedbytheswitcheslabeled

COM,AUTO

andBOTH.

Descriptionandoperation

oftheseswitches

is

describedinlaterparagraphs.

'Iftheairplane

isequippedwithanaudiocontrolpanelhavingmarker

beacon

controls,

athree-positiontoggle

switch,labeledCOMAUTO,

is

provided

toautomaticallymatchtheaudio

oftheappropriateNAV/COM

communications

receiver

tothetransmitter

selectedby

thetransmitter

selectorswitch.When

theCOMAUTO

selectorswitch

isplacedintheup

(SPEAKER)

position,audiofromthecommunicationsreceiverselectedby

the

transmitter

selector

switch

will

beheardon

the

airplane

speaker.

Switchingthetransmitter

selectorswitch

totheothertransmitterauto

maticallyswitchestheothercommunicationsreceiveraudio

tothe

speaker.Thisautomaticaudioswitchingfeaturemayalsobeutilizedwhen

"Fo

r Flig

ht T

rain

ing

Ref

eren

ce O

nly

, , <, ~O~"~~D-1 > • " :;: -: :nl.!! =.l!lE~g-~:ig .H S ,- o;;~~ .. .,..,>1 <' ~8~H; "~_~;;1);:: Z ..

" ... -0_ i'" ~-~

"" i"§.c.2.! D 01 ~~ue~ .... o~ "" :!l: ,!-z" .. '" , "o ~ ,,_.~l: > -, e::>;;~;;l:!.!';] , 00 .:!l ~ c ~ .. 00.. • ., =<'8 :;: "'- ""<<C~--" -~ ) .... O .. -~ • , , ~ • <L_ D" ,

" -f z:!8Z~ = Z-l!:· -""= o,!i_ .. ..,~ ~ . .,;:;: _ .. Ce~-::

! ' , .. D _~! "O'D~ • .!~'" 5~'ii~ .. ~'io:5 E:!l!!>i "'u!!:5-2:"'5~J , "" <>"8 -. -.. .. .. .. .. .. ~;,

"E~<·'" _ .. "" ...... > ~c:t .. .,· .... ..,e • :5~",Z.- P"'ì!!~'ii--i ~g '" .. .o_w i !lS5~ cl! .. ~ !'. ".!!.2

, ~~h~HH:. • ., 0- :..0

~'ilp .. ~;",'lI ~ il 1:0 h"',2 g-"~i""O .. "il .... . . .'! .. =, '~sep 1D-.~,.~E --~O"";i - • g :51 .. ~"E:!l.!!~ -> .. >-- - ,. <:>-·0_ .. _ .... • • • ]~d ~ x -_ .. Se g-,

• -:' '' ''".", ,,_ t: < ~, O "~O'l!': ,,-.. !ll- .. ~-l-3O !'''~~l] , -·0 <>~ ,

~ .. .,;~ .. i .~. " --e"''''-O • " f"'" .. • iI~H I E,!Él~'" i:,.!! ~ ~=_:l- e " • ,- -t , ., ., .. '" .. ":!ioo • !i'."~08_~E:5 - .. f. D " <lo'" = :! 'i _.c ____ ,,= o

';1 " :>' __ 0 g ........ - e"" , • 1\l'i!!O=~;;.!l

, 8<" ;'lI= • '" s"::>si" li w J. " s%li~·~ o '::~.c;<e illi o x ~ "'.: '" '" ~ ~ ,

• o -jiW~::4_.Oi · , !.- 11'0 '~~~1i o ~-=!/.c:Oe1l k~ • !l .. ~ .. ~~o:: .. &. ,. , . "il~gO- 'i=~s o ~ fS .. ~ c > .. w

;~~"c .. Olt_ " ~H~l~ ~ ~ <>. '" <> - ." • 3-:;,2.:':> 0. w '" ",~.·_"~o~ , • c.~'io-.c<o;" !l !l ,o • }!~~=l~~]~ • - ___ .!!"'~O .,

" 08!!~ob$ 2 !!~~i~~i~i~ , • f J-~!! ",o.. -o - ! • .o~",- -, , _ <l ~ ~sa_.g .. ,," o §3"-e-- - s '8 ... ~ ",.g:s"s "

, c" """5 " ih ;i:;,s~l! ,

• o "'-eo .. ~ 8 Il .:l ,,-go .. • 5!! a§i-!:~~ • w .9i.-""D§ ari e.e~s ! .. ~: ~ " "0-.., " ·=';;~io~ o '. w ~&~._c _ _ t: ' , - " ;--.::.;; .. -

"" • .. ",_Oa<>. '0'0 .. -!! - .. ::~ I-,

01 3 s u ~~ e .. ,,1= o' .c!>~O<>;-..;';_ " ., . ~;:"'io~1 , .. r-" .. c-o '0 • • c _>l _- ~

-" -··- " >"'S" - ~U] .. ~. u ~c_gsd1.l ~ ~ b~ o s.! 0 __ ~ "" > <-3 ... ~-.:: • "E 'I; .. ·.::;1·;1 ;_ .. u -j"'.-"" i , •• ~"'cO; o eC_o..~.!. w_ Je~..'ih.8. SI w< • _""_",, _ 5 00" o ",8 le,:;", E ..

CESSNA

SECTION

7

MODEL

152


listeningonaheadsetbyplacingtheCOMAUTO

switchinthedown

(PHONE)

position.

Ifautomaticaudio

selection

isnot

desired,theCOM

AUTO

selectorswitchshouldbeplacedinthecenter(OFF)

position.

COMBOTHAUDIOSELECTORSWITCH

Iftheairplaneisequippedwithanaudiocontrolpanelhavingmarker

beacon

controls,

athree-positiontoggle

switch,

labeledCOMBOTH,

is

providedtoallowbothCOM

receiverstobemonitoredatthesametime.For

example,

iftheCOMAUTO

switch

isintheSPEAKER

position,withthe

transmitterselectorswitch

inthenumberonetransmitterposition,

numberonecommunicationsreceiveraudiowillbeheardontheairplane

speaker.

If

itisalsodesired

tomonitorthenumbertwocommunications

receiveraudiowithoutchangingthepositionofthetransmitterselector

switch,placetheCOMBOTH

selectorswitch

intheup(SPEAKER)

positionsothatthenumbertwocommunicationsreceiveraudiowillbe

heardinadditiontothenumberonecommunicationsreceiveraudio.This

featurecanalsobeusedwhen

listeningonaheadsetbyplacingtheCOM

BOTH

audioselectorswitch

inthedown(PHONE)

position.

NOTE

Thecombination

ofplacingtheCOMAUTO

switchinthe

SPEAKER

positionandtheCOMBOTH

switch

inthe

PHONE

position

(orviceversa)

isnotnormallyrecom-

'

mended

as

itwillcauseaudiofrombothcommunications

receivers(andanyothernavigationreceiverwithitsaudio

selectorswitchinthePHONE

position)tobeheardonboth

theairplanespeakerandtheheadsetsimultaneously.

ANNUNCIATOR

LIGHTSBRIGHTNESSANDTESTSWITCH

When

amarkerbeacon

receiver

isinstalled,theaudiocontrolpanel

includesathree-positiontoggle-typeswitchtocontrolthebrightnesslevel

ofthemarkerbeacon

indicator

lights.When

theswitch

isplaced

inthe

center(DAY)position,theindicatorlightswillshow

fullbright.When

this

switch

isplaced

intheup(NITE)

position,thelightsaresettoareduced

levelfortypicalnightoperationsandcanbefurtheradjustedusingthe

RADIOLTdimmingrheostatknob.Thedown(TEST)positionilluminates

alllamps

(except

theARC

light

in

theNAV

indicators)which

are

controlledbytheswitch

tothe

fullbrightleveltoverifylampoperation.

SIDETONEOPERATION

Cessnaradios

areequippedwith

sidetonecapability(monitoring

of

theoperator'sownvoicetransmission).Whileadjustingsidetoneoneither

audiocontrolpanel,beawarethat

ifthesidetonevolume

level

issettoo

high,audiofeedback(squeal)may

resultwhen

transmitting.

1July

1979

7-35

For F

light

Tra

inin

g R

efer

ence

Onl

y

'. " ~.~e '~.~-J.;:;J --""1"" . - . ! ~ -<>:5=5= o: .~ H-5;i S;.~ o-

" ' 0 .... oo"t!0 .' 00 '0 . ~~ ':!!---~ " <..> = " ~ , . .. - - .:- "'_ c =~ "c..,. _. , ~! ... ~g s ~i~t . .n< l .eS • . , .: ::

u r " :9 O ~1i~JH~ ~ <>!! -. iiI

""<'!- .<>:c~".2l :!l:! §'ii j i ' ' -'0 !l:ti~g~:!lP"'g·~ a.c_"'1l1= '" .'" • ~O.=~c~~~.~] . .:i .:i 'ii ~ g io 3.'!'<>.{_. H~ S s ~ .. • .-- ,,0:;'::0 0.=2:._5 .c.., ~5 .. • - :-5 · '. .s'=~':~"=9_ o =-3 "- ;;iS8.!~ ~;~ .... :;; ,~2:;o~:Sl!~ • "'- .. -o -g5'<:~ fil g' --s-• ~ _!2. ~:!;o:,,:~ "'i~~8. ~~~~d; • .. ll,," _ ," .. " a , · , . .. ---,t ,,= .c.=-; """- - g • ••• - ~ .. , f!!1~!:J~~.!!. '- ~:: <> 8 ~J-; 5H~t~~h .. , - , o .. " .....

0" -.;s~~=1-,,~~i~ I-C 2:.Si , i 11 .. ..,- .=,,:dl .-, > -coo:!!i" _ 5!'; c ... -; .. 1132 • " . "llco."-,,"2= )0 , 'l' • 8io,,~~c~-.-- ;I; :1; "'''.8 .!l- o ;og"i:!lJi~'; ~!!: .. • o <> E. e ., .~§ ...

8:!i!! e ~ ·1'1 li"''' - ",~ ':~ o • i

_ .0 '_""_-" o 5.l!~'~hh • 0 '- -g .. '!:Ss.]:SI~~~o; °'Oìe-l • , • ·1 ."'s!l°·~ Se ... ~ S .. o~_; " , .. ~ 51:,-" .. col!' 'li "":!l " , :S'ii. • ~ .. ,,~S "88"-8 :!! .. .. .l!.J!'", .. • ,~.=,,~-. :!lg-E " ll;!! .... _.. . ii .. :! >" >z.c • ii -; '" • .,- • "'·g"'-S· , : .. ~ ~-• ., . .:: ... - ~ .. "li · ~"'Ji~Oi " -g-~~",-

~ ::~r~~'ri°.!l'!i ";"'-;:~~8 !!.2 • • • , 'il~.! , - 'i-f :r ~-.:: !:. t ~f • lB~ ~ .- o 'iO: .... ~g 1--1;"- "'=~45~ ~ • ì!.!S--= " .. "'i e= -.. ... ·"è~-()"O ""s; w <>.[ ~"=~5O~Sll" ~.:!E- °5': o " ... ,,= -:r- z - .' " ~ ~ S D >, • w <>. :Il :::" ,,'" 1: ~ S :! "l'" ~ • §g:;;-;;",s. ; <s o i,! • i · ., • ; ! o -"Bi":liaofi • oC5~o i " e -. 2'" "'<- .. - ~D ~ =°_''''1 g Jl':!- ·~-.::s!l e-1:-: ~ .<: o ;;" ~,," go c:5 ~ _cC:!l"~ _ • .. ~-,'" . -, .. j:E O 2 "' .. ~s jil~!H - § ° .... ~ • · .- o ;. oH';j~ll:!lg1:i • .H !!.!!E,sa. • u ~l ...

".!l o> , e:.:Ol'i~Sie. o

'j! 'l' ". • " • ~~~';:DE .. ~ -~5i- il ~!: .::: ~ e-2" ... ·S-g · :5:=_ 1 li Il ~ "Sw- o

'--~"-'" • • • "p"::!bi-a i ~;; ~f,;i:: E h~ u " ~<"'- "'.1l z .g_.!l E .- o_- o iii.~"'.!~-'<>'_ o c .. = '" , .. .. 1·- ° ~ , .. ~ 8 ~ • ., .!E~~~ ."" .. -," cZo -c '" .. "0- o "i - .EO~- • " . ." -r~ .. .lL~~"=,,,~:r "~,, - • ~ o. ~ .0 . 0. • -·"E-- -- ... Z ~_:!l! !l-Cl-~ o 0 -_.<:1

.0 ;; :r :::> o e .. ~~~iiUi~ , " ,,-~< c .' . , ,,-~~ 0;"0 , .-oz ::: !!:.< o "'D_"." _ , -o M_ ."

o ••

J J J J J J J J 1 1 , l

SECTION 7 CESSNA


On airplanes not equipped with marker beacon receivers, a control for

speaker sidetone volume only is provided on the audio control panel. To

adjust the level of the sidetone heard on the speaker, rotate the knob,

labeled SIDETONE VOL, clockwise to increase volume or counterclock

wise to decrease it. Sidetone provided through the headset is not adjustable

by the pilot on audio control panels without marker beacon.

On airplanes with marker beacon receivers, sidetone is provided in

both the speaker and headset anytime the COM AUTO selector switch is

utilized. Placing the COM AUTO selector switch in the OFF position will

eliminate sidetone. Sidetone internal adjustments are available to the pilot

through the front of the audio control panel (see figure 7-10). Adjustment

can be made by removing the appropriate plug-button from the audio

control panel (left button for headset adjustment and right button for

speaker adjustment), inserting a small screwdriver into the adjustment

potentiometer and rotating it clockwise to increase the sidetone volume

level.

MICROPHONE-HEADSET INSTALLATIONS

Three types of microphone-headset installations are offered. The

standard system provided with avionics equipment includes a hand-held

microphone and separate headset. The keying switch for this microphone

is on the microphone. Two optional microphone-headset installations are

also available; these feature a single-unit microphone-headset combina

tion which permits the pilot to conduct radio communications without

interrupting other control operations to handle a hand-held microphone.

One microphone-headset combination is offered without a padded headset

and the other version has a padded headset. The microphone-headset

combinations utilize a remote keying switch located on the left grip of the

pilot's control wheel. The microphone and headset jacks are located on the

pedestal below the instrument panel. Audio to all three headsets is

controlled by the individual audio selector switches and adjusted for

volume level by using the selected receiver volume controls.

NOTE

When transmitting, the pilot should key the microphone,

place the microphone as close as possible to the lips and

speak directly into it.n

STATIC DISCHARGERS

If frequent IFR flights are planned, installation of wick-type static

dischargers is recommended to improve radio communications during

flight through dust or various forms of precipitation (rain, snow or ice

7-36 1 July 1979 —


SECTION 7 CESSNA MODEL I~ AIIU'1.ANE Ik SYSTEMS DESCR!PT10NS

On alrpl" .. "" noi eq .. !pJ*'lwllh ", .. ,II .. buoon ""'.Iv ....... con.rol 'n • • p" .. lIe. sld.",n. volume on ly I. pruv,<M<j nn th<r "",ho ""ntrol pan.!. TD .dJ .... III . l.v.1 d' Ih •• ld~lon. b~.,d DI' \/i, apull.o • . • 01 .. le Ib.II""I>.. l.boILed SlDETONE VOL. cLocllwl ... IO lncreaH vol .. me o. onunterelocll";,..,10 deoo_ll. 8 1de1One provl_ .hrotlI'h.n. h_ ... lle no""lj .. _I" by ,he pllOl on _dio con trol p&llel. wllll"u. ", ... Ile. ba"""".

On &lrpl"".,. wllll m .. rII.e. -...... recelve .... sldeto"" Ls provlded iD bot.b the ap6&ller &Od belOdH\ ""'Y'lme lb. COM AUTO ",LIICW' noilC.b. Ls "1111_. Placln,. \he COM AUTO ",1_ •• W\teh In Ihe O", poe.llion w1ll ellmln ... el<leton.. SI""to ... ln ....... 1 adju.t ..... n .. " ... "v .. llo.bl.1O tbfI pUOI Ih ..... gt> Ih. 'ront DI Ih .... dlo conlml pUl.1 ( .... ,igu ... 7·10). AdJ"S\meo, c ... boI m""", by ........ V"'II Ib •• ppropri ... pl"ll·butlo .. lrom Ih •• udio oonlrol p" .... 1 (I.tl buttOIl lo. bcedMt o.dj",tm"'l .... d "lIbl bullon lo. ,,_Ile. adJ .. 'tme .. I). l''Hrt1n, • amaU ICrowd.lver IDIO \be adJualal~ .. 1 """,nllom ... , &IId 1'0\.&110. Il cIOClrW\ .. to In_ Ihe .Ideto .... voi .. "", lav.l.

M ICROPHQNE· HEAOSET INSTAlLATIONS

Th ..... 'YP"" DI mlcrophone·head,,1 Inswlat!ons ""' offel'tld. Tbol ...... nd .. n:I .y ... m provldtod .. llh "vlonlc. l<Iulpm.nllnclu<le •• hand-b.ld mlempho,", &IId "'p ••• 1II Mad .. l Th. k.ylng.wlLch ID' .hL. mlcmphDn. i. Dn \h. mieroph"" •. TWo"pli"n .. 1 "'lerophD .... h ... d .. t ln.t.II.UDn ..... aloo avall.blu: Il>tr ... lui"," ... ;nklo·uD;1 m;eropbo"".he""'''''t combino.lioll whlelt p"nniLs Uw pUOI IO oond"~1 radio oommunlcaUon. wll.houl ;nterruptin, oUler ooo~1 opo ... lloll, \O handlo a b .. nd·hold 111lcropllo"e. One mlornphone·he~OI oombl".lIon 11 oflered Wl1hDUI .. paddod bcad .... 1 ~nd .h. Olher "" ... 100 h ..... pedde(! t,Ud"'l Th. mlorophono·boad ... , cnmbln .. Uon. uti ti .. .... mote k.yln,.",Uch 10" .. 18<1 on Ih. I.ll (r'Ip o, tbo pllol '. ""nlm! wh ... l. The m\<:rophon. ud hud •• , Jac ll ....... 1"".Led on Ut. P'8<I<o~tal boIlow \h. In."·u",.'" pa"el. Audio IO .U lh._ h.ado .... I~ coIIIJ'OIl«l by th.l individuo.! .\ldlo "t.eto. , w;"'h .... nd o.d.jwtted lo. ,'Olumo Ic~l by ""ln, Ibe 801.e1Cd l'O{)tl"". volume oo .. trol •.

N<nE

Wh.n ".nemlllln,. Ihe ptio' ,hcmld koy Ute ",lompllo .... pl • .,. Ut. mlerophon ... 01_ .. pOMlbl. to Iho IIpe &JId .""aIt dlrwctly Into Il

STATI C OI SCHA RGERS

II fnq ..... 1 lFR Oi«bta ..... pl&llned. ln.,&U.tlnn of wlell.typIo atatlc dladl~'" bo reoommoll<ltd 1<1 hnprva radiD oommunicat.iD'" d"nnt: marhl Lhmu,h dutt Or vul"". lo"". et: p....clpl •• liDI' (n'D, .""'" o .;.,.

,-" 1 J"'1y 11179

-

CESSNA

SECTION

7

MODEL

152


crystals).Under

these

conditions,

the

build-upanddischarge

of

static

electricityfromthetrailingedgesofthewings,rudder,elevator,propeller

tips,and

radioantennascan

resultinloss

ofusableradiosignalson

all

communicationsandnavigationradioequipment.UsuallytheADF

isfirst

tobeaffectedandVHFcommunicationequipment

isthelasttobeaffected.

Installationofstaticdischargersreducesinterferencefromprecipita

tion

static,

but

itispossible

toencounter

severe

precipitation

static

conditionswhichmightcausetheloss

ofradiosignals,evenwith

static

dischargers

installed.Wheneverpossible,avoidknownsevereprecipita

tion

areas

toprevent

loss

ofdependable

radio

signals.

Ifavoidance

is

impractical,minimize

airspeedand

anticipatetemporary

loss

ofradio

signalswhileintheseareas.

1July

1979

7-37/(7-38blank)

For F

light

Tra

inin

g R

efer

ence

Onl

y

-•• g~--' '.!!.li!~~ • • .< ::::.!Oitl !I-- -1 " 0 0 !li~=s 'a!l!l"~k ~ tt .. o .. -~.-5

• 'ò 2,!!r:';j ~ =:l~." 'O oo- .. ~!C J ",.gi "''E 1: lo .5 "'g-<3 E!I~E;;2

~ • 1."5- 2&~>_,", • >0 :r - '-.:-~ • o ,.-> l'" • :;~~'iii ,,~~~i , ""ooil; ... ~O"5

~ 'lli::: t ~'~.hll ,,-e-oli 3,~"'O!l > ~.~o ~ <i-• .,;hsi :k ~~t • :::0."'_ ~.~ <; • 1:i::;;~ ~"1! • .!:::: • ._-ii H.H~ < :1::9<>0 0 •• ..,

~ _-o iCo""" • .'5::::~:: .-;8.t:j " h;g~ .:l:i~~l <

- .. o . a~~il .... : ii i <>..,~!;! ..!l ';;30_". - '-r l : i" - 0_ - e .. S 5 0'::"'';1 E'E a-:*;;,,"'E':: 21: .9 3 .. • -_;_~ _ J • ...::::

E ;1_.. ".si - .. " ,,-"-.~ <, ;=,,<1_ ,-§;="" -:q;; 3~5~";i :h.a$~~

~ ~o ~hU -~l!H~ , .0 u, ~ .. - - ,,--. J J J J " J J J "

Documents

Cessna 152 POH - args.com.br